Home

User Manual High Performance AC Drive

1. Name Number n Posit Dwell 783 nertia SpeedRef 56 nertia Torq Add 59 nertiaAccelGain 57 nertiaDecelGain 58 nteger 00 600 nteger 01 602 nteger In02 604 nteger In03 606 nteger In04 608 nteger In05 610 nteger In06 612 nteger In07 614 nteger In08 616 nteger In09 618 nteger In10 620 nteger In11 622 nteger In12 624 nteger In13 626 nteger In14 628 nteger In15 630 nteger Out00 632 nteger Out01 634 nteger Out02 636 nteger Out03 638 nteger Out04 640 nteger Out05 642 nteger Out06 644 nteger Out07 646 nteger Out08 648 nteger Out09 650 nteger Out10 652 nteger Out11 654 nteger Out12 656 nteger Out13 658 nteger Out14 660 nteger Out15 662 nv OL Pend Cnfg 376 nv OL Trip Cnfg 377 nv OT 375 q Actual Lim 353 Actual Ref 350 q Rate Limit 354 q Rate Limited 355 Ref Limited 358 q Ref Trim 351 qs Command 535 qs Feedback 539 qs Integ Freq 421 qs Rate Limit 423 qs Reg P Gain 422 s Actual Lim 352 u Offset 453 w Offset 454 Jog Mask 695 Jog Owner 702 Jog Speed 1 17 Jo
2. urrpds x z0 bee 1004 0 JUIOd level ied SMEIS uonsod WA 5 e 0002 paadg N Ble 69 lt ae usod paads 1504 AW inding pds 1504 0 1013 Uofjisog 10 10 K a qeug 110 peeds 0 K ZSI 0 894 evais UD 91607 uonisog aag mo m 0 1880 X ojuo 4 10 l 0419540 X 55247 0002 Uonisod regu 7 099 1650 1804 uonouny 10114 9S4 27 4 pue pp d gozd PSL 219540 11804 d ld 69 9 uu ose si 9 1 0 4 pue sa 518 19 072 I4PES 800 X Ec Bap ies N 28 29 9 104 9 pue m d HL 0 99 9 69 4 195 519 Iq 00 4 pue 938 s 8 10 OpZ wed ZEN dii qq pm 7 pu 109 0 u 1540 150 SAY 29 9 sod papeo
3. Hi Res Feedback Option Board ENCODER POWER COMMON 12 BU RD es POWER POWER 11 DH m gt B POWER COMMON REFSIN 10 0 C REFSIN 4SIN 9 ui BK REFCOS REFCOS BK GY E RS 485 acos 7 PK GNI F DATA RS 485 SHIELD WHI 4SN SHIELD 5 005 NC 4 DLI o gt NC NC 3 DLO gt J SHIELD DATA RS485 2 DATA RS 485 1 DEH ou XX Figure E 7 Stegmann shielded twisted pair cable with 8 pin Berg style connector Hi Res Feedback Option Board ENCODER POWER COMMON 12 BU x 1 POWER POWER 11 no gt 2 POWER COMMON REFSIN 10 DIE BN 8 REFSIN 9 _ 4 REFCOS REFCOS 5 DATA RS 485 005 7 Dem 6 DATA RS 485 SHIELD WHI 7 SHIELD 5 Es scos NC 4 LJ ey DATA RS 485 2 GN DATA RS 485 1 ULH U Figure E 8 Stegmann pre attached shielded twisted pair cable Hi Res Feedback Option Board ENCODER POWERCOMMON 12 L HE H A x 1 POWER POWER 11 em BB gt 2 POWER COMMON REFSIN 10 Hmmm m xx
4. Name Number Name Number Name Number PM Test FreqRamp 507 Real 1100 601 Servo Lock Gain 85 PM Test Ref 509 Real 1 01 603 Set Speed Lim 171 PM Test Idc Ramp 506 Real 1102 605 Setpt 1 Data 172 PM TestWait Time 505 Real In03 607 Setpt 1 Limit 174 PMag Mode 512 Real In04 609 Setpt 2 Data 175 PMag Tune Cnfg 517 Real In05 611 Setpt 2 Limit 177 Regis 236 Real In06 613 Setpt1 TripPoint 173 Regis Ctrl 237 Real In07 615 Setpt2 TripPoint 176 0 Regis 235 Real In08 617 SL BOF Err Accum 1232 Regis Stat 238 Real In09 619 SL BOF Err Limit 1235 Port1 Regis Cnfg 246 Real In10 621 SL BOF Error 1233 Port Regis Ctrl 247 Real In11 623 SL Int Rx00 1073 Regis 245 Real In12 625 SL Buf Int Rx01 1075 Port Regis Stat 248 Real In13 627 SL Buf Int Rx02 1077 Posit Actl Load 765 Real In14 629 SL Buf Int Rx03 1079 Posit Detct In 784 Real In15 631 SL Buf Int Rx04 1081 Posit Detct2 In 785 Real Out00 633 SL Buf Int Rx05 1083 Posit FB EGR Div 767 Real Out01 635 SL Buf Int Rx06 1085 Posit FB EGR Mul 766 Real Out02 637 SL Buf Int Rx07 1087 Posit Index Ctrl 796 Real Out03 639 SL Buf Int Rx08 1089 Posit Index Step 797 Real Out04 641 SL Buf Int Rx09 1091 Posit Load Fdbk 764 Real Out05 643 SL Buf Int Rx10 1093 Posit Offset 1 753 Re
5. sud 198 sud sud sad sud 0981 209 20 20 sud sud sed sud sud E 0021 0091 1 0041 1 006 1 006 1 006 OZLL 9 6 059 OPS 099 00S syd sud sud sud 2 0001 _ 2 00S 05 200 sud jed sud sud sad sud VN 0002 0002 1 0002 1 0001 1 OOSL 1 0001 9601 208 062 209 06 009 06 0002 sud ed sud sud sud c osg Due 209 29 6 sud sud sud sad sud VN 002 0091 0041 1092 1 006 DIOSA 290 488 064 067 06S 00S 5 sud ed sud sud sud c osg 20 c oso 2 0 sud sud sud sud VN 0021 009 0011 1 006 1 006 1 006 2901 SIZ 099 OVS 099 005 0490000 sud 198 sud sud sad sud 05 29 20 9 sud sud sud sud VN 008 0021 170061 1 099 1 001 1 099 996 084 009 269 009 0 sud sud sad sud sad sud c osg De 2009 296 sud sed sud sud 190 sud VN EE 5 a 0021 009 0041 1082 1 006 osz 996 679 069 069 005 0690002 0079 mi ae m 008 002 0001 909 0
6. 544 uonisod 0j pue 0 LSI 15 21601 59 4 59 9 uay 1969 S 914 00 4 pue 9681 S 814 Oy PIOH Aul 0 104409 uonisod 0 ay uy 5186 Bay sod 4 di 2229 osy 2920 1504 AW uy papeo 16 y d d 4d 99 4 69 0 ueu 195 si 919 0 pue jese 518 19 20 Ore vowisog dil doo 109 9 19540 sqy 5196 7 juod 1581 2244 5 1 5 2 19590 1504 sqv 29 0 usod n uum B y d pue pzd 69 0 9 4 ueu 195510814 Pi eu noy D 941804 sjuawuBisse Eun q ay S98 9 Lyd jo apa Bursu eui uo 10 K p poy 504 lt S9 lt 931604 ah on 90 ove 00 gt 0 gt 195814 0197 15 0 02 uonisod 10002 uonisod uonisod ured yey pds 5 7 3509 V urn pds x e0 K be 9 lt IN wim pds x zo gt lt sner uoriisod SL gt no me L E eve
7. Motor NP System Cont Motor Volts Motor NP FLA Frequency Motor NP RPM Motor NP Motor Current peak Stall Torque Motor Max Model Number line to line V rms rms Hz oper rpm Power KW _ Poles Arms N m RPM rpm Parameter 1 2 3 4 5 7 MPL A310P 230 3 4 294 0 4410 0 73 8 9 9 1 58 5000 MPL A310F 230 2 1 185 3 2780 0 46 8 6 6 1 58 3000 MPL A320P 230 6 4 271 3 4070 1 30 8 20 9 3 05 5000 MPL A320H 230 46 208 7 3130 1 00 8 13 6 3 05 3500 MPL A330P 230 8 5 280 7 4210 1 80 8 26 9 4 08 5000 MPL A420P 230 9 0 268 7 4030 2 00 8 32 5 4 74 5000 MPL A430P 230 11 9 234 0 3510 2 20 8 47 4 5 99 5000 MPL A430H 230 8 6 184 7 2770 1 80 8 31 8 6 21 3500 MPL A4520P 230 12 4 234 0 3510 2 20 8 35 4 5 99 5000 MPL A4520K 230 10 6 223 3 3350 2 10 8 30 4 5 99 4000 MPL A4530F 230 9 5 144 7 2170 1 90 8 29 7 8 36 2800 MPL A4530K 230 14 4 196 0 2940 2 50 8 43 8 8 13 4000 4540 230 6 6 93 3 1400 1 50 8 20 5 10 20 1500 4540 230 13 0 162 0 2430 2 60 8 38 2 10 20 3000 MPL A520K 230 16 3 208 0 3120 3 50 8 46 0 10 70 4000 MPL A540K 230 29 3 180 7 2710 5 50 8 84 9 19 40 4000 MPL AS60F 230 29 3 125 3 1880 5 50 8 84 9 27 90 3000 MPL B310P 460 17 310 0 4650 0 77 8 3 0 1 58 5000 MPL B320P 460 3 2 313 3 4700 1 50 8 5 0 3 05 5000 MPL B330P 460 43 274 0 4110 1 80 8 7 0 4 18 5000 MPL B420P 460 45 255 3 3830 1 90 8 92 4 74 5000 MPL B430P 460 6
8. Using Analog In2 as 10 to 10V speed trim 10 e Adjust Parameter 809 Anlg In2 Offset so that the minimum analog signal creates the minimum speed trim if the minimum input is OV DC and the minimum trim is zero enter a value of zero e Adjust Parameter 808 Anlg In2 Scale so that the maximum analog signal creates the maximum speed trim if the maximum input is 10V DC and the maximum speed trim is 10 enter a value of 0 01 e Send the data to the speed Reference parameter Par 12 Speed Ref 2 the destination linked to Par 806 Anlg In2 Data the source e Select Ref 1 as the active speed ref and Ref 2 as trim Speed Ref Sel 3 Analog Outputs 10V DC Analog Outputs Indicating Motor Speed and Motor Current Output 1 Motor Speed 2 AC Motor Current Lm e la o Cm Using Analog Out 1 10V to 10V to meter Motor RPM and direction e Adjust Parameter 812 Anlg Out1 Offset so that minimum speed creates a minimum signal if the minimum speed is zero and the minimum signal is Zero enter a zero e Adjust Parameter 817 Out Scale so that the
9. SL Multiply Event Reserved Reserved Reserved No Data No Data SL Multiply Event Reserved Reserved Reserved Axis Direct 0 0 0 2 0 4 0 4 No Data No Data SL Multiply Event Event P1 Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Event Opto Reserved Event Status Reserved Reserved Reserved No Data No Data SL Multiply Event PO Event P1 Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Event Opto Reserved Event Status Reserved Reserved Reserved No Data No Data SL Multiply Event Event P1 Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Event Opto Reserved Event Status Reserved Reserved Reserved 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 Linkable Reserved Reserved Event Opto Reserved Event Status Reserved Reserved Event Opto Reserved Event Status Buffered 0 18 8 18 Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Dir
10. 4 e 9 SyncDataActv 99 Sync Pulse Encoder 1 Encoder 0 6 FB Opt Portt Encoder 1 7 SL DirlntRx0 Reserved 8 SL DirlntRx1 Reserved 9 SL DirlntRx2 Reserved 10 SL DirlntRx3 FB Opt Port 921 FdbkAxis FdbkVal Default 0 DWord Present value of the selected feedback for the Motion Feedback Only axis Min Max 2147483648 3 80 922 923 924 925 926 927 928 929 930 940 941 942 943 Programming and Parameters Name Description Motn TP Select Selector for diagnostic testpoint relating to Motion functionality Motn TP Value Data for diagnostic testpoint relating to Motion functionality Motn RotaryCmmd Position command input from the Motion Planner to the Servo axis when configured in rotary mode MotnUnwdTurnCmmd Position unwind turns command input from the Motion Planner to the Servo axis when configured in rotary mode SrvoAxis RotFdbk Position feedback output to the Motion Planner for the Servo axis when configured in rotary mode SrvoAxisUnwdFdbk Potion unwind feedback output to the Motion Planner for the Servo axis when configured in rotary mode FdbkAxis RotFdbk Position feedback output to the Motion Planner for the Feedback Only axis when configured in rotary mode Fdbk
11. Chapter Objectives For Information on See Page Specifications A 1 DPI Communication Configurations A 4 Output Devices A 6 Drive Fuse amp Circuit Breaker Ratings 6 List of Motors with Compatible Thermistor Ratings A 17 Spare Connectors A 18 Dimensions A 19 Specifications Category Specification Frames 1 6 690V Drive frames 5 amp 6 only Frames 9 amp up Protection 200 208V 240V 380 400V 480V 600V 690V 380 400V 480V 600V 690V Drive Drive Drive Drive Drive Drive Drive Drive 500V Drive Drive Drive AC Input Overvoltage Trip 247 285VAC 475VAC 570 690VAC 863VAC 475 570V AC 611VAC 690VAC 863VAC Bus Overvoltage Trip 350VDC 405VDC 675VDC 810VDC 1013VDC 1164VDC 675VDC 810VDC j810VDC 11013VDC 1164VDC Bus Undervoltage Trip Adjustable Adjustable Nominal Bus Voltage 281VDC 324VDC 540VDC 648VDC 810VDC 931VDC 540VDC 648VDC 645VDC 810VDC 931VDC Heat Sink Thermistor Monitored by microprocessor overtemp trip Monitored by microprocessor overtemp trip Drive Overcurrent Trip Software Current Limit Hardware Current Limit Instantaneous Current Limit Calculated value 105 of motor rated to 200 of drive rated 105 of 3 sec rating 15876 21096 143 of 3 sec rating 21576 28796 Calculated value 105 of motor rated to 200 of drive rated 360 of rated Heavy Duty current typical Line Transients Up to 6
12. gt adno Id jur Id 5 gt Iur Id lt 5 ueg Id 161 Mur YDIH Id 5222 LM d 962 me MA Id ssed Id paadg 0 t wed 281 Id 08 4 NANO Id 1 78 Id 819203 WH 5 00 281 pueuog Id 21801 uo m be K 291 ssl um 500 4 snag 2601 S uo 2601 H 9 3 9 Control Block Diagrams B 6 1 10 uoneuiquioo juo L 5191 09 4 59 9 yum papeo 5196 di 229 2091 uonouny
13. 8 8 2 2 22 2 8 8 OQ O s ooo B o ja Default 0 False Bit 15 14 13 12 131 109 8 7 6 5 41 2 1 0 1 True 904 Axis Status Status bits pertaining to Motion related functions for the Servo axis ti Options 5 NE lo lo lo ls 21955 lo lo gt 52 S5 l 2 3 2 5 lt 2222232322325223232329228222235 92922392939 zt o o o o XO I 5 o S cr j jc je a Q Default 0 00 jo jo jo 0 o jo 0 o jo jo jo jo jo jo jo jo jo oj jo jo jo Bit 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 109 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 1 True 905 AxisControl Command request bits from the Motion Planner to both the Servo and Feedback Only axis Options 5 3 5 lo 5 5 23831 8 5 5 e 8888385835838 o 2 Z 3 le jojo o 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 6 8 8 55 8 8 6 8 8 2 5 s 18 2 8 O lt
14. weundieng o S ES Sida 309 lt gt 9 jueunoje Q s 9 Sida SSOTIEN S S 8 S 8 _Adassonenio 5 8 S 8 N 8 _Adassonenio 5 8 N 8 __ 8 3 81 5 5 VOUS WMdlo 5 _ x gt Q emwulowWls s 5 XBT B 5 gQ 6 Njo amp 5 nosu xo 5 B 8 13 2 eg XBT gt B og B 8 13 gt 9 gt 8 amp 28 2 s 82 5 WMd o 25 22 6 5 22 pansseylo 5 2 gt 5 2 Buuoxun 5 5 2 5 80 2 og 8 2 2g g 2 98 g egies 2 2 8 2 g _ 38 2 3 53 2 3 238 5E EIN 88 geo 52 52 C C C 28 5 8 S 3 9 329 330 331 335 336 337 338 339 340 343 344 Description Fault TP Sel Enter or write a value to select Fault data displayed in Par 330 Fault TP Data Fault TP Data Displays the data selected by Par 329 Fault TP Sel Fault Stop Mode Displays the action taken by the drive during the last fault When a fault occurs an action is ta
15. Frame 6 Transformer Tap Access SPARE 1 SPARE 2 Fan Voltage 690 Volt 600 Volt 480 Volt 400 Volt The transformer is located behind the Power Terminal Block in the area shown in Figure 1 2 Gain access by releasing the terminal block from the rail To release terminal block and change tap 1 2 3 4 Select appropriate transformer tap Replace block s in reverse order Locate the small metal tab at the bottom of the end block Press the tab in and pull the top of the block out Repeat for next block if Important Common Bus DC Input Application Notes 1 If drives without internal precharge are used Frames 5 amp 6 only then a precharge capability must be provided in the system to guard against possible damage and disconnect switches Must Not be used between the input of the drive and a common DC bus without the use of an external precharge device Installation Wiring 1 11 Table 1 D Power Terminal Block Specifications Wire Size Range Torque Terminal Bolt Size No Frame Description Maximum Minimum Maximum _ Recommended Power Terminal Block 1 Input power and motor 4 0 mm 0 5 mm 1 7N m 10 8 connections 10AWG 22 AWG 15 7 Ib in 2 Input power and m
16. List of Motors with Compatible Thermistor Ratings Motor Base Speed Voltage Rate Current Ex Current Motor Type kW Catalog No Poles Vrms Arms Arms GD2 Kg m 1 5 M 51027 4 1500 180 7 5 0 024 2 2 M 51028 4 1500 180 11 0 045 3 7 M 51001 4 1500 180 18 0 066 3 7 M 51007 1 4 1500 180 18 0 066 5 5 51002 4 1500 180 25 0 12 5 5 51008 1 4 1500 180 25 0 12 7 5 51003 4 1500 180 33 0 15 7 5 51009 1 4 1500 180 33 0 15 11 51004 4 1500 180 47 0 32 11 51010 1 4 1500 180 47 0 32 200 STD Motor 15 M 51005 4 1500 180 63 0 43 15 51011 1 4 1500 180 63 0 43 18 5 51012 4 1500 180 81 0 71 18 5 51012 1 4 1500 180 81 0 71 22 51013 4 1500 180 95 0 82 22 51013 1 4 1500 180 95 0 82 30 51050 4 1500 155 145 0 83 37 51051 4 1500 155 183 14 45 51052 4 1500 155 220 1 4 55 51053 4 1500 155 265 2 75 51054 4 1500 155 346 27 0 75 51043 4 1500 140 5 3 0 0075 1 5 51015 4 1500 140 11 4 0 0100 2 2 M 51016 4 1500 140 15 0 0120 3 7 M 51017 4 1500 140 24 5 0 0180 5 5 M 51018 4 1500 140 34 8 0 0390 75 M 51019 4 1500 140 44 0 0470 200 SVO Motor 11 M 51020 4 1500 140 67 1 0 0810 15 M 51021 4 1500 140 80 7 0 1370 22 M 51022 4 1500 140 120 0 2000 30 M 51023 6 1000 155 176 0 5800 37 M 51024 6 1000 155 210 0 7000 55 M 51026 6 1000 135 334 1 1000 55 M 51027 6 500 155 315 4 0000 1 5 MC M2051 4 1500 3
17. Mtr Fdbk 763 Act Motor Posit 765 Posit Actl Load Pt Pt Posit Ref Provides position reference to the point to point position regulator when the value in Par 742 Posit Ref Sel equals 2 Pt to Pt The initial value is latched upon position enable without causing movement Subsequent changes to reference are relative to the latched position unless the position is re referenced by Par 740 Position Control bit 10 Pt Pt Position moves may be made within the limits of 31 bits Point to point reference may be changed and even reversed during a move Pt Pt Accel Time Acceleration time sec from zero to base speed active only in point to point mode Acceleration to a relatively low speed may be exponential Pt Pt Decel Time Deceleration time sec from base speed to zero active only in point to point mode Some tailing can be expected at the end of a move as the drive comes into command position It is left to the user to select a time that does not place the drive in current or torque limit Deceleration from relatively low speed may be exponential Pt Pt Filt BW Sets the bandwidth of a low pass filter which affects smoothness at the start of deceleration in the point to point mode A high filter bandwidth will produce a more square deceleration torque one with a higher level of jerk Typical values range from 5 to 100 rad sec A zero value will bypass the filter
18. jm m m m c m fH Default 0 0 jo jo jo jo jo jo jo jo jo jo 0 jo Eae Bit 15 14 13 1211109 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 1 True SW Int 1 NO Default The integer switch moves the value of this parameter into Par 1373 SW Int 1 Output Min Max when bit 0 SW Int 1 On of Par 1370 Switch Control is set SW Int 1 NC Default The integer switch moves the value of this parameter into Par 1373 SW Int 1 Output Min Max when bit 0 SW Int 1 On of Par 1370 Switch Control is reset SW Int 1 Output Default Displays the output of the integer switch It will reflect the value of either Par 1371 SW Int 1 NO or 1372 SW Int 1 NC SW Real 1 NO The real switch moves the value of this parameter into Par 1376 SW Real 1 Output when bit 0 SW Int 1 On of Par 1370 Switch Control is set SW Real 1 NC The real switch moves the value of this parameter into Par 1376 SW Real 1 Output when bit 0 SW Int 1 On of Par 1370 Switch Control is reset SW Real 1 Output Displays the output of the real switch It will reflect the value of either Parameter 1374 SW Real 1 NO or 1375 SW Real 1 Default Default Defau Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Max 0 2147483648 0 2147483648 0 2147483648 0 0000 2200000000 0000 0 0000 2200000000 0000 0 0000 2200000000 0000 32 bit Integer 32 bit Integer 32 bit Integer Real
19. Default 0548 70 1950 a Bit 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 109 8 76543210 cle 906 Axis Resp Command response from both the Servo and Feedback Only axis to the Motion Planner Options 5 B i O 5 o eio 6 lo gt e lt gt 8 8 2 e le ln S Pie 5 Je D O 5 5 5 5 5 JO 2 5 5 5 6 ss IT 8 8 8 8 8 6 8 8 8 6 8 8 85 s 18 2 lt lt lt lt m Default 10 1 01 00 10 10 000 BER CO LOAD 005 Bit 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 109 8 7 6 5 4 2 1 0 Programming and Parameters 3 79 Name No Description Values 907 Cnct Status VJ Status of all Motion connections Also includes status for the configuration state relating to the motion connections Linkable Read Write Data Type Options Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Default Bit 5 14 13 908 EventStatus Status of all events supported by the Motion Event Connection 0 False 1 True
20. 0 18 paniesayz 18 0 119 paniasay 18 462 iIgiqu3uonisoge 19 0 18 SL 820142 9015 15200619 uuo 2 100418 dois paniesaygz 9 enuo z ug 0 dois 1880262 ueu 5156 peniasayg SIOUMO SYseyW dois AWE 18 jodiunc ug 2 1809 19530 Wd jodiunp 4g 22 95 1109 182108 18 jod un Berg 18 Ida jod unoz Haua OWr 18 yes ug xny 1891064 1809 sixv eui e jewono 18 weiss 551 2812 ueis UO pds 9015 jeuuoNg dweypdgo 0 uod SL uonoauuog S uod Ida 0 GL smeis UNY 9614 dasied 91607 ed suondo x SL WIH x uod lt 891 gt 0 154 91607 4 Iqu3uonisode yg duio 19 dwog 5156 19 AWS SL SL xiBo1e ug Wa 18 95
21. Motor NP System Cont Motor NP Volts Motor NP FLA A Frequency Motor NP RPM Motor NP Motor Current peak Stall Torque Motor Max Model Number line to line V rms rms Hz oper rpm Power KW _ Poles Arms N m RPM rpm MPG A004 031 230 1 8 222 7 3340 0 21 8 4 0 0 60 6000 MPG A010 031 230 21 189 3 2840 0 36 8 6 0 1 21 4875 MPG A010 091 230 0 9 295 3 4430 0 19 8 2 3 0 41 5900 MPG A025 031 230 9 9 181 0 1810 0 88 12 19 8 4 65 5200 MPG A025 091 230 3 0 168 0 1680 0 52 12 8 5 2 95 5625 MPG A050 031 230 24 7 120 0 1200 1 50 12 53 0 11 90 2510 MPG A050 091 230 5 0 275 0 2750 0 75 12 15 6 2 60 3775 MPG A110 031 230 20 2 122 0 1220 2 20 12 53 0 17 20 2875 MPG A110 091 230 17 0 184 0 1840 1 60 12 33 2 8 30 3500 MPG B010 031 460 1 6 162 7 2440 0 34 8 4 4 1 33 6450 MPG B010 091 460 0 7 357 3 5360 0 23 8 1 5 0 41 6450 MPG B025 031 460 40 219 0 2190 0 92 12 11 3 4 02 4838 MPG B025 091 460 1 9 175 0 1750 0 54 12 5 2 2 95 5900 MPG B050 031 460 16 3 92 0 920 1 20 12 32 5 12 40 2510 MPG B050 091 460 3 4 290 0 2900 0 79 12 9 9 2 60 4560 110 031 460 12 9 112 0 1120 2 00 12 31 1 17 00 2420 MPG B110 091 460 10 6 184 0 1840 1 60 12 20 5 8 30 3500 1326AB B410G 460 2 5 118 0 3540 1 00 4 7 4 2 70 5000 1326AB B410J 460 3 5 165 0 4950 1 40 4 10 4 2 70 7250 1326AB B420E 460 28 70 0 2100 1 10 4 8 5 5 00 3000 1326 420 460 5 5 137 3 4120 2 20 4 15 6 5 10 6000 1326 430 460 3 9 67 7 2030 1 40 4 11 7 6 60 3000
22. Autotune Results Motor Data Drive Config Tuning 421 193 Integ Freq 1 Motor NP Volts 485 Motor Ctrl Mode 423 195 Rate Limit 422 14 Reg P Gain 2 Motor NP FLA 402 PWM Frequency 453 lu Offset 429 Ids Integ Freq 3 Motor NP Hertz 403 Voltage Class 454 Offset 430 Ids Reg P Gain 4 Motor NP RPM 405 Dead Time Comp 425 Flux Rate Limit 486 Rated Slip Freq 5 Motor NP Power 409 Line Undervolts 426 Flux Satur Coef 487 Motor NTC Coef 6 Mtr NP Pwr Units 410 PreChrg TimeOut 443 Flux Reg P Gain1 488 Flux Current 7 Motor Poles 411 PreChrg Control 470 Flux Reg P Gain2 490 Statorlnductance 8 Motor Inertia 510 FOC Mode Config 444 Flux Reg Gain 491 StatorResistance 9 Total Inertia 511 FOC2 Mode Contig 500 Bus Util Limit 492 Leak Inductance 3 Service Factor 514 Test Mode Config 501 Torque En Dly 502 Rotor Resistance 512 PMag Mode Cnfg 437 Vqs Max 503 Current Reg BW 505 PM TestWait Time 438 Vds Max 504 PM AbsEncd Offst 506 PM Test Idc Ramp 439 Vqs Min 507 PM Test FreqRamp 440 Vds Min 508 PM Test Freq Ref 469 Statorlnduc Gain 509 PM Test Ref 473 Freq Reg FF Gain 424 Flux Ratio Ref 449 Freq Reg Gain 450 Freq Reg P Gain 451 Freq Track Filt 474 Freq Reg We BW 475 Freq Reg Wr BW 447 2n Reg on 448 lip Reg Gain 446 Slip Gain Min PM Motor 445 Slip Gain Max 427 PM Mtr CEMF Comp 476 Slip Gain Comp 520 Q Inductance 472 PreCharge Delay 521 PM D Inductance 431 Test Current Ref 522 PM Stator Resist 432 Test Freq Ref 523 PM Mt
23. device Use this cable See this wiring diagram Allen Bradley 1326AB BXXXX 21ML and Allen Bradley 1326 CECU XXL XXX Figure E 2 on page E 3 21MKXL motors with embedded Stegmann rotary encoder Allen Bradley 1326AB BXXXX M2L M2KXL Allen Bradley 2090 CDNFDMP SXX Figure E 3 on page E 4 S2L and S2KXL motors with embedded Stegmann rotary encoder Allen Bradley MP Series 460V motors with Allen Bradley 2090 CDNFDMP SXX 2090 XXNFMP SXX Figure E 3 on page E 4 embedded Stegmann rotary encoder Allen Bradley MP Series 230V motors with Allen Bradley 2090 UXNFDMP SXX or 2090 XXNFMP SXX Figure E 4 on page E 4 embedded Stegmann rotary encoder Any other motor with external Stegmann Stegmann shielded twisted pair cable with12 pin DIN style connector Figure E 5 on page E 4 SHS 170 rotary encoder Any other motor with external Stegmann Stegmann shielded twisted pair cable with 12 pin DIN style connector Figure E 5 on page E 4 or SCS 60 SCS 70 SCM 60 or SCM 70 or 8 pin Berg style connector Figure E 7 on page E 5 SRS 50 SRS 60 SRM 60 SRM 60 SRS 25 or SRM 252 rotary encoder Any other motor with external Stegmann Stegmann shielded twisted pair cable with 8 pin Berg style connector Figure E 7 on page E 5 SCS Kit 101 or SCK Kit 101 rotary encoder Any other motor with external Stegmann Is available only with pre attached Stegmann shielded twisted pair Figure E 8 on page E 5 SRS660 rotary encoder cable of various lengths Connection E
24. Analog Inputs Analog Outputs 800 In1 Data 814 AnlgOut Integer 802 In1 Scale 815 Anlg Out1 Real 803 In1 Offset 817 Anlg Out1 Scale 804 Al 1 Filt Gain 812 Anlg Out Offset 805 Anlg In1 Filt BW 818 Anlg Out1 Zero 806 Anlg In2 Data 819 AnlgOut2 Integer 808 Anlg In2 Scale 820 Anlg Out2 Real 809 Anlg In2 Offset 822 Anlg Out2 Scale 810 Al 2 Filt Gain 813 Anlg Out2 Offset 811 Anlg In2 Filt BW 823 Anlg Out2 Zero Digital Inputs 825 En In Debounce 838 Digln1 Sel 829 Digln1 Debounce 826 DigIni Data 827 Digln1 Bit 828 DigIni User Data 839 Digln2 Sel 833 DigIn2 Debounce 830 DigIn2 Data 831 Digln2 Bit 832 DigIn2 User Data 840 Digln3 Sel 837 DigIn3 Debounce 834 DigIn3 Data 835 Digln3 Bit 836 DigIn3 User Data 843 844 845 846 n Relay Out Data Relay Out Bit Dig Out 1 Data Dig Out 1 Bit Dig Out 2 Data Dig Out 2 Bit Programming and Parameters 3 13 DPI Data Links Logix Inputs Logix Outputs Commands 707 Data In A1 Int 600 Integer 00 632 integer WO GENRES mo mue d em m S D Data invA int 603 Real Ino1 635 Real Out 604 Integer In02 636 nteger Out02 712 Data In 1 Real 605 Real In02 637 Real Out02 713 Data In B2 Int 606 Integer In03 638 nteger Out03 714 Data In B2 Real 607 Real In03 639 Real Out03 715 Data In C1 Int 608 Integer In04 640 nteger Out04 716
25. 9 9 81818 18 8 CC lt Defaut 0 jo jo O jo jo o jo jo jo o jo jo io o o o o o o jo jo o o p p p o jp o 0 Bit 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 1 109 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 1 286 Lineari Status Indicates faults on the Multi Device Interface MDI Bit 8 Open Wire indicates an open wire fault Options o o o o o l l o l l l l l l l l l l l l 2 l l l l l l l jo jo jo jo jo jo jo jo jo jojojo jojojo jojo jojo o jo jo jo jo 2 9 o jojojo CC CC Default o 0 0 jo 0 O 0 0 0 To 0 jj o 0 0 jo o 0 jo 0 o _ Bit 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 109 8 76543210 1 True 287 _ Lineari TP Sel Default 0 Zero Enter or write a value to select Linear Feedback data displayed in Par 288 L
26. S S 95258 2 2 2 2 25 Ss ec o g 8 8 8 8 5 amp 2 8 5 jm 0 9 Default 0 O 0100 Io jo jo jo jO JO 0 02 20 Io jo fo Io jo 1 1 1t 1 Bit 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11109 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Ei us Pulse G Bit 0 Sync Pulse of P Xsync S ene ets the period for the Sync Generator Bit 0 Sync Pulse of Par 786 Xsync Status 2 2 will be set for 0 5 msec and will be cleared for 0 5msec 2 Gen Period 0 5 msec i an 2 8 msec Xsync In 1 Default 0 32 bit integer input of the Sync Generator Latched to Par 789 Xsync 1 Link any 32 Min Max 2147483648 bit integer parameter to this input parameter Xsync Out 1 Default 0 Sync Generator 32 bit output register Latched to Par 788 Xsync In 1 every time bitO Min Max 42147483648 Sync Pulse of Par 786 Xsync Status is set Xsync In 2 Default 0 32 bit integer input of the Sync Generator Latched to Par 791 Xsync 2 Link 32 Min Max 2147483648 bit integer parameter to this input parameter Xsync Out 2 Default 0
27. un eos 1203 lt 9 euo 1801 3 enu MOS 5 ALS 1504 lt 29 ag 2 6 1 120 K 28 OL 10 19 dwey jeus s pds eris 21607 fea 0 Ks gt 96m pds pefejei ueos 3 Vo V 297 lonuo9 euo 01 01 poads 5592014 duregpds Cu 5 Dun gt ndino Id ED Jeupds ande Cee au puewwog 2601 als vn paadg Ge 114 jeus 1 i s 10 K 29 suondo 25 X jeupdg pds 74g y m m vr n n zp jeu pds paie ssedhg pds Jupdgewnog pdg padwey 188 59 ajeagpeedgeyjaq b dwo d p N ja gt ppy bios eeu pr peru dwogaug 28 dig dwogous ue eaul 8101 7 15 90994 y dog eaul dwog emau 21601 7 dmag dwogou4 l peer MU es 9 dwog uonou4 ul asy 9409 yous Ui 8 Ten 169 _ _ 21601 jegpeeds erau 95 25 gt gt 555 80 0 4 dwogaug 9 02 gt i 1 jod u
28. Data Sets the value of Par 836 DigIn3 User Data except for the bit controlled by bit 3 DigIn 3 of Par 824 Local I O Status Digin3 Bit Selects the bit in Par 836 DigIn 3 User Data which is controlled by bit controlled by bit 3 DigIn 3 of Par 824 Local I O Status DigIn3 User Data Provides a source of data controlled by bit 3 DigIn 3 of Par 824 Local I O Status Link to Read Write parameter and enter a value of 13 in Par 840 DigIn3 Sel to activate this function DigIn3 Debounce Sets the value of the debounce filter for Digital Input 3 The filter requires the input signal to be stable for the specified time period Input transitions within the filter time setting will be ignored Diglnt Sel Enter or write a value to select the function of Digital Input 1 Digin2 Sel Enter or write a value to select the function of Digital Input 2 DigIn3 Sel Enter or write a value to select the function of Digital Input 3 Relay Out Data Link a word to this parameter that will control the Relay Output The bit within the selected word that will control the Relay Output is set by Par 842 Relay Out Bit Relay Out Bit Selects the bit from the word linked to Par 841 Relay Out Data that will change the status of the Relay Output when Par 842 Relay Out Bit equals 0 bit 0 of Par 841 Relay Out Data will control the Relay Output DigOut 1 Data Link a word to this parameter that will control Di
29. Neg 1 paadg ured wnooy 8100 V 291 dy qiie 691 lt 150 jj ysog peeds 1ndino pds 1504 10113 UONISOg 110 e 0 10 9 Kon jeu 19540 X 15 60 K 1 OUD uoNIsod 694 uonsod v0 Ba 2 119 91607 aus ajeg 55 7 pds 19510 1504 150410041 sak 59 x smeis 91607 go n 74 19590 1504 990 4 10 20014 eq ysnw 6169 10 0 4q 98 9 894 1504 55247 00 616 gt 2 6 ysod 00 K eoo gt 4695 suo X lt 99 m L abed weibeig 8 ueq CL 7 Jionuog indujoukg diu 1100 2 Smeg aufsx 493 393504 JUIOg 0 JUIOg ees M seep u eu jeuisog Zu et Kon uonisod le X al V l e 87 101 unay uonisog 19 pdgas eog NO 3933941504 lt ppl X peeds dieyu 1oeuiq perejodieju ZSL swz 04007 0 504 ayey 1299y diaul H 9 3 3 9 8 B 7 Control Block Diagrams pds x bee u pds pds Beux 094 898 14 14 wnooy 1104 JO OW 10V gt x gt
30. gt ko 5 S ko E xBojewd s a IN Z 2 QB 3 gt co peuyopunlo gt peujepun o gt gt 8 e A LI Em i peuyepunlo amp 2 ___Peuyepunlo 8 peuyepunlo 2 ___Peuyepunlo 8 peujepunio 5 s peuyepunlo 21 5 9 gt 5 o S S S ut gt E o peuyopunlo 5 gt 5 o S S 9 gt X 2 peuyopunlo X D o S 2 gt lt tb tb p uy punjo L 2 p uy punjo peujepun 2 peujepun o amp xS 5 sS lt E E z 28 x 9 peuyopunlo peujepun o 5 o peujepun s S peujepun e E S o SS 55 5 __ I __ 2 Eg ___ 9 peuyepunlo 2 2 peugpung 2 25925 5 8 z8
31. RPM 0 0000 14112 0000 Par 4 Motor NP RPM 1 0 RPM 0 0000 14112 0000 Par 4 Motor NP RPM 1 0 RPM 0 0000 14112 0000 Par 4 Motor NP RPM 1 0 0 Zero 1 0 Linkable Read Write p Data Type Rea Rea Rea Rea Rea Rea 0 Zero 1 User Ref 2 Logic Select 3 Lgc Sel Ref 4 Reserved 5 Logic En Ref 6 7 8 9 Rev Spd Lim Fwd Spd Lim Rev Lim Stat Fwd Lim Stat Amp Lim Stat 11 Ramp Match RPM 0 0000 14112 0000 Par 4 Motor NP RPM 1 0 0 32768 0 262144 262144 0 0000 2200000000 0000 RPM 0 0000 14112 0000 Par 4 Motor NP RPM 1 0 1 0000 1 0000 2 0000 1 0000 1 0000 2 0000 12 13 14 S Crv Match S Array Size S Array Indx Reserved Scl Ext Trim Trim FiltOut Ref w Trim Amp Lim2 In Amp LimStat2 Amp Lim2 Out FTD Ramp Out Real 16 bit Integer 16 bit Integer 16 bit Integer Real Real Real 59 60 61 62 63 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 Description Inertia Torq Add The torque reference output generated by the inertia compensator This torque level is modified by Par 57 InertiaAccelGain and Par 58 InertiaDecelGain A value of 1 0 represents rated torque of the motor DeltaSpeedScale Multiplier in th
32. io S 9 S S 9 19 S2 5 G2 SK X xS hs x S29 x Fr Fir ril rir i Default 0 01000100 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 jo O 0 jo 0 0 jo JO 0 JO 0 JO JO Bit 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 1211 109 8 76543210 SL Buf Int Tx00 Default 0 Provides integer data for Direct Transmit word 0 if the data type for word 0 indicated Min Max 2147483648 Par 1160 Tx Buf Data Type is integer SL Buf Real Tx00 Default 0 0000 v Provides floating point real data for Direct Transmit word 0 if the data type for word 0 Min Max 2200000000 0000 indicated in Par 1160 Tx Buf Data Type is real SL Buf Int Tx01 Default 0 Provides integer data for Direct Transmit word 1 if the data type for word 1 indicated in Min Max 2147483648 Par 1160 Tx Buf Data Type is integer SL Buf Real Tx01 Default 0 0000 Provides floating point real data for Direct Transmit word 1 if the data type for word 1 2200000000 0000 indicated in Par 1160 Tx Buf Data Type is real SL Buf Int Tx02 Default 0 Provides integer data for Direct Transmit word 2 if the data type for word 2 indicated Min Max 2147483648 Par 1160 Tx Buf Data Type is integer SL Buf Real Tx02 Default 0 0000 Provides floating point real data for Direct Transmit w
33. lt gt Z pds osu Tg 5 85 901 6pz gt 0140190 0 pie uodo uonensiboy 0 uod T 1504 0140 83 m 092 0 pre uondo asoy 125 0190 gt tels Quod gt E lig lt s 0140 Quod amp yap4 pds oido 84 bu 0190 Cr Quod gt 1504 wis 0100 uon sibou Quod gt una ily u x 9129 pds 2 ozz pd 1ojjnuls 21295 yap4 pds y o uc 100W EN Jay enbio 10404 pde tA Sjeuins3 peo1 Cum 5 dooiq 540 pds 5594 Ig Unooy Go x lt SL ap pds _ 2 E 960 ht 8 21051 WIH OL 2129 paads 153 rvrlionuog 1949590 JoJo u paeds 0 110 peeds 0 eve Byuog Lipou3 10113 jpou3 FEN 006 uonisog jipou3 Hapo 119 IE Buisseooid JA yap pdg 10104 m 0 Jepoou e 5501 jit o pds Lipou3 c 119 vez lt eez 291 2601
34. eve enjoy yueung 5 nd urn 91490 1 H 9 3 a Xnij UIN Ce 195207 x14 606 220 100 153 01 eHe 1 606 1004 L P ud suondo B 11 Control Block Diagrams SEIS OJAISOH 192 179 snjeig Set IH 1815 siBay juod 19 1804 do 83 18 Jegelqeo ge gt 92 2 one osa C az Care n 242 SHOA 9 T
35. puei ley pues 049 11 L 1 lt qu H 9 3 9 8 B 18 Control Block Diagrams Notes Application Notes For additional application notes refer to the PowerFlex 700S Adjustable Frequency AC Drive with Phase I Control Reference Manual publication PFLEX RMO02 For Information on See Page Input Voltage Range Tolerance C4 Motor Control Mode C2 Motor Overload C 3 Overspeed Limit 4 Stop Dwell Time C 5 Setpt 1 Data C 6 Setpt 2 Data C 6 Input Voltage Range _ __ __ __________ _____________ Tolerance Drive Rating Nominal Line Nominal Motor Drive Full Power Drive Operating Voltage Voltage Range Range 200 240 200 2001 200 264 180 264 208 208 208 264 240 230 230 264 380 400 380 380T 380 528 342 528 400 400 400 528 480 460 460 528 500 600 600 5751 575 660 432 660 Frames 1 4 Only 500 690 600 5751 575 660 475 759 Frames 5 8 6 Only 690 690 690 759 475 759 Drive Full Power Range Nominal Motor Voltage to Drive Rated Voltage 10 Rated current is available across the entire Drive Full Power Range Drive Operating Range Lowestt Nominal Motor Voltage 10 to Drive Rated Voltage 10 Drive Output is linearly derated when Actual Line Voltage is less than the Nominal Motor Voltage 3 1 SE Derated Power
36. ba belle as 1 DPI Communication A 4 Typical Programmable Controller Configurations A 4 Logic Command Word las dw aes Saar A 5 Logic Status Words oe ela aed ae dawn A 6 DEVICES u Vee Wh EATS PHP Te A 6 Drive Fuse amp Circuit Breaker A 6 PUSS SIZE sed abet es ee we A 6 FUSE ck pnd beard die paddy et i A 7 AC input Protection A 8 List of Motors with Compatible Thermistor A 17 Spare Connectors tun do RUNE V e Mga PE A 18 Main Control Board un v hx ER ES RU EE ke A 18 High Resolution Encoder Interface Board A 18 Resolver Interface 18 Dimensions iue ever VE EE Ue A 19 Control Block Diagrams List of Control Block Diagrams B 1 Application Notes Input Voltage C 1 Motor Control Mode e Rete etr RU a PIER
37. lS lS lS lS lS lS lS lS lS IL je jo 5 5 5 2 e e e e e 2 2 2 e e 2 2 e g g g g e SEIS ISI EEE 5 S 5 5 5 8 B B ss 5 8 fe s ee 8 5 S S 8 3 Is ge 2 E E IE E 2 2 2 2 2 2 TE IE jn jn i in um ju jm Default jo j0 jo jo jo jo jo jo jo o jo jo o o o jt jo o o f oo jo jo t 0 0 Bit 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 109 8 76543210 1 True Table 233A Encoder Input Filter Settings Table 233B Multiplier and Direction Settings Table 233C Encoder Sample Interval Settin Bit 3 2 1 0 Encoder Bit Filter Settings 5 4 Mult Directions Comments Bit 15 14 13 12 Encoder Sample Interval 0 0 0 0 Filter disabled 0 0 2x fwd rev Counts rise fall of phase Settings 0100 1 100ns filter A phase B only used to 00 00 0 5 find direction i 1 2 filt 0 0 0 1 0 5 ms min setting 1 0 1 4x fwd rev Counts rise fall of both A 001 0 10ms 0 0 300 ns filter and B phases default 0 1 0 0 400 ns filter setting 00111 15 5 0111011 500 ns filter 1 0 1x fwd only Counts rise of phase 0 1 0 0 2 0 ms default setting 0111110 600 ns filter Phase B ignored 011101 2 5 ms 0111111 1700 filter 1 1 2x fwd only Counts rise of phase 0110 3 0 1 0 0 0 800 ns filter default setting Phase ignored 0111111 35 ms 1 010 1 900 ns filter 1
38. 9 10 i i i zu uw uw uw 601 602 603 604 605 606 607 608 609 610 611 612 613 614 615 616 617 618 619 620 621 622 Description Real In00 Displays input word 00 of the contro Paired with Par 600 Integer 00 Integer In01 Displays input word 01 of the control with Par 603 Real In01 which disp Real In01 Displays input word 01 of the contro Paired with Par 602 Integer In01 Integer In02 Displays input word 02 of the control with Par 605 Real 1102 which disp Real In02 Displays input word 02 of the contro Paired with Par 604 Integer In02 w Integer In03 Displays input word 03 of the control with Par 607 Real In03 which disp Real In03 Displays input word 03 of the contro Paired with Par 606 Integer In03 w Integer In04 Displays input word 04 of the control with Par 609 Real In04 which disp Real In04 Displays input word 04 of the contro Paired with Par 608 Integer In04 w Integer In05 Displays input word 05 of the control with Par 611 Real 1105 which disp Real In05 Displays input word 05 of the contro Paired with Par 610 Integer In05 w Integer In06 Displays input word 06 of the control with Par 613 Real In06 which disp Real In06 Displays input word 06 of the contro Paired with Par 612 Integer In06 w Integer In07 Displays input word 07 of th
39. 5 5 4 0 7 5 5 0 5 5 4 0 7 5 5 7 5 5 7 5 5 5 10 7 5 10 7 5 oa ii 75 s 0 15 10 4 1185 15 25 20 45 37 60 50 60 50 66 55 100 75 132 1110 200 150 110 90 150 125 9 132 1110 200 150 150 150 160 132 160 1130 250 200 200 150 200 160 gt 250 1200 350 300 350 250 315 050 250 20 450 350 400 350 355 315 l 35 1250 500 450 450 400 4 3 355 315 500 500 500 450 500 450 E 400 355 600 500 600 500 5 5 A 20 Supplemental Information Figure PowerFlex 7005 Frame 1 3 Frame 1 Shown 12 5 0 49 7 0 0 28 9 E s BUNDLE B E MN d 200029 7 0 0 28 w Dimensions are in millimeters and inches Weight Ibs Frame A B C D E Drive 1 1200 0 7 87 1389 0 15 31 202 8 7 98 175 0 6 89 375 0 14 76 11 3 24 92 2 1285 0 11 22 1389 0 15 31 202 7 7 98 250 0 9 84 375 0 14 76 18 4 40 57 564 0 22 20 1202 7 7 98 250 0 9 84 550 0 21 65 26 6 58 65
40. 5 E S 2 S 9 p m s H o 2 lt F peueseuls gt A a o 8 gt 5 gt 9 3 N E panas y S lo E o ko gl L 8 5 lt 92 gt In panesey o In 3 8 est JW32 o 3 gt 5 2s gt 5 8 2 gt 9 E 8 Q o 5 o z 5 2 E gt 2 E e 2 E 5 2 OLN N 5 2 S 5 pan sseH E gt 2 2 esn 9 5 Z E gt 9 5 E x N 5 ENT gt 0 DS 5 3 B 23 gt 5 2 amp gt 5 2 5 92 lt gt asp g 52 E 2 gt S paniasey gt x e Jig 5 st 5 Io 9 2 gt 9 825 2 28 g B 2 2552 8 8 2 8 8 8 8 _ 5255 5 85 95 5 8 amp 8 5 als kO 0 2 29 zu 3 60 517 520
41. XPA euueu euoodoid paadg aL 3 1 00 95 1508 1 Id Ce gt TR iz l leg 1504 106 892 Teu 1209 Jeu 11504 14 14 Bau pds z xn L1 14 epon sug o peedg uomo ee a 5 1504 Jay 11504 xny swel 90 816 6 1011 15049851807 pds 500 X9 449MOd swz 0 2109 uonisog B 3 Control Block Diagrams Aejaq C 19 7
42. gt 59 3 gt 8 2 5 2 8 X 5 X at 3 Xi 8 at gt 2 gt 9 5 8 9 5 9 8 9 8 2 2 Ei 9 B lt 5 9 lt 9 8 55115 5 19 E 2 o N N 5 N N 5 N SpA N 29 o M 4 9 8 9 9 5 9 5 9 5 SpA B 5 5 2 5 5 e B 2 9 gt 9 J EX 5 Q SbA JOJOWXEW gt 9 Se 53 S g 3 52 gt 3 5 8 pansseylo 3 52 B _sbasngoaxen o 3 9 8 go 5 8 gt 5 gt 5 5 25 8 a 52 2 52 E So 2 So 2 8 58 2 ses 5 3 5 3 las 5 3 as 5 3 las 5 3 68 5 3 are 2d lt Sc aja am o aml s nml ajal SAE
43. 0 Ignore Configures the drive to continue running as normal when this event EltCoastStop occurs 3 RampStop e 1 Alarm Configures the drive to continue running and set the appropriate alarm bit 4 FitCurLimStp ATTENTION Risk of injury or equipment damage exists Parameter 392 NetLoss DPI Cnfg lets you determine the action of the drive if communications are disrupted By default this parameter causes the drive to fault and coast to a stop You can set this parameter so that the drive continues to run Precautions should be taken to ensure that the setting of this parameter does not create hazards of injury or equipment damage BusUndervoltCnfg Default 1 Alarm Enter a value to configure the drive s response to DC Bus voltage falling below the Options 0 Ignore minimum value Conti he dri f when thi 1 Alarm 0 Ignore Configures the drive to continue running as normal when this event 2 FitCoastStop 394 396 397 398 399 400 401 402 403 404 405 406 407 408 409 410 Description VoltFdbkLossCnfg Enter a value to configure the drive s response to a communication error between Motor Control MC and the motor voltage feedback board e 0 Ignore Configures the drive to continue running as normal when this event occurs e 1 Alarm Configures the drive to conti
44. 12 Rate Limit 1 lq Rate BW 13 RtLim Stat 2 Reserved 14 3 Max BW 15 LimStat 4 BW Limit 16 Damping 5 InertiaMaxBW 17 Dmp Lim Stat 6 BW Stat 18 Reserved 7 BW Select 19 Srls KpMxBW 8 Inertia 20 Sris BWLimit 9 TI Lim Stat 21 SrisinrtMxBW 10 Mtr Inertia 22 SrisBWSelect 11 InrtLStat 23 Srls BW Calc 24 Snsr BW Calc 0 0000 0 0000 500 0000 RPM 0 0000 14112 0000 Par 4 Motor NP RPM 1 0 PU 0 0000 8 0000 1 0 PU Torque PU 3 0000 0 0000 6 0000 Par 4 Motor NP RPM 1 0 PU 3 0000 6 0000 0 0000 Par 4 Motor NP RPM 1 0 8 0000 0 0000 200 0000 3 21 Data Type D gt Real Rea Rea Rea Rea Rea Rea Rea Rea Rea Rea Rea Rea 3 22 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 123 124 Programming and Parameters Name Description SrLss Spd Reg Ki Sets the integral gain of the speed regulator when sensorless motor speed feedback is used This value is automatically calculated based on the bandwidth set in Par 106 315 Spd Reg BW Integral gain may be manually adjusted by setting Par 106 to zero Units per unit torque sec per unit speed error SrLss Spd Reg BW Sets the bandwidth of t
45. E gt P COMMON BU NC 4 R TS s I WHBU 6 rs GN DATA RS 485 2 DATA RS 485 1 WHCN XX Figure 4 230V MP Series Motor with 2090 UXNFDMP SXX or 2090 XXNFMP SXX cable Hi Res Feedback Option Board ENCODER POWER COMMON 12 m WHGY a BK 4SN POWER 11 I GY BKWH REFSIN REFSIN 10 C 4008 4SIN 9 WERD p REFCOS 8 SENE GN E DATA 85 485 RD xx WHIGN 008 7 mm gt DATA RS 485 SHIELD 6 OY POWER 5 L NET gt L COMMON BU NC 4 R TS wes OES XOX 6 16 DATA 85485 2 m GN DATA RS 485 1 WHIGN Figure E 5 Stegmann shielded twisted pair cable with 12 pin DIN style connector Hi Res Feedback Option Board ENCODER POWER COMMON 12 RD 12 POWER POWER 11 em RD XOX gt NC REFSIN 10 mm BN BU 10 POWER COMMON SIN 9 gt 9 SHIELD REFCOS 8 U aa 8 005 005 7 GN 5 7 DATA RS 485 SHIELD L BN 6 REFSIN SHIELD 5 Es WH I 5 4SIN NC 4 4 NC ay 8 DATA RS 485 2 DIE N GY 2 DATA RS 485 Connection Examples Figure E 6 Stegmann shielded twisted pair cable with 10 pin MS style connector PowerFlex 700S Stegmann Hi Resolution Encoder Feedback Option
46. a 1 35 Essential Requirements for CE 1 36 Start Up Prepare for Drive Start Up ei e a arena 2 1 Before Applying Power to the 2 1 Applying Power to the 2 2 2 2 2 Assisted Start Ups en er eee Eee Br 2 3 Chapter 3 Chapter 4 Appendix A Appendix B Appendix C Table of Contents iii Programming and Parameters Abo t Parameters Spc bs 3 1 How Parameters are 3 3 Parameter Data in Linear List 3 16 Parameter Cross Reference 3 96 Troubleshooting Chapter Objectives reece Yee a a ne re 4 1 Faults Alarms ates eGo re Was MER Gaeta 4 1 Drive Status l i cle ek Er 4 1 BED iret eder dee Reg 4 2 Precharge Board LED 4 3 ee 4 4 Manually Clearing 6 1 4 4 Descriptions nn ER NECS IHE ee 4 4 Supplemental Information Chapter Objectives nr eta dag 1 Specifications
47. category 3 2 category 3 2 Flex Connection Up to 8 modules Up to 8 modules FLEXBUS Current Output 640 mA maximum 5 1V dc 640 mA maximum 5 1V dc Cable 4100 CCF3 4100 CCF3 DPI Communication Configurations Typical Programmable Controller Configurations Important If programs are written that continuously write information to the drive care must be taken to properly format the block transfer If attribute 10 1s selected for the block transfer values will be written only to RAM and will not be saved by the drive This is the preferred attribute for continuous transfers If attribute 9 is selected each program scan will complete a write to the drives non volatile memory EEprom Since the EEprom has a fixed number of allowed writes continuous block transfers will quickly damage the EEprom Do Not assign attribute 9 to continuous block transfers Refer to the individual communications adapter User Manual for additional details Logic Command Word Logic Bits 15 14 13 12 11 10 2 1 0 Command Normal Stop x Supplemental Information 5 Description 0 Not Normal Stop 1 Normal Stop x Start 0 Not Start 1 Start X Jog 1 0 Not Jog using Jog Speed 1 1 Jog using Jog Speed 1 Clear Fault 0 Not Clear Fault 1 Clear Fault Unipolar Direction 00 No Command 01 Forward Command 10 Reverse Command 11 Hold Direction Control
48. 11 1 a qe meum m Um 00000000000 Using Analog In1 as 0 10V speed reference e Adjust Parameter 803 Anlg In1 Offset so that the minimum analog signal creates the minimum speed reference if the minimum input is OV DC and the minimum speed reference is zero enter a value of zero e Adjust the Parameter 802 Anlg In1 Scale so that the maximum analog signal creates the maximum speed reference if the maximum input is 10V DC and the maximum speed is motor base speed enter a value of 0 1 e Send the data to the Speed Reference parameter Par 10 Speed Ref 1 the destination linked to Par 800 Anlg In1 Data the source e Select Ref 1 as the active speed ref Par 16 Speed Ref Sel 1 e Par 153 Control Options bit 0 0 Unipolar Speed Reference Analog Outputs 10V DC or 1 0V DC Used to drive analog meters displaying speed and current Analog Inputs for Speed Reference and Speed Trim shield terminated at drive Ny Speed Reference 1011 T 7 0 10V 0 100 9 Y 0 of Motor Base Speed 8 17 8 20 Speed Trim 1 11 5 71 0 10V de 0 10
49. 2 _ 5507 _ 13 amp _ 901 Wpeuglo amp 5 6 OSdlo 13 280878 E 801 00 94 E Zld SAS 2Sd e 6quowWsna 5 88010140 dlo amp alssosd o 6quowWsng HH o 590140084 rz du 1099818 ho STHQPAUESHH o _ 5501 udo 931 amp _ du 10998 jo STIOPAUP in 5 __ WEN 33 Mfo 5 9 9 04 8 _ 9 33 8 WS 33rewog a HH o MH UTS n AUIS In 2 lt In 5 MH lt In 5 WOW In 94d lt uiuo xuns a co gt E 109 XUr1S o co gt co 5 580119404 2 __ 13 lt o g 5507 o g _ o 13 33 d HH o o 5 dui 10 Wo 2 5 Ssopiqp4iloA o 2 dueipgi d HH 2 dur SSO TAIPAN o 2 dueijpgi d HH o S g g __Pued 10 Anlo g o 8 __Pued 10 Njo 8 _ IIIS JOON lt gt gt F 1 15 lt lo N gt lt g g uou s diayul g lt 5 o 5 uou s 5 gt
50. 2000000000097 PS 480V AC Input Sle 480V AC Input Se E eO eue BR1 DC BR 00 O O O O 1 BR2 DC DC DC UT 2 W T3 PE PE OJOJOJO Installation Wiring 1 13 Power Terminal Block Q 9 Q QC C CON 2 BR2 DC DC PE U V W R S T T1 T2 T3 L1 L2 L3 Q C Q C Q QC Q QC Q f BR2 DC DC U V W R S T 11 T2 T3 L1 L2 L3 Frame 3 512 TA3 O RILI pc se O PS BR2 ie DC DC um V T2 PE AG T PE 010 010 Frame 5 75 HP Normal Duty Sass 61 c ede o Ps vie Precharge Resistor Fuse FWP 15A14F Common Bus Drives w Precharge Only DC DC um WI
51. 5V DC differential encoders may require external power supply and special jumper settings Refer to Main Control Board I O Configuration Settings on page 1 32 for external power supply and jumper settings 42047 lt For 5V DC differential encoders Voy v with internal power supply set pe Y Jumper J6 to positions T2 and ene ZZBBAA T3 Return Case Ground Primary Encoder using external power supply aaa a a aa 0000000000000 Shield Power Common Return 55 qp Vv Return Case Ground 1 28 Installation Wiring Table 1 0 TB2 Row Top Wiring Examples Input Output Connection Examples 3 Wire Control Required Parameter Changes High Speed Inputs Sourcing High Speed Inputs Used for Wire Control using e Set the value of Parameter 839 DigIn2 Sel to a 12 or 24V DC the internal power supply e 0 ro fo fa a fo a o fo fo fo fo 6999609096055 Hum C Start alo Stop value of 1 Normal Stop e Set the value of Parameter 840 DigIn3 Sel to a value of 2 Start e Set Parameter 153 Control Options bit 8 3WireControl Sour
52. Default 0 Zero Options 0 Zero 1 HO Edge Time 2 HO dEdge 3 HO dTime 4 HO EPR 5 HO Edge Mode 6 HO dTheta 7 HO Delta2Err Default 0 16 bit Min Max 32768 Integer Resolution Setting and Least Significant Bits Used Also the resolution sets a limit on the maximum tracking speed see Table 266C Resolution and Resolver Tracking Speed Setting bit 4 Energize energizes the resolver resetting the bit to zero de energizes the resolver Bit 5 Resolver Dir determines the counting direction If clear the direction is forward or up If set the direction is reverse or down Bit 9 Edge Time configures the method of sampling used by the Velocity Position Loop VPL Setting the bit chooses Edge to Edge sampling while resetting the bit to zero chooses Simple Difference sampling Simple Difference sampling calculates speed by examining the difference between pulse counts over a fixed sample time Edge to Edge sampling adjusts the sample time to synchronize with the position count updates from the daughter card improving the accuracy of the speed calculation Bits 12 SmplRate bt0 through 15 SmplRate bt3 configure the sample interval for measuring speed See Table 2660 Encoder Sample Interval Increasing the encoder sample interval improves speed measurement near zero speed Decreasing allows the speed cont
53. Flux Only 2 0000 0 0000 60 0000 22 1 15 95 61 5000 10 0000 90 0000 30 0000 10 0000 180 0000 Linkable Read Write Data Type 3 53 32 bit Integer 32 bit Integer 32 bit Integer 32 bit Integer Real 16 bit Integer Real Real 16 bit Integer Real 16 bit Integer Real Real 3 54 Programming and Parameters No 411 412 413 414 415 416 417 Name Description PreChrg Control parameter to a controller output word to coordinate the precharge of multiple drives Power EE TP Sel EE TP Data Options 12 13 14 Mw Hrs Accum 24 Inv High 25 Reserved 26 Fan Pwr 27 Temp Sensor 28 Inv Rated Kw Inv Rated V Inv Rated A Inv 1min Amp 39 inv 3sec Amp 40 36 37 38 Zero Volt Class Assy Rev ASA S N 15 Manuf Year 16 GBTs per Pk 48 GBT Rated V 49 IGBT Rated A 50 V Thres 51 IGBT SlopeR 52 Must equal 1 Enbl PrChrg to allow the drive to exit precharge and begin to run Link this Enter or write a value to select drive power EEPROM data displayed in Par 413 Power Values Default Options Default Diode JC Tr Diode JC Tc GBT Tjmax HS Max DegC DB IGBT Amp 60 61 62 63 64 Manuf Month 17 Manuf Day 18 Tst ProcStat 19 Life PwrCycl 20 9 LifePwrup 21 10 Life RunTime 22 11 KwAccum 23 Phs AmpScale 29 Gnd AmpSca
54. Read Write p Data Type lt 32 bit Integer Real 32 bit Integer Real 32 bit Integer Real 32 bit Integer Real 32 bit Integer Real 32 bit Integer Real 32 bit Integer Real 32 bit Integer Real 32 bit Integer Real 32 bit Integer Real 1213 1214 1215 1216 1217 1218 1219 1220 1226 1227 1228 Description Value SL Buf Int Tx26 Defau Provides integer data for Direct Transmit word 26 if the data type for word 26 indicated in Min M Par 1160 Tx Buf Data Type is integer SL Buf Real Tx26 Defau Provides floating point real data for Direct Transmit word 26 if the data type for word 26 Min M indicated in Par 1160 Tx Buf Data Type is real SL Buf Int Tx27 Defau Provides integer data for Direct Transmit word 27 if the data type for word 27 indicated in Min M Par 1160 Tx Buf Data Type is integer SL Buf Real Tx27 Defau Provides floating point real data for Direct Transmit word 27 if the data type for word 27 Min M indicated in Par 1160 Tx Buf Data Type is real SL Buf Int Tx28 Defau Provides integer data for Direct Transmit word 28 if the data type for word 28 indicated in Min M Par 1160 Tx Buf Data Type is integer SL Buf Real Tx28 Defau Provides floating point real data for Direct Transmit word 28 if the data type for word 28 Min M indicated in Par 1160 Tx Buf Data Type is real SL Buf Int Tx29 Defau Provides integer data for Direct
55. 0 Sy0 383 INOYL 08 Sel Sel Ov 04 75 907 78 696 cle 06 96 veodaoc 497 0007 07 252 18 107 08 00 00 Ge 09 ee 16 902 Brei Sk 0 z 7200002 686 0052 0 9420 48 107 0 380 07 ScO 3c9 WOr 02 08 08 05 8 9 9911 661 0 St 2200002 2 9 9 384 N0r 919 480 W0rl 919 420 WOrl 02 08 08 GLb 0 GLb 66 99 vl 4011 GZ OL 7100006 5 919 384 WOrL 915 938 071 919 320 0 L SL or or 1 02 Sl 49 VeL 62 6 S GZ 100002 5 Ole 019 384 WOrl 015 384 071 010 320 0 St oe 0 01 St OL 88 08 29 69 6 0480002 Sel gt 98 38C NOF 98 3c9 IWOr L 0c 0c 9 01 9 GL gg 09 6 2 0450002 078 38 07 078 3202 071 4 SL Y 8 Y 0 9 Sy Ve 9c Gk 01 928 320 0 6 Sl 8 9 TE vc 91420 L 1420000 5 10A 2 SREM yStaquiny Dojeje X W MW ay XEW ses e L 3009 vay 5 fo ER uoredissig juaun ajqeysn py 14615 101001 WOY L 57101991014 reg esnJ Aejaq jndjno 2 In 72 J8MOd 1030 unong Aejaq eui leng 40 296 9 Indu 3y HOA 097 13 Supplemental Information
56. 140 141 142 143 144 145 150 151 152 Programming and Parameters Name Description FricComp Spd Ref Supplies a speed input to the Friction Compensation algorithm This input is normally a speed reference from a motion planner or ramped speed reference It will trigger a torque feed forward response depending on its value FricComp Setup Enter or write a value to configure the friction compensation algorithm This is a packed word of 3 digits Each digit has a possible selection of 10 levels e The least significant digit sets the speed threshold in intervals of 0 0005 pu speed e The next middle digit sets the hysteresis band for the units digit in intervals of 0 0005 pu velocity e The most significant digit sets the number of time steps from stick to slip each step is 0 002 sec Example Fsetup 524 means 5 time steps between stick and slip each of 0 002 sec duration 2 counts of hysteresis or 0 001 pu_speed each count is 0 0005 pu speed and 4 counts or 0 002 pu_speed is the trigger threshold each count is 0 0005 pu speed FricComp Stick The torque needed to break away from zero speed By the nature of friction the break away sticktion will always be greater than the running friction FricComp Slip The torque level to sustain very low speed once break away has been achieved the nature of friction viscous friction will always be less than sticktion FricComp Rated The to
57. lt gt O Reserved Reserved O Reserved gt SMSO Input O Drive Ready gt Cnet O Event Cnet Synch Cnet UserlO Cnet gt OK Options Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved 0 False 1 True Default Bit 5 14 909 Event Ctrl Shows configuration state of Motion Event functions lt gt Reserved lt gt O Reserved 9 Home 9 C Home Arm O Regis Posit gt Regis2 X Arm O Regis Posit gt Regis1 X Arm gt Watch Posit gt e Watch X Arm o Options Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved lt gt Reserved lt gt O Reserved N O Reserved Home Axis O Event gt Home Type 1 0 False 1 True Default Bit 5 14 13 911 Motn Mx Pos Default 0 DWord Positive soft overtravel threshold for the Motion Servo Axis Min Max 2147483648 912 Motn Mx Neg Default 0 DWord Negative soft overtravel threshold for the Motion Servo Axis Min Max 2147483648 913 PositErrTol Default 4096 DWord Position error tolerance for the Motion Servo Axis Min Max 0 2147483648 914 MotnPositLockTol Default 0 Position lock tolerance for the Motion Servo Axis Min Max 0 2147483648 917 Motn Cmmd Default 0 Position command
58. uonn dMu adlo 2 2 8 mmmanndamlole b y 2 O a 8 o 5 _MA UONA dMlo 5 159 ON 8 oO SPO sy 2 Seo N sy WWOD gt 9 gt 9 E 9 gt 9 sng odlo 9 a A 5 uiuo c 9 51 5 2 lt E gt 9 G lt pueuiuo 9 E E sea ur wwog o seey w uey 5 poanio 53 gt 2 L 9 uned peuesed 5 yned dHlo 9 E 9 E 5 9 9 gt 9 9 8 gt L 8 gt 2 5 amp S 5 Q S ES spuuguwon o a a a A a A Ss x addo amp 2 S 3 8 _ 34053 9 amp _ 1980203 4 3 5
59. DPI Loss Port 2 DPI Port 2 has stopped communicating ASCAN port device is connected to a drive operating DPI devices at 500k Baud Verify DPI device is present in port 2 4 8 Troubleshooting Name Description Action 51 DPI Loss Port 3 DPI Port 3 has stopped communicating Verify DPI device is present in port 3 A SCAN port device is connected to a drive operating DPI devices at 500k Baud 52 DPI Loss Port 4 DPI Port 4 has stopped communicating Verify DPI device is present in port 4 A SCAN port device is connected to a drive operating DPI devices at 500k Baud 53 DPI Loss Port 5 DPI Port 5 has stopped communicating Verify AC line power A SCAN port device is connected to a drive operating DPI devices at 500k Baud 54 DPI Loss Port 6 DPI Port 6 has stopped communicating A SCAN port device is connected to a drive operating DPI devices at 500k Baud 55 Net Loss DPI P1 A communications fault has occurred on the communication adapter at DPI port 1 56 Net Loss DPI P2 A communications fault has occurred on the communication adapter at DPI port 2 57 Net Loss DPI P3 A communications fault has occurred on the communication adapter at DPI port 3 58 Net Loss DPI P4 A communications fault has occurred on the communication adapter at DPI port 4 59 Net Loss DPI P5 A communications fault has occurred on the communication adapter at DPI port 5 60 Net Loss DPI P6 A
60. Id 10 enbio aseg enbo Nd O L ER EE lejeurejeg AUM Peay C 2 Jojo ayy Jo paads eseg peeds 071 en L Cm 5 pdg 2951 uonisod 0 8955414 lt gt uiejs s YUP Jod eu jo iD 199 eoueJojo o gt Id Let EN A MN LEND er ind Id 01 U0D 559201 s nduj enbio yur swz d m 401081024 MEM a aa ed WIR TS TT uonoojog 69 65 dwog emau n ppy bio Pes Pu penis Bulsse0dlg xn 952 H a dwog u waung 104009 ppybio dwogou4 101994 9 9 206 n uonpejes HOA sng peeds uey Wed lt gt AW Id pds aD 904 N 0 enbioy pee 3 Jeau 9r m op gt ur pds payeog pds ening 5 pds ye EMG 752 TN swz peedg Weegee RC ee eU EN o NM D wre lBeupds S 794 j ureo pds TN 2902
61. Is 0 82 88888 8 2 IZ 5 2 5 S FE 2 z 2 IS O IS o Default O O o jo jo Io o o o jo po o o o jo o jo o o jo p po o o jo o o 0 0 0 D Qe rale Bit 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 76543210 1 True 3 27 Programming and Parameters No 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 Linkable Read Write Data Type Name Description Values Drive Logic Rsit This is the logic output of the logic parser that combines the outputs from the DPI ports and the DriveLogix controller to determine drive control based on the masks and owners The control bits are reflected in Par 152 Applied LogicCmd bits 16 31 Options alg 2 2 8 lo 8 51555 Sle ieee REEE 5 5 555 5 5 5 x 2 l olg Ela 555 l l z E la 9 5 5 E L JS TS 5 6 5 5 e E Ss 21515 ls c jc S 5 15 lo S c 2 jc J S 5 5 S Ja Defaut 0 00 0 O jo o jo O jo jo o o po o jo jo j0 jo jo py jo jo j0 0 0000 0 0 0 Bit 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11109 8 7 6 5 49 2 1 0 4 True DigIn ConfigStat Default 0 Digin Ok This parameter indicates the status of the Digital Inputs Options 0 DigIn OK 4 Strt
62. Linkable Read Write p Data Type 3 63 32 bit Integer Real 32 bit Integer Real 32 bit Integer Real 32 bit Integer Real 32 bit Integer Real 32 bit Integer Real 32 bit Integer Real 32 bit Integer Real 32 bit Integer Real 32 bit Integer 3 64 623 624 625 626 627 628 632 633 950 37 38 39 40 4A 0250 644 Programming and Parameters Name Description Real In11 D R R R R R Paired with Par 622 Integer In11 w Integer In12 isplays input word 12 of the controller communication format in integer format Paired with Par 625 Real In12 which displays the same data in floating point format eal In12 Displays input word 12 of the controller communication format in floating point format Paired with Par 624 Integer In12 which displays the same data in integer format Integer In13 Displays input word 13 of the controller communication format in integer format Paired with Par 627 Real In13 which displays the same data in floating point format eal In13 Displays input word 13 of the controller communication format in floating point format Paired with Par 626 Integer In13 which displays the same data in integer format Integer In14 splays input word 14 of the controller communication format in integer format Paired ith Par 6
63. 041002 ou g SWZ 0 4109 H 9 3 9 9 V B 9 Control Block Diagrams Bay enbio 636 4 021 901 hoy enbio D E 20 jeuisng 00 2 qeu3 xni ese sng sngyaye g 1 Bug sng yesg ee e nr X xna ow un no 1 JoyeinBay X E AN EN 10 gt 536 sng x X enbio qeg iur oo Cm semod ju 908 eDejoA sng od ar lt gt xap4 pds Y ser 7 win sod enbioy 2 u CD wu say V X ninwajeu I I eu 2 Joy enbio s JU e Na Hay bios enbioy Fe Ft 811 7 xen L4 uogenuenvuooN gt deis enbioy Snes
64. 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 Description Torque Pos Limit Sets the external torque limit for positive torque reference values The external positive motor torque will not be allowed to exceed this value Torque Neg Limit Sets the external torque limit for negative torque reference values The external negative motor torque will not be allowed to exceed this value Mtring Power Lim Sets the maximum motoring positive power of the drive This can be calculated by multiplying the desired maximum motor torque and the maximum motor speed A value of 1 0 nominal motor power Regen Power Lim Sets the maximum regenerative negative power of the drive This can be calculated by multiplying the desired maximum motor torque and the maximum motor speed A value of 1 0 nominal motor power Atune Ref Sets the motor torque that is applied to the motor during the flux current and inertia tests Torq Ref TP Sel Enter or write a value to select torque reference data displayed in Par 131 Torq Ref TP Data Ref TP Data Displays the data selected by Par 130 Ref TP Sel Inert Adapt Sel Configures the Inertia Adaptation Algorithm IAA Function Contains the following selections Bit Name Current Function 0 Inrtia Adapt When set to 1 on the IAA function will effect enhanced stability higher bandwidths and dynamic stiffness Useful when systems with a gea
65. 5 aul 5 5 S puad 70 aula S owquooN o 8 gt 9 1074 19 gt 9 2 _ S _ 1 S dijs _ S 9 gt uj yne4 xalo gt 5807 Ido 3 IMLIAO YS o gt u ney ajo gt 80 Idajo 3 INLO 15 3 _ 3 _ d 5507 3 _ 2 5 _ WAN 3 __ d S801 1dalo 3 IMMO PIH o e 5 1043 dSd o 9 5 td 5507 2 5 IMLO 5 9 5 td 5507 Iddlo 2 5 5 1se PIOUS 5 401405 amp 5 5 19 5 Sdssollddl Q 5 5 _ 9d S801 amp pansssulo o A _ 9488014 gt amp _USSIWWOD Oo N _ 53 N ussuuo OW ls N _ ssonenlo N N _ 2 peweseu R _ 3 2 _zidassownlo a 5 jeseq sutil X 5 Eldd SSON a 5 at 5 jeseq sutil lt X 5 ssomeN o a 5 at E vida ssonen o jne4 punosgjo 8
66. Allen Bradley N S Power High Performance AC Drive Phase Control Firmware Versions 1 2 07 User Manual Automation Important User Information Solid state equipment has operational characteristics differing from those of electromechanical equipment Safety Guidelines for the Application Installation and Maintenance of Solid State Controls Publication SGI 1 1 available from your local Rockwell Automation sales office or online at http www rockwellautomation com literature describes some important differences between solid state equipment and hard wired electromechanical devices Because of this difference and also because of the wide variety of uses for solid state equipment all persons responsible for applying this equipment must satisfy themselves that each intended application of this equipment is acceptable In no event will Rockwell Automation Inc be responsible or liable for indirect or consequential damages resulting from the use or application of this equipment The examples and diagrams in this manual are included solely for illustrative purposes Because of the many variables and requirements associated with any particular installation Rockwell Automation Inc cannot assume responsibility or liability for actual use based on the examples and diagrams No patent liability is assumed by Rockwell Automation Inc with respect to use of informat
67. POWER Rotary Encoder DATA 85485 10 H H WHGY COMMON 8 WHIBN Bu Linear Sensor CLOCK 9 001 f H gt TS LinearSensorCLOCK 8 WHNT it WHBU 5 Linear Sensor DATA 7 OLS cN Linear Sensor DATA 6 WH GN Rotary Encoder REGISTRATION 5 Rotary Encoder REGISTRATION 4 DI Linear Sensor REGISTRATION 3 1 Linear Sensor REGISTRATION 2 CHASSISGND 1 LI Stegmann shielded twisted pair cable with 10 pin MS style connector Feedback Option Board ROTARY ENCODER Rotary Encoder POWER COMMON 17 wem BU q N POWER Rotary Encoder POWER 16 OLA RD xX 11 NC Rotary Encoder REFSIN 15 BN f e BU __ 10 POWER COMMON Rotary Encoder SIN 14 nm m U XX 4 gt gt 9 SHIELD Rotary Encoder REFCOS 13 28 A 005 Rotary Encoder 608 12 i ER XX GN 7 DATA RS 485 Rotary Encoder DATA 85485 11 or A BN 6 REFSIN Rotary Encoder DATA 85485 10 D GN xX WH gt 5 4SIN Linear Sensor CLOCK 9 1 4 NC Linear Sensor CLOCK 8 3 Linear Sensor 7 L 85 485 Linear Sensor DATA 6 4D BK 1 REFCOS Rotary Encoder REGISTRATION 5 Rotary Encoder REGISTRATION 4 Linear Sensor REGISTRATION 3 L Linear Sensor REGISTRATION 2 CHASSISGND 1 Rotary Encoder Connections with Stegmann shielded twisted pair cable and 10 pin MS style connector MDI Feedback O
68. SPL X PAHO Peod 196 2729 pue 99 4 59 9 195 51 8 10 072 mm abed di Berg uonisog sjueuuufisse QNM lt V aes _ ew S98 2 14 1729 jo uonsog N umooy 195914 0192 1SH 15040 1 uon SOd 04002 UONISOd NO Jeuiisod lt lt leg 1504 x 1004 01400 SWZ 04 02 Control Block Diagrams _ 1 7 7 p92 8 299 699 800010 sod von so4 10 KSSE ams nd 881 gt AYES 216 0 K ZSL jeseJqxepupiso ROME ei et Ih Iquuonisog T paido abo 0 0 X 10V te uo F paddy 9 2001 anas eo deis 1504 Jorein ay z SMES uonIsod es anay oig 12 95 1504 me dais 10 K 0 Cost gt POM Es i epoyeiniosqv 9
69. encoder the SHS 170 draws excessive current and should only be used with an external power supply SINCOS SINCODER and LINCODER are registered trademarks of Stegmann Inc Terminal block P1 contains connection points for a Stegmann Hiperface encoder This terminal block resides on the Hi Resolution Encoder Feedback Option card Hiperface is a registered trademark of Stegmann Inc Figure E 1 Control Assembly Sliding Access Panel e L gt e e Remember to route wires through the sliding access panel at the bottom of the Control Assembly If you using this motor and feedback Recommended Cables PowerFlex 700S Stegmann Hi Resolution Encoder Feedback Option 42 345 9 1A 2 E 3 Terminal Signal Description 12 POWER COMMON Power supply for encoder 11 POWER interface 10 REFSIN Negative Sine signal 9 SIN Positive Sine signal 8 REFCOS Negative Cosine signal 7 COS Positive Cosine signal 6 SHIELD Connection point for encoder 5 SHIELD cable shield 4 Not connected 3 2 DATA RS 485 Positive DH485 terminal 1 DATA RS 485 Negative DH485 terminal
70. loc Default 0 0 0 O O j0 jo jo O Io jo jo 0 jo jo jo jo Io jo jo jo jo jo jo jo jo jo 0 0 0 0 0 s n Bit 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 109 8 76543210 1 True 3 38 261 262 266 Programming and Parameters Name Description Hi TP Sel Selects data displayed by Par 262 Hi TP Data Edge Time Latency counter value not used for Hi Resolution Feedback Option H0 dEdge Change in edge counts for one 500 microsecond update At constant speed this value should be constant dTime Change in update time This value should be constant 500 microseconds e H0 EPR This value should be 1 048 576 counts per revolution this is a constant value HO dTheta This is a scaled value of option 2 Ho Delta2Err Derivative of option 2 Hi TP Data Displays data selected by Par 261 Hi TP Sell Reslvr0 Config Configures options for the resolver option card at port 0 Setting bit 0 Cable Tune enables the cable tuning test resetting the bit to zero disables the test e Bits 2 Resolution 0 and 3 Resolution 1 select the feedback resolution see Table 266A Resolution Settings This determines the number of significant bits that are calculated in the value of parameter 250 FB Posit It does not affect the number of counts created per resolver revolution see Table 2668 8 25855 Values
71. uOdML 5 Jeu cu 8 HUSASPNM NN Jew 5 gt 8 MuseoMepdA o begungenbiol UONML Beipd o UONNML gt HusaepnANNlo pewesed o HUSeoMepaM o UONNAL gt uug epaMdA o 2 HUSEOWPNNIo IN o UONAAL peuieseu o o lin yned o peuieseu ao UNYSIWWOD lt eo In jne4 punoJ o S yne punog o peuieseu o In 5 ney puny 3 In YASIWWOD In 3 yne4punoj o 5 a1gebueuo 5 P uoNA dni amp ag a gt ___ 8 WUNMd e o 5 Awun ug 5 2 N UONM ANIo E MN UONM dN o S s MAN ANA NMd No S 14 UND UZ XN 2 x o S ANIN UONN dAlo 2 _ a Ha ANAS euog 6449 3 54 2 _ mmuonmdnlo S S s sz
72. BodyTemp Act 15 6 ElemTemp Act 16 1 th_ba 7 BTmptripStat 17 1 cb 8 ETmptripStat 18 DB IGBT Amp 9 Int DB Ohms 419 Brake TP Data Default 0 0000 Real Displays the data selected by Par 418 Brake TP Sel Min Max 2200000000 0000 421 65 Freq Units R S V 16 bit Sets the break frequency of the torque producing q axis current regulator This and Par Default 10 Integer 422 Iqs Reg P Gain determine the integral gain for the q axis current regulator Set by Min Max 0 32767 the autotune procedure Do not change this value 422 1195 Reg P Gain Default 1 0 16 bit Sets the proportional gain of the torque producing q axis current regulator Set by the Min Max 0 0 100 0 Integer autotune procedure Do not change this value Comm Scale x 10 423 145 Rate Limit Units lmS V 16 bit Sets the limit of the rate of change for the torque producing q axis current regulator Do Default 800 0 Integer not change this parameter Use Par 355 Iq Rate Limited to control the q axis current rate Min Max 0 0 800 0 limit Comm Scale x 10 424 Flux Ratio Ref Units 9 16 bit Active only in the Field Oriented Control FOC 2 control mode when Par 485 Motor Ctrl Default 99 99 Integer Mode equals 2 FOC 2 when activated Par 511 FOC2 Mode Config bit 28 FlxRatRf Min Max 12 50 399 99 Use is set Provides a scaling factor for the flux producing d axis curre
73. Defaut o o lo fo Jo Jo b Jo lo fo o To To o 00011 lo Jo To Jt 1 0 Bit 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12141 109 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 1 True Table 246A Trigger Source Settings Table 246D Filter Settings Bit2 1 Bit 11 10 9 8 Input Filter Setting 0 0 Digital Input 2 AND Encoder 0 Primary Encoder 2 Phase 0 0 0 0 Filter disabled 0 1 Digital Input 3 default setting 0 0 0 1 100ns filter 1 0 Digital Input 2 0 0 1 0 200nsfiler 1 1 Encoder 0 Primary Encoder 2 Phase 0 0 1 1 2300nmsfiler Table 246B Edge Selection Settings 0 0 1 1 300 filter Bt 4 3 0 1 0 0 400nsfilter 0 0 Capture position on rising edge 0 1 0 1 500 filter 0 1 Capture position on falling edge 0 1 1 0 600 filter 1 0 Capture position on both edges 0 1 1 1 700ns filter 1 1 Disable capture 1 00 0 800ns filter default setting 1 0 0 1 900ns filter Table 246C Direction Settings 1 0 1 0 1000 ns filter Bit 6 5 1 0 1 1 1100 ns filter 0 0 Disable capture 1 1 0 0 1200nsfiler 0 1 Capture position during Reverse rotation 1 1 0 1 1300 ns filter 1 0 Capture position during Forward rotation 1 1 1 0 1400nsfiler 1 1 Capture position during either rotation 1 1 1 1 1500nsfiler 247 Porti Regis Ctrl Configures the registration control for port 1 Set bit 0 Arm Request to arm the registration logic for the next trigger event The particular latch will be armed and ready to be strobed on the next occurrence of the trigger input
74. Real Real 3 96 Programming and Parameters Parameter Cross Reference By Name Name Number Motor Flux 309 Abs OverSpd Lim 335 Abs Posit Offset 757 Accel Time 32 Act Motor Posit 763 Act Spd Reg BW 97 Al 1 Filt Gain 804 Al 2 Filt Gain 810 Alarm Status 1 326 Alarm Status 2 327 Anlg In1 Data 800 Anlg Int Filt BW 805 Anlg In Offset 803 Anlg In1 Scale 802 Anlg In1 Volts 801 Anlg In2 Data 806 Anlg In2 Filt BW 811 Anlg In2 Offset 809 Anlg In2 Scale 808 Anlg In2 Volts 807 Anlg Out Offset 812 Anlg Out1 Real 815 Anlg Out Scale 817 Anlg Out1 Volts 816 Anlg Out1 Zero 818 Anlg Out2 Offset 813 Anlg Out2 Real 820 Anlg Out2 Scale 822 Anlg Out2 Volts 821 Anlg Out2 Zero 823 AnlgOut Integer 814 AnlgOut2 Integer 819 Applied LogicCmd 152 Atune Spd Ref 19 Atune Ref 129 Aux Posit Ref 743 Brake OL Cnfg 369 Brake PulseWatts 416 Brake TP Data 419 Brake TP Sel 418 Brake Watts 417 Brake Bus Cnfg 414 Bus Util L
75. o o o H 6 D Wi i O Wi TLE U w T2 T3 COPPER wine OUTPUT H U R 5 T 0 VAC mus Ti T2 T3 L1 12 L3 1 20V AC 40V AC Nw OUTPUT INPUT Shaded terminals BR1 amp BR2 will only be present on drives ordered with the Brake Option 1 14 Installation Wiring Table 1 E Terminal Block Descriptions Terminal Description Notes BR1 DC Brake 4 Dynamic Brake Resistor Connection 4 BR2 DC Brake Dynamic Brake Resistor Connection DC DC Bus DC Input Power or Dynamic Brake Chopper DC DC Bus DC Input Power or Dynamic Brake Chopper PE PE Ground Refer to Figure 1 4 for location on 3 Frame drives PS Aux Auxiliary Control Voltage See Table 1 0 on page 1 11 PS Aux Auxiliary Control Voltage See Table 1 0 on page 1 11 1 Motor Ground Refer to Figure 1 3 for location on 3 Frame drives U U T1 To motor 2 To motor To motor R R L1 AC Line Input Power 5 L2 Three Phase amp T T T L3 Single Phase R amp S 1 Auxiliary power UL Installation 300V DC 10 Non UL Installation 270 600V DC 10 1 3 Frame 40 W 165 mA 5 Frame 80 W 90 mA Dynamic Brake Resistor Considerations externally mounted brake resistors A risk of fire exists if external braking resistors are not protected External resistor packages
76. odujdujo au dui OF K 026 1 e lt oze Cee Huang uondeox dise 8 010 12 AN Huang uondeoxg dN Y juano 1nd dwa 1310 oup we RO bcn wung 91519 10 jueuno nd uang 104815 nd 9 Co 1 lt C EEE wrung q1udo 10 42014 ees I fouenbei WMd SH sng dwe SH 2 uedo oun 1 peuous OLN o ienen lt ss gt pay jeu by 1215 10 eu m duiejour lt 5 pue yuls eig m SOnsugj leu Ll JeueAu LI peo1 Je Q 1euenu H 9 3 9 8 B 15 Control Block Diagrams indino eed MS lt 928 ino 07 uag Ww uag jur 9251 ON R H MS YLEI MS vo eeu MS OUD YAMS 7 Jg UWSIXe uapu ws 101279090 WWI 802 sxe x ue9ur 108 615 1ndino sxy nding LELEL ON MS WEL ONHUMS ep UO Liu MS louo5 YAMS SIXy E CD punoo afo 5 er 138 10 sl Jopejep eui 35774 01195 osje s
77. 13 f60sPUCur 36 Boost 14 f60sAmp 37 fTotalWatts 15 fasPUCur 38 HSDegc 16 39 iAdconv 17 fRatiolnvMtr 30 Jct Temp 7005 18 fRatioMtrinv 41 Jet HiHp 19 iConvertStat 42 Jct FWD 20 flgbtThres 43 HH Lss Intg 21 flgbtSlope 44 HH PwrBdTemp 22 flgbtEnergy Drive OL TP Data Default 0 0000 Real Displays the value selected by Par 347 Drive OL TP Sel Min Max 2200000000 0000 Iq Actual Ref Units PU Real Displays the value of motor current reference that is present at the output of the divide by Default 0 0000 flux calculation Min Max 8 0000 Iq Ref Trim Units PU V Provides an external source to command trim or offset the internal motor current Default 0 0000 reference This value is summed with Par 350 Iq Actual Ref before the current limitis Min Max 48 0000 applied Scaling is in per unit motor current Is Actual Lim Units PU Rea Displays the largest allowable stator motor current The range of allowable motor current Default 1 0000 is limited by the maximum drive current Scaling is in per unit motor current Min Max 0 0000 8 0000 Iq Actual Lim Units PU Real Displays the largest allowable torque producing Iq motor current The range of allowable Default 1 0000 14 motor current is limited by the maximum drive current and is adjusted by the motor flux Min Max 0 0000 8 0000 current Scaling is in per unit Iq motor cur
78. 16 bit nteger 16 bit nteger 16 bit nteger 16 bit nteger 16 bit nteger 16 bit nteger 16 bit nteger 16 bit nteger 16 bit nteger 16 bit nteger Real Real 16 bit Integer 16 bit Integer 544 545 546 548 Description MC TP Select Enter or write a value to select Motor Control MC data displayed in Pars 545 MC TP Value and 546 MC TP Bit Pars 545 MC TP Value and 546 MC TP Bit are diagnostic tools you can use to view internal drive parameters Options MulqsRef2 SlipRatio Ws WrEst2 We VdsCmd VqsCmd 1 1 9 VwCmd1 10 luFdbk 11 lwFdbk 12 IdsFdbk 13 IqsFdbk 14 VdsFdbk 15 VuvFdbk 16 VvwFdbk 17 VqsFdbk 18 ldsCmd 19 IqsRatio 20 MulgsRef 21 IqsCmd 22 We2 23 VuTd 24 25 VwTd 26 VuCmd2 27 28 VwCmd2 29 Kpwm 30 Vds cemf 31 Vas_cemf 32 VdsCmd2 33 VqsCmd2 34 Idsintegral 35 Iqsintegral 36 DcBus 37 AGnd 014 WMH MC TP Value MC TP Bit 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 Displays the data selected by Par 544 the selected value is integer data Par 545 MC TP Value is a diagnostic tool you can use to view internal drive parameters Displays the data selected by Par 544 the selected value is bit enumerated data Par 546 MC TP Bit is a diagnostic to
79. 167 198 s ey as meyno xeed INHL 195 SI Z 10 x Buy x yead eur ALON TN jesaig 219109894 INO 209190 xeed 95 2 428d v 2 weed suoloun 195 5 u coi greed Buy 2 weed SNIS xeed es zyead 9 Core gt ul o 912 gaead said 80 NO eed 95 0 u Hoigyreed 428d ow sixy u MO Hoigyeed Buy 1 0 Yad ies 2 KoD u 227 pead ul uo fe Control Block Diagrams B 16 JUMO JO 3 0 uonoelQ 0 Jaumo Borz0L Jaumo WEIS LOL 0015001 ASEN 4 69 9 Borg6g SEW 11215769 ysen 21601669 SL s nduj
80. 521 522 523 526 527 533 534 535 537 539 540 541 542 Programming and Parameters Name Description Values PMag Tune Cnfg Configures the Permanent Magnet Motor tuning mode ATTENTION Do not modify this parameter Motor Drive instabilities and damage could result Options oo jm m Default 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 O False Bit 15 14 13 12 11 109 8 7 6 5 4 32 10 1 PM Q Inductance Units ndicates the percent per unit inductance of the motor stator in the torque producing Default q axis Min Max Comm Scale PM D Inductance Units ndicates the percent per unit inductance of the motor stator in the flux producing Default d axis Min Max Comm Scale PM Stator Resist Units ndicates the percent per unit resistance of the motor stator Default Min Max Comm Scale PM Mtr CEMF Coef Units ndicates the coefficient for Counter Electro Motive Force voltage normalized to Default base motor speed Min Max Comm Scale MC Build Number Default Displays the build number of the drive s Motor Control MC software Min Max MC Firmware Rev Default Displays the major and minor revision levels of the drive s Motor Control MC softwa
81. 6 gt g4 Bays 01 pds a 19 3 9 5 Fe 201 wr Sod pds Tones zen leon level pds mer files enor US wn oa E m 1 sy dg 1010 lt x 10304 IMO Id pds 1 001 UM 0 peeds 0 110 paads 69 Tm dnyognuy Deupds 4 80 K ZSE gt aes yu Yz pds s Sc pdsing 151 S 19 2115 119 21807 40 eH 04002 UONISOg eau 801 jeu pds eumy m ge u er Jojo 8 61 gt mee DIP ssedig paods pds 5 4 Baypds dugno 7 pds 18 o 7 xy 17 pd 06 jos d dpt pds Co 0 06 2 yeupdg wu pds paedg dois wrung 15 epul 90 K 7 91 ejas 119 01607 eris eg gt amog g a ez peads m H 9 3 3 9 8 v B 5 Control Block Diagrams Id 881 Id eui
82. Default Default Default Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Max 0 0000 2200000000 0000 0 2147483648 0 0000 2200000000 0000 0 2147483648 0 0000 2200000000 0000 0 2147483648 0 0000 2200000000 0000 0 2147483648 0 0000 2200000000 0000 0 1023 0 2147483648 0 0000 2200000000 0000 0 2147483648 0 0000 2200000000 0000 0 2147483648 0 0000 2200000000 0000 0 2147483648 0 2200000000 0000 0 2147483648 0 2147483648 0 0000 2200000000 0000 0 0000 2200000000 0000 lt Linkable lt Read Write D gt 32 bit Integer Real 32 bit Integer Real 32 bit Integer Real 16 bit Integer 32 bit Integer Real 32 bit Integer Real 32 bit Integer Real 32 bit Integer Real 32 bit Integer 32 bit Integer Real Real 1317 1318 1319 1320 1370 1371 1372 1373 1374 1375 1376 Description User Data Real 03 General purpose parameter available for storage of real data by the operator This value will be retained through a power cycle User Data Real 04 General purpose parameter available for s
83. Drive is at zero speed parameter 155 Logic Status bit 13 At Zero Spd is set 1 Increase torque limit 2 Reduce mechanical load 14 Inv Otemp Pend Parameter 313 Heatsink Temp is within 10 C of maximum View the maximum heat sink temperature in parameter 348 Drive OL TP Data when parameter 347 Drive OL TP Se is set to 30 fMaxHsDegc 15 Inv Otemp Trip Parameter 313 Heatsink Temp is above the maximum limit or temperature sensor has failed shorted or open See parameter 346 Drive OL Status bit 0 NTC Shorted and bit 1 NTC Open 4 6 No 16 Troubleshooting Name Inv OLoad Pend Description The drive s operating point is approaching the intermittent current rating limitation If output current remains at or above present levels an Inverter Overload condition will occur Operation of the Inverter Overload function is configured with the following parameters 336 Service Factor e 337 Mtr 121 Min e 338 Mtr 121 Spd Min e 339 Mtr 127 Calibrat Action Reduce the load on the drive 17 Inv OLoad Trip The drive s operating point has exceeded the intermittent current rating and a foldback to the continuous rating in parameter 400 Rated Amps has occurred Operation of the Inverter Overload function is configured with the following parameters 336 Service Factor e 337 Mtr 121 Min 338 Mtr 121 Spd Min e 339 Mtr 127 Cal
84. HT 4 Spi leue pvo sj n dwogou4 606 n UP 0 X 69 enbio Jojo bio emau I 0 208 0 OL K 14 Id Bey pds 2 paads urep idepy b pds 210 Kas 0328900 areis 91607 gt 91815 2601 Jegepoy bio 10 5 emul 00 21 jag 4 006 gt pds Jo10N uondepy eau 80 a 6 emeu Control Block Diagrams B 10 eunjoiny w 7sog enbio m gt Noy wog gt noy wien enbioy b y by 201 DI suondo joquog LL K ESL 153 xni JoJo D 5785 E xni ouo 0 04002 JojoW 0 ied 08 C env bi E unobio I3 00 payw aey bi by payun lt 8 EEE ejes 2601 40190 04102 01 1004 engl gt snes 10 enua ee dus yuis eoy gre gt dwa oup 10 snug Li 08041510 10 _ 691 2 suondo jonuog wrung 9190 1 0 ay uang as june 295 6 200 X YH dN 1010W s48 ESE 887 7 xng w quaHing by BE 282 955 598 Jouo
85. Min Max Units Default Min Max Units Default Min Max Sec 8 0000 0 0000 4095 8000 R S 10 0000 0 0000 30 0000 20 0000 20 0000 35 0000 Zero Zero Spd FiltOut Servo Lock Spd ServLock Prop Output Intg Input Scld Int Pre Sel Int Pre Droop Output Out Lim Stat Intg Hold 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 10 PU 0 0000 8 0000 Speed Reg 1 0 Zero Torque 1 Speed Reg 2 Torque Ref 3 Min Spd Torq 0 0000 2200000000 0000 1 0 Rated Motor Torque 1 0000 2200000000 0000 0 0000 2200000000 0000 1 0 Rated Motor Torque 1 0000 2200000000 0000 PU 0 0000 8 0000 1 0 Rated Motor Torque PU 0 0000 8 0000 1 0 Rated Motor Torque 0 Filter 0 No Filter 2 1 Reserved Hz 135 0000 0 0000 500 0000 PU 1 0000 0 0000 8 0000 PU 1 0000 8 0000 0 0000 Data Type Linkable lt Read Write SrLss ZeroWe GainParLim P GainParLim SrvLck ParLm AntiBkup PLm Droop ParLim Pos Lim Stat Neg Lim Stat Limiter Out Active Pgain Active Igain Max Spd Torq Sum Spd Torq AbsMn Spd Tq Real Real V Real Real Real Real Real IIR Notch V v Real Real
86. RHH RHW 2 5 mil single helical copper tape 25 overlap min with three Anixter OLF 7xxxxx or copper grounds in contact with shield equivalent PVC jacket Class amp Il Tray rated 600V 90 C Three bare copper conductors with XLPE insulation and Division amp Il 194 RHH RHW 2 impervious corrugated continuously welded aluminum armor Anixter 7V 7xxxx 3G Black sunlight resistant PVC jacket overall or equivalent Three copper grounds on 10 AWG and smaller EMC Compliance Refer to CE Conformity on page 1 35 for details Cable Trays and Conduit If cable trays or large conduits are to be used refer to guidelines presented in the Wiring and Grounding Guidelines for PWM AC Drives ATTENTION To avoid possible shock hazard caused by induced voltages unused wires in the conduit must be grounded at both ends For the same reason if a drive sharing a conduit is being serviced or installed all drives using this conduit should be disabled This will help minimize the possible shock hazard from cross coupled motor leads 1 8 Installation Wiring Motor Cable Lengths Typically motor lead lengths less than 30 meters 100 feet are acceptable Motor lead lengths of 30 meters 100 feet to 246 meters 800 feet require shielded cable If your application dictates longer lengths refer to publication 20D TD001 Technical Data PowerFlex 7005 Drives for details Power Terminal Block Figu
87. Reserved Reserved 0 Curr Ena 1 0 Ena Bus Reg Lim Torq CurLim Torq Lim Iq Calc 0 Iq from Reserved 0 Curr Ena 0 Torq Torq CurLim e e e 0 False Displays Displays Output Displays every 50 Output Displays Displays Output Displays Output MotorF Displays 100 is equal to 1 per unit pu rated motor torque Min Max 8 0000 DC Bus Voltage Motor Flux Power is the calculated product of the torque reference and motor speed feedback 125mS filter is applied to this result Positive values indicate motoring power negative Min Max 9999 00 values indicate regenerative power N 9 SpdReg Open gt 1 DriveProtCL 9 gt 1 DriveProtOL gt Current Lim Calc gt 210 Iq from M N O m o gt m Limit MCS Ws Lim gt O MCS Iq Lim Bit 31 30 29 28 1 True TorqCurr Ref Units U Real torque current reference present at the output of the current rate limiter Default 0 0000 gt 2 Units Volt Real n measured bus voltage Default 0 0000 Min Max 0 0000 1000 0000 Voltage Units Volt Real RMS line to line fundamental motor voltage This data is averaged and update
88. Set bit 1 DisArm Req to disarm the registration logic for next trigger event Options Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved lt O Reserved OReserved N O Reserved O Reserved S Reserved gt Reserved 9 Disarm Req B Reserved o co Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved 0 False Default 0 0 1 True Bit gt Request gt _ e gt m 3 36 Programming and Parameters No 248 249 250 251 253 254 255 25855 Description Values 5 2 8 Regis Stat Indicates the registration control status of port 0 Bit Armed indicates the registration latch is armed e Bit 1 Found indicates the registration event has triggered the latch Options g g 12 8 le le le le 5 5 8 5 5 8 18 2 9 jo jo jo
89. e 1 Alarm Configures the drive to continue running and set the appropriate alarm bit when this event occurs e 2 FitCoastStop Configures the drive to perform a coast stop and set the appropriate fault bit in response this event e 3 Fit RampStop Configures the drive to perform a ramp stop and set the appropriate fault bit in response this event e 4 FitCurLimStp Configures the drive to perform a current limit stop and set the appropriate fault bit in response this event Motor Stall Time Enter a value to specify the time delay between when the drive detects a Motor Stall condition and when it declares the exception event Motor Stall Cnfg Enter a value to configure the drive s response to a Motor Stall exception event 0 Ignore Configures the drive to continue running as normal when this event occurs e 1 Alarm Configures the drive to continue running and set the appropriate alarm bit when this event occurs e 2 FitCoastStop Configures the drive to perform a coast stop and set the appropriate fault bit in response this event e 3 Fit RampStop Configures the drive to perform a ramp stop and set the appropriate fault bit in response this event e 4 FitCurLimStp Configures the drive to perform a current limit stop and set the appropriate fault bit in response this event Values Default Options Default Options Default Options Default Options Un
90. or equivalent 6 if the wires are short and contained within a cabinet which has no sensitive circuits the use of shielded wire may not be necessary but is always recommended 1 20 Installation Wiring TB1 Row T Top ll TB2 Row T Top Wiring the Main Control Board I O Terminals Terminal blocks TB1 and TB2 contain connection points for all inputs outputs and standard encoder connections Both terminal blocks reside on the Main Control Board Remove the terminal block plug from the socket and make connections TIP Remember to route wires through the sliding access panel at the bottom Control Assembly Reinstall the plug when wiring is complete The terminal blocks have keys which make it difficult to insert a terminal plug into the wrong socket Table 1 H Main Control Board I O Terminal Locations Row B Bottom TB2 Row B Bottom Table 1 1 Main Control Board I O Terminal Block Specifications Wires Size Range Torque Name Frame Description Maximum Maximum Recommended amp Encoder 1 6 Signal amp Encoder 1 5 mm 14 mm 25 N m 22 N m Blocks power connections 16 AWG 28 AWG 22 lb in 1 9 Ib in 1 Maximum minimum sizes the terminal block will accepts these are not recommendations Auxiliary Power Supply You may use an auxiliary power supply to keep the 700S Control Assembly energized when output p
91. uogisog Qupouy 2003 QUPOUZ 0 55 201 931804 AN In oez 0 Jepoou3 182 195 Jv AW 0 SW G 0 pds 7 les apa 1 04 5 H 9 d 9 V Control Block Diagrams B 12 u ei p st wa mus eu Koz vee BeOS c uia 60 9 eounoqeg u 90 958 100995 Quod 19 902156 46 eounogeg smeig 12901 o co V vag 10 PUN oped 199 suonoajas 078 ies gubia u D a cua ya uszu Ob D wx 068 weg 60 gt Lia a 14 1X 6 ove az no da fou og erea z uba eounoqeg eye 515 c SNIS 201 20 vz
92. v Real Provides data for comparison to Par 177 Setpt2 Limit driving bit 17 Above Setpt 2 of Default 0 0000 Par 155 Logic Status For more information please see Setpt 2 Data on page C 6 Min Max 8 0000 Setpt2 TripPoint Units PU v Real Provides the midpoint for operation of bit 16 At Setpt 1 of Par 155 Logic Status Default 0 2000 Min Max 8 0000 Setpt 2 Limit Units PU v Creates a tolerance hysteresis band around the value in Par 176 Setpt2 TripPoint For Default 0 0100 positive setpoints Turn on level Setpt2 TripPoint Turn off level Setpt2 TripPoint 0 0000 0 5000 Limit For negative setpoints Turn on level Setpt2 TripPoint Turn off level Setpt2 TripPoint Limit PI Output Units PU Real The final output of the Process Control regulator A value of 1 can represent either base Default 0 0000 motor speed motor rated torque or 100 for some external function Min Max 8 0000 PI Reference Units PU 4 v The reference input for the process control regulator A value of 1 can represent either Default 0 0000 base motor speed motor rated torque or 100 for some external function Min Max 48 0000 Feedback Units PU Real The feedback input for the process control regulator A value of 1 can represent either Default 0 0000 base motor speed motor rated torque or 100 for some external function Min Max 8 0000 Command Set bits to con
93. vay GH Fe uonedissiq Buey 087191991014 eg 9314 Aejoq ejag sdwy 8 ejqejsn py J9 12 S 10401 NOY L una eng indu M 1010 40 abed aeg 9 1ndu OW HOA 007 A 11 Supplemental Information syd 2 098 349 198 097 syd edz osg sud 294 2 09 VN 0021 009 442 9 00 1 349 198 006 sudued 0061 344 006 04 9 6 099 097 099 sse 849 194 2 000 349 2 009 00 198 2 092 sud sed 2 oos YN 0002 0002 540 0002 549 19 0001 349 009 540 198 1 000 9601 eos osz 90S oez 00 1 0829008 sud 494 098 349199 lt 9 sudiedz osg sud sed 2 c c VN 0021 009 548 0021 34999 092 349 0061 549 09 09017 988 069 807 069 Sie sud 2 068 49199 2 057 5441945 099 sud Jed 2 09 VN 0021 009L sud1 d 0021 49499 006 49 540 006 2901 5 099 0 OS9 sse L 0592002 syd sed 2 09 349 199 2 926 3491945 099 sud sed 2 sze VN 008 0021 544 198 1
94. z ui l ncz ray ul r 051 Jouog pue amp Jouog pue 2 1 puai 0521 Jouog puai 109210 0 0 senjeA ye 51 eyep 3604 58219 u 0 Jo sajulod si eyep jurod 1 eu 09219 0 sayulod 51 eyep pue y se esn 0 86219 um 34 66214 1 09219 1urod 1 jo ye ay peoejd anjen ay ay jo ad ejep uo 1851910 082 0 oser jonuog puai yg eea sa661 01d 486614 y 0 81015 0 syulod jo eu 5129095 09210 9191905 z Cos pu ES FERE Snielg puel Ing sayng 2821 181 0821 0921 5 gt en puel Joey puau L puai 654 eeg Buy puas LSZH snes pues b 8 29214 pejejue ayes ayy je peq oyne 191 feay 0 ejep sesneo 05214 Jo Bumes lt T W gu puei CD s asv
95. 0052 SE9 384 WOrL SCO 38Q NOvI S 0 4c0 WOrl 05 001 001 0 05 06 85 8 0 6 68 052 S GZ 2208002 0289 384 WOrl 022 380 071 029 32I WOrl 06 0 0 02 SE 0c 6921 26 GLE ZS 6 9109906 919 38 0 9LI I38A WOFL 912 420 107 SL 0 02 Zt VeL ve 6 6 9468002 019 384 Worl 012 380 071 0LO 3CO WOT E St 0 0 01 SI 0L sel 87 vo 89 FI 8498002 899 38Q WOrL 698 100 07 SL 471 9 0 9 0 94 89 Cl 26190 edrgaaoc 19V HOA 802 SREM stequunn Dojeje 2 X g XEN 99S IW wog 7 I9quinN uonedissig Due yuading ajqeysnipy uim 4 40301 NOPE 97291991014 esnJ ejog esnJ Aejaq 1nding 8 unag 1 2 9 eui Jojo eng S 10N 104 61 y aeg 9 4 S 91A q JY HOA 802 A 9 Supplemental Information 007 092 092 092 098 092 902 5027171 661 99 VN 007 009 009 0524 05 0 068 9 092 616 5 99 9 0928002 i 052 057 009 002 006 002 806 LEZI 791 09
96. 009 _ 540 099 349 001 349 94 059 996 08 005 092 029 osz syd 2 098 349 199 2 syd edz 00g sud sed 2 c c VN 0021 009 548 0041 34999 092 198 0061 840 092 996 6 9 065 80v 069 9 LL 0692002 VN 008 0021 0001 529 0001 czs 098 089 02 988 ooz VN 008 0021 0071 929 001 9291 05 oss 009 66 06 092 01 0052002 VN 008 008 0001 008 008 00 07 8 5 see 192 2 ooz VN x 008 0021 0021 59 5 006 99 0 905 0 ziel 19 052 OF 0972002 VN 009 008 008 5 6 5 9 aze 009 0 006 voz vez O91 VN 008 008 0001 006 008 0051 009 986 192 1 6 002 01 9862002 VN 00 00 099 SZE 006 sze 06 89 5 99 0 zei VN 007 008 008 5 6 5 9 5 6 009 05 006 poz vez 09 6 0050002 007 009 095 052 007 092 017 80 90 61 102 OL VN 007 00 00 526 006 sze 48 192 osz 21 6 1922002 OV 007 SHEM equinN ejgejiey jj Ton 2 qj un Xen ay UN 2906 u uonedissiq 57101991014 aui uoN ejag jueulo 3 sdwy yndjno 8 1uen ejqejsn py 15 1 Wort una Jeng 2010
97. 1121 1122 1123 1124 1125 1126 1127 1128 1129 1130 1131 Description SL Buf Real Rx20 Displays the floating point real value of the Buffered Received Data for word 20 Data transmitted from one node to another must be the same data type This parameter is paired with Par 1113 SL Buf Int Rx20 SL Buf Int Rx21 Displays the integer value of the Buffered Received Data for word 21 Data transmitted from one node to another must be the same data type This parameter is paired with Par 1116 SL Buf Real Rx21 SL Buf Real Rx21 Displays the floating point real value of the Buffered Received Data for word 21 Data transmitted from one node to another must be the same data type This parameter is paired with Par 1115 SL Buf Int Rx21 SL Buf Int Rx22 Displays the integer value of the Buffered Received Data for word 22 Data transmitted from one node to another must be the same data type This parameter is paired with Par 1118 SL Buf Real Rx22 SL Buf Real Rx22 Displays the floating point real value of the Buffered Received Data for word 22 Data transmitted from one node to another must be the same data type This parameter is paired with Par 1117 SL Buf Int Rx22 SL Buf Int Rx23 Displays the integer value of the Buffered Received Data for word 23 Data transmitted from one node to another must be the same data type This parameter is paired with Par 1120 SL Buf Real Rx23 SL Buf Real Rx23 Displays t
98. 1326AB B430G 460 5 6 114 3 3430 2 30 4 16 8 6 40 5000 1326AB B515E 460 6 1 70 3 2110 2 30 4 18 3 10 40 3000 1326AB B515G 460 9 5 88 7 2660 2 90 4 28 5 10 40 5000 1326AB B520E 460 6 7 71 0 2130 2 90 4 20 1 13 00 3000 1326AB B520F 460 8 8 70 3 2110 2 90 4 26 4 13 10 3500 1326AB B530E 460 9 5 74 3 2230 4 20 4 28 5 18 00 3000 1326AB B720E 460 17 5 70 0 2100 6 80 4 52 5 30 90 3500 1326AB B720F 460 27 5 117 0 3510 11 70 4 66 5 31 80 5000 1326AB B730E 460 22 8 78 3 2350 9 60 4 66 5 39 00 3350 1326AB B740C 460 20 9 52 3 1570 8 70 4 62 7 53 00 2200 1326 740 460 32 0 79 7 2390 12 70 4 66 5 50 80 3400 0 0 1326 5 310 460 0 8 204 5 4090 0 30 6 24 0 70 6200 1326 5 330 460 2 1 204 5 4090 0 90 6 6 0 2 10 6500 1326AS B420G 460 2 6 179 0 3580 1 20 6 78 3 20 5250 1326AS B440G 460 5 4 149 0 2980 2 00 6 16 2 6 40 5250 1326AS B460F 460 6 2 148 5 2970 2 80 6 18 6 9 00 4300 1326AS B630F 460 7 8 142 7 2140 2 40 8 18 5 10 70 4500 1326AS B660E 460 11 8 100 7 1510 3 40 8 29 8 21 50 3000 1326AS B690E 460 19 0 87 3 1310 5 00 8 41 3 36 40 3000 1326AS B840E 460 21 2 79 3 1190 4 70 8 39 5 37 60 3000 1326AS B860C 460 17 6 77 3 1160 6 00 8 44 4 49 30 2000 1326AH B330F 460 21 0 0 3000 0 75 9 0 3000 1326AH B440F 460 3 3 0 0 2500 1 22 13 8 2500 1326AH B540F 460 11 1 0 0 2500 2 60 47 2 2500 3050R 7 390 66 0 50 0 500 30 00 12 132 0 500 11050R 7 390 218 0 50 0 500 110 00 12 436 0 500 Source 1 3 Unbalanced 1 3 Ungr
99. 142 FricComp Stick 143 FricComp Slip 144 FricComp Rated 145 FricComp TorgAdd ty Regulator Setpoint Monitor 47 Spd Trim1 SpdRef 171 Set Speed Lim 22 Speed Trim 2 172 Setpt 1 Data 25 STrim2 Filt Gain 173 Setpt1 TripPoint 26 SpdTrim2 Filt BW 174 Setpt 1 Limit 23 Speed Trim 3 175 Setpt 2 Data 24 SpdTrim 3 Scale 176 Setpt2 TripPoint 19 Atune Spd Ref 177 Setpt 2 Limit 30 Rev Speed Limit 31 Fwd Speed Limit 301 Motor Speed Ref 300 Motor Spd Fdbk 93 SRegFB Filt Gain 94 SReg FB Filt BW 71 Filtered SpdFdbk 100 Speed Error 89 Spd Err Filt BW 85 Servo Lock Gain 84 SpdReg AntiBckup 80 Speed Reg Ctrl 81 Spd Reg P Gain 82 Spd Reg Gain 87 SReg Torq Preset 8 Motor Inertia 9 Total Inertia 90 Spd Reg BW 97 Act Spd Reg BW 91 Spd Reg Damping 92 SpdReg P Gain Mx 101 SpdReg Integ Out 102 Spd Reg Pos Lim 103 Spd Reg Neg Lim 86 Spd Reg Droop 95 SRegOut FiltGain 96 SReg Out Filt BW 302 Spd Reg Out Torque Current 110 Spd Torq ModeSel 309 Motor Flux 302 Spd Reg PI Out 360 Min Flux 59 Inertia Add 361 LpassFilt BW 145 FricComp TorgAdd 350 19 Actual Ref 111 Torque Ref 1 351 Iq Ref Trim 112 Torq Ref1 Div 343 OL OpnLp CurrLim 113 Torque Ref 2 356 Mtr Current Lim 114 Ref2 Mult 352 Is Actual Lim 115 Torque Trim 313 Heatsink Temp 116 Torque Step 345 Drive OL JnctTmp 129 Atune Ref 117 Notch Filt Mode 118 Notch Filt Freq 306 DC Bus Voltage 401 Rated Volts 127
100. 19 61 165 2275 0 6 95 89 57 22018 86 68 A Y This dimension is the depth for drives with the optional door mounted HIM installed Weight kg Ibs o Drive amp Packaging 447 985 Supplemental Information A 26 Figure A 7 PowerFlex 7005 Frame 11 621 74 24 48 605 5 23 84 E 2234 0 87 95 797 0 81 38 736 0 Allen Bradley 2275 0 89 57 raf fe Dimensions are in millimeters and inches Figure A 8 PowerFlex 7005 Bottom View Dimensions Frame 1 173 5 6 83 152 5 6 00 132 5 5 22 25 5 100 72 5 2 85 i e e 8 1 B HE 190 4 187 9 7 50 7 40 136 1 2 z 5 36 SO 652452 ESBS OBOE t reu pt lt L 108 0 4 25 135 0 5 31 140 9 5 55 161 0 6 34 Frame 3 All Drives except 50 HP 480V 37 kW 400V 22 2 0 87 D
101. 40 296 6 9 JY 30A 007 A 12 092 008 009 Scc 007 Scc 09 00 08L 691 081 VN 00v 004 004 002 099 002 266 6 2 9 72 76 Eez 00 9 874906 VN 092 0 009 002 092 002 433 vec 991 zek 471 Scl 052 005 009 See 007 Soc 0 2 861 08L 691 061 9 0810002 092 9 6 008 SL 092 Sl 092 881 Sct 60 121 001 x VN x 092 0 009 002 ose 002 vee 951 Lvl 921 9 9510002 Scl ose 056 Sel 002 Sel 891 96 672 106 9 09 9 6 008 091 052 091 291 Bel Sel 926 Zu 00 S 210002 0006 NINO INOY i 001 006 006 001 041 001 YSL 41 V09 204 09 Sel ose ose Sel 002 Sel 90 96 67 106 SZ S 9604002 VN 0006 NNO WOrI 00 092 092 08 Sel 08 051 86 59 967 969 09 0006 2 00 00 00 001 071 001 9 98 44 09 204 09 i 2200003 0006 00 092 052 08 Sel 08 vol 81 69 967 965 07 OS 5900002 80 0089 NWI WOrL zi 0 002 002 09 09 08 09 09 262 06 Ov 2 0002 0 484 08 091 09 08 06 08 89 16 0 906 292 Se 05 0900002 616 0007
102. 8 REF HIGH Positive Reference signal 7 SHIELD Connection point for resolver cable shield 6 REF LOW Negative Reference signal 5 SIN HIGH Positive Sine signal M 4 SHIELD Connection point for resolver cable A shield p 3 SIN LOW Negative Sine signal 2 COS HIGH Positive Cosine signal 1 COS LOW Negative Cosine signal PowerFlex 7005 Resolver Feedback Option Card F 3 Connection Examples Resolver Interface Clockwise Rotation Count Up REFHIGH8 4 SHIELD7 1 REFLOW6 4 SINHGH5 1 SHIELD4 1 SINLOW3 1 COSHIGH2 1 COSLOW1 1 REFHIGH8 SHELD7 1 REFLOW6 1 SINHGH5 1 SHIELD4 1 SINLOW3 2 5 COSHIGH2 1 COSLOW1 1 REFHIGH8 4 SHIELD7 1 REFLOW6 4 SINHGH5 5 SHIELD4 4 SINLOW3 5 COSHIGH2 1 COSLOW1 4 PowerFlex 7005 Resolver Feedback Option Card Notes Access Procedures Using this Appendix For information about See page Removing Cover s G 1 Replacing Cover s G 2
103. Default Min Max Comm Scale Default Min Max Units Default Min Max Comm Scale Default Options Units Default Min Max Programming and Parameters 3 19 S gt PU Real 1 0000 8 0000 1 0000 V Real 1000 0000 EPR 132 0 4096 Integer 10 67108864 0 32 bit 2147483648 Integer 0 32 bit 2147483648 Integer 0 32 bit 2147483648 Integer RPM Real 0 0000 14112 0000 Par 4 Motor NP RPM 1 0 0 0000 Rea 2200000000 0000 Par 4 Motor NP RPM 1 0 1 0000 V v 2200000000 0000 x1 RPM Rea 0 0000 14112 0000 Par 4 Motor NP RPM 1 0 0 32 bit 2147483648 Integer RPM Real 0 0000 14112 0000 Par 4 Motor NP RPM 1 0 0 Zero 0 Zero 20 EO dTime 1 Clock Time 21 E0 EPR 2 InactvFbkDev 22 E0 Edge Mode 3 ActiveFbkDev 23 EO dTheta 4 MCP Fdbk Dev 24 0 Error 5 Observer Err 25 EO Qloss pk 6 UnFiltLoad 26 EO Ploss pk 7 PriActlSpd 27 EO PlevlHist 8 AltActlSpd 28 E1 Edge Time 9 29 E1 dEdge 10 Alt Acti Pos 30 E1 dTime 11 31 E1 EPR 12 Obser dp 32 E1 Edge Mode 13 Obser 33 E1 dTheta 14 Obseraccel 34 E1 Error 15 Obser K3 S 35 E1 Qloss pk 16 MCP PPR 36 E1 Ploss pk 17 MCP 2An 37 E1 PleviHist 18 EO Edg
104. Diagnostics Test Points Trending 379 Ext FIt Alm Cnfg 824 Local I O Status 161 Logic TP Sel 1250 Trend Control 374 Motor Stall Cnfg 304 Limit Status 162 Logic TP Data 1251 Trend Status 373 Motor Stall Time 320 Exception Event 163 Stop Oper TP Sel 1252 Trend State 382 MC Lim Cnfg 321 Exception Event2 164 StopOper TP Data 1253 Trend Rate 381 PreChrg Err Cnfg 326 Alarm Status 1 544 MC TP Select 1254 Trend TrigA Int 393 BusUndervoltCnfg 327 Alarm Status 2 545 MC TP Value 1255 Trend TrigA Real 394 VoltFdbkLossCntg 323 Fault Status 1 546 MC TP Bit 1256 Trend TrigB Int 376 Inv OL Pend Cnfg 324 Fault Status 2 412 Power EE TP Sel 1257 Trend TrigB Real 377 Inv OL Cnfg 316 SynchLink Status 413 Power EE TP Data 1258 Trend Trig Data 372 Mtr OL Pend Cnfg 1228 SL Error History 347 Drive OL TP Sel 1259 Trend Trig Bit 371 Mtr OL Trip Cnfg 1229 SL Error Status 348 Drive OL TP Data 1260 Trend PreSamples 375 Inv OT Pend 1230 SL CRC Err Accum 50 Spd Ref TP Sel 1264 Trend Int Int 369 Brake OL Cnfg 1231 SL CRC Error 51 Spd Ref TP RPM 1265 Trend In1 Real 365 EncdrO Loss Cnfg 1234 SL BOF Err Accum 52 Spd Ref TP Data 1266 Trend In2 Int 366 Encdr1 Loss Cnfg 1232 SL BOF Error 98 Spd Gain TP Sel 1267 Trend In2 Real 391 DPI CommLoss Cfg 1233 SL CRC Err Limit 99 Spd Gain TP Data 1268 Trend In3 Int 392 NetLoss DPI Cntg 1235 SL BOF Err Limit 108 Spd Reg TP Sel 1269 Trend In3 Real 383 SL CommLoss Data 550 MC Diag Status 109 Spd Reg TP Data 1270 Trend 114 Int 384 SL
105. Min Max Default Min Max Default Min Max Default Min Max Default Min Max Default Min Max Default Min Max Units Default Min Max Comm Scale Units Default Min Max Comm Scale Programming and Parameters AuxPosit Ref Interpolate 2 AuxPosit Ref orto aw 2147483648 0 2147483648 1 2000000 1 1 2000000 0 2147483648 0 2147483648 0 2147483648 0 2200000000 0000 0 8 0000 0 8 0000 0 2147483648 0 2147483648 RPM 176 4000 14112 0000 Par 4 Motor NP RPM 1 0 RPM 0 0000 14112 0000 Par 4 Motor NP RPM 1 0 Pt to Pt Linkable Read Write Data Type 3 71 32 bit Integer 32 bit Integer 32 bit Integer 32 bit Integer 32 bit Integer DWord DWord Real Real Real 32 bit Integer 32 bit Integer Real Real 3 72 757 758 759 760 761 762 763 764 765 766 767 Programming and Parameters Name Description Abs Posit Offset Provides an offset to absolute position Setting Par 740 Position Control bit 8 Xzero Preset presets Pars 744 PositRef EGR Out 747 Position 763 Act Motor Posit and 765 Posit Actl Load with the value in Par 762 Mtr Posit Fdbk minus Par 757 Abs Posit Offset upon drive enable Position Control Xzero Preset 8 lt 744 gt PositRef EGR
106. Running e Link Parameter 155 Logic Status the source to Parameter 841 Relay Out Data the sink Set Parameter 842 Relay Out Bit to a value of one so that Parameter 155 Logic Status bit 1 Running will control the output 1 32 Installation Wiring Main Control Board I O Configuration Settings Figure 18 Main Control Board Dip Switches swi DOWN CLOSED ON Scaling Scaling 2 SIDE VIEW SIDE VIEW FRONT TOP VIEW UP OPEN OFF m Analog Input 1 10 0V DC SW1 1 Open Analog Input 2 10 0V DC SW1 2 Open FRONT TOP VIEW UP OPEN OFF f 12345678 DOWN CLOSED ON 1 0V DC Closed 1 0V DC Closed Encoder Power Jumper Primary Encoder 2 2 SW2 4 SW2 6 Supply Voltage Position 5V DC Operation Closed Closed Closed 5V DC 2 3 12V DC Operation Open Open Open 12V DC 1 2 Secondary Encoder SW2 1 SW2 3 SW2 5 5V DC Operation Closed Closed Closed 12V DC Operation Open Open Open Analog Input Settings Switch SW1 1 configures the scaling of Analog Input 1 Switch SW1 2 configures the scaling of Analog Input 2 Open the switch for 10 0V DC operation Close the switch for 1 0V DC operation Encoder Input Settings Dip switch SW2 on the main control board configures the encoder inputs for 5 DC or 12V DC op
107. Srl 09 VN 052 S S 009 2 00 65 984 12 06 6 7 08 54 9 2618000 0 6 6 008 SL 9 2 94 092 96 060112001 09 VN 052 0 009 00 00 00 soe 162 79 109 srl 09 9 71900 091 008 007 Scl Sec Scl 94 95 0 gor 86 Or VN 052 sel _ 005 ul 52 su 9 4 061 205 099 0614002 VN 0006 NIAO INOT 001 00 002 001 941 00 091 021 08 lt 06 06 VN 08 00 0 51 57 sa sul 990 86 07 S 01990 VN 0006 NINO INOT 001 006 006 001 081 00 90 08 908 S 061 0808002 VN 0006 NWO IWOF L 001 sel 90 06 ost 06 sor 8 07792 279 02 52 v 0208002 VN 009 NIAO INOT I 001 002 002 09 00 09 08 29 9 1861 227 St 02 2908002 VN 00E9 NWO WOrL 5 0 38 07 05 05 091 05 06 os 59 2 091 ssel 0 9 2708002 VN 000 7 c 0 383 INOY 06 001 001 S 09 vr t 82 01 292 GZ 01121 8208002 VN 00S2 NWO WOrL Sz0 484 Worl S20 38Q NOFL S2O 320 WOFL 0 08 08 SZ 0S el 2 z 68 66 5 sz 2208002 919 18 071 910 38Q NOvL 912 320 071 0 09 09 0c 0 0c 891 291 ZS 181 6 9109906 VN 010 384 Worl 0L9 38C NOFL 010 320 001 SL ge ge 21 02 al v 90 96 vel 6 z el 94668002 VN 010 384 Wor 0L9 38C NOFL 0L0 320 WOFL Si 0 SL 01 a 6 89 vz 69 si 8498002 VN 98 38q Worl 98 320 WOFL 1 St
108. Torque Ref 2 Supplies an external motor torque reference to the drive This parameter is multiplied by the value in Par 114 Torq Ref2 Mult A value of 1 0 represents rated torque of the motor 1009 Ref2 Mult Par 113 Torque Ref 2 is multiplied by this number Use this parameter to scale the value of Par 113 Torque Ref 2 Torque Trim The amount added to the Torque Ref 1 amp 2 before the Speed Torque Mode Selector A value of 1 0 represents rated torque of the motor Torque Step The amount added to the selected Torque Reference before notch filtering or limits are applied A value of 1 0 represents rated torque of the motor Notch Filt Mode Notch enabled Notch Filt Freq The center frequency for Notch filter Torq PosLim Actl Sets the internal torque limit for positive torque reference values The positive internal motor torque will not be allowed to exceed this value Torq NegLim Actl Sets the internal torque limit for negative torque reference values The internal negative motor torque will not be allowed to exceed this value Values Units Default Min Max Units Default Min Max Default Min Max Default Options Units Default Min Max Default Options Default Min Max Comm Scale Default Min Max Default Min Max Comm Scale Default Min Max Units Default Min Max Comm Scale Units Default Min Max Comm Scale Default Options Units Default
109. Tx Buf Data Type is real SL Buf Int Tx20 Provides integer data for Direct Transmit word 20 if the data type for word 20 indicated in Par 1160 Tx Buf Data Type is integer SL Buf Real Tx20 Provides floating point real data for Direct Transmit word 20 if the data type for word 20 indicated in Par 1160 Tx Buf Data Type is real SL Buf Int Tx21 Provides integer data for Direct Transmit word 21 if the data type for word 21 indicated in Par 1160 Tx Buf Data Type is integer SL Buf Real Tx21 Provides floating point real data for Direct Transmit word 21 if the data type for word 21 indicated in Par 1160 Tx Buf Data Type is real SL Buf Int Tx22 Provides integer data for Direct Transmit word 22 if the data type for word 22 indicated in Par 1160 Tx Buf Data is integer SL Buf Real Tx22 Provides floating point real data for Direct Transmit word 22 if the data type for word 22 indicated in Par 1160 Tx Buf Data is real SL Buf Int Tx23 Provides integer data for Direct Transmit word 23 if the data type for word 23 indicated in Par 1160 Tx Buf Data Type is integer SL Buf Real Tx23 Provides floating point real data for Direct Transmit word 23 if the data type for word 23 indicated in Par 1160 Tx Buf Data Type is real SL Buf Int Tx24 Provides integer data for Direct Transmit word 24 if the data type for word 24 indicated in Par 1160 Tx Buf Data Type is integer SL Buf Real Tx24 Prov
110. Tx Index 0 Tx Index 1 Tx Index 2 Rx Vendor ID Rx ModuleTyp Rx Serial e Bit 1 Rx Loss indicates the receive port is not receiving data and the receive port configuration is set to receive data e Bit 2 Many BOF Err indicates the number of Beginning Of Frame BOF errors exceeds limit set by Par 1235 SL BOF Err Limit Bit 3 Many CRC Err indicates the number of Cyclic Redundancy Check CRC errors exceeds limit set by Par 1234 SL CRC Err Limit Bit 4 Pckg Msg Err indicates the received package sequence number has not matched for 1 0S Bit 5 CommForm Err indicates the format of received data does not match the configuration of the receive port Bit 6 Sys Rev Err indicates the system revision in the received data does not match the value of Par 1001 SynchLink Rev Bit 7 Mult TKeeper indicates more than one node the SynchLink system is configured as a time keeper Options 5 _ fe 88 8 8 8 2 ss 5 gt 25 E E EEE E El SS E l S e Default o 0 0 o 0 0 0 0 0 0 Q True Bit 15 14 13 12 11 109 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 1 False 91 32 bit Integer Real 32 bit Integer Real 32 bit Integer Real 32 bit Integer 3 92 1229 1230 1231 1232 1233 1234 1235 1250 Programming and Parameters amp 58 5 Description Value 2 d SL
111. in Hold mode bit 1 Peak 1 Hold and 5 Peak 2 Hold are level detectors that cause their output to hold the present min max e When bits 1 and 4 Set mode and 2 and 5 Hold mode are off their output bit captures the peak min max Bits 2 Peak 1 Sel and 6 Peak 2 Sel determine if the peak level detectors are positive of negative If the bit is set the detector detects positive peaks levels above the preset If the bit is not set the detector detects negative peaks valleys or levels below the preset The output shows the min or max peak Options Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved lt O Reserved O Reserved O Reserved gt O Peak 2 Sel O Peak 2 Hold Peak 2 Set O Reserved gt C Peak 1 Sel 9 Peak 1 Hold gt O Peak 1 Set gt E S jo Default Bit Peak Cirl Status 0 False 1 True o Data Type Status of the peak level detectors A peak detector sets its bit when it detects a peak or when its input exceeds its preset depending on the selected mode Options 22 388888888 88388806565 le lt lt lt lt lt le ja 81818 9 9 9 9 lt jo jo jo jo jo jo jo jo jo jo je ja ja Default 0 0 o 0 jo o Oo o o 0 0
112. om Default used between 7 amp 10 EM If this is not used the drive must Sourcing Precharge and Enable Inputs using external power COMMON RETURN 11 7 PRECHARGE 24V DC 11 1 ENABLE Enable In sourcing configuration this circuit must connect to 24V DC power for drive to run Precharge Precharge control is used in common bus configurations and is not required for AC fed drives If precharge control is not required reprogram Par 838 DigIn1 Sel to a value of zero or replace the contact shown with a jumper from Terminal 8 to Terminal 10 If precharge is needed in sourcing configuration this circuit must connect to 24V DC power for drive to complete the precharge cycle Installation Wiring 1 23 Table 1 1 Row T Top Wiring Examples Input Output Connection Example Required Parameter Changes Sinking Precharge and Enable Inputs using internal power supply 11 10 9 PRECHARGE ENABLE Sinking Precharge and Enable Inputs us
113. 0 010 40ms 1 0 1 0 1000 ns filter 1101011 4 5 ms 1101111 1100 ns filter 110110 5 0 5 1 110 0 1200 ns filter RA 1111011 1300 ns filter 1 1 0 0 6 0 ms max setting 1 1 1 0 1400 ns filter 1 1 0 1 60 1 1 1 1 1500 ns filter 1 1 1 0 6 0 1 1 1 1 6 0 5 234 Error Indicates the error status of the Encoder 0 Options gt o l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l a 6 a LIL 2 2 2 2 8 4 5 15 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 56 5 5 5 5 5 5 9 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 2 2 le 5 8 18 8 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 9 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 83 18 121218181818 cC n a ja ja O u Default 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 00 jo 0 0 0 10 0 0 jo 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 00 0 Bit 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 1 True 235 10 Regis Ltch Default 0 32 bit Displays the registration data of port 0 Indicates the position reference counter value Min Max 2147483648 Integer latched by the external strobes The strobe signal used to trigger the latch is configurable by Par 236 PortO Regis Cnfg Programming and Parameters 3 33 No 236 237 238 240 Name Description Port Regis Con
114. 10 indicated in Par 1160 Tx Buf Data Type is real SL Buf Int Tx11 Provides integer data for Direct Transmit word 11 if the data type for word 11 indicated in Par 1160 Tx Buf Data Type is integer SL Buf Real Tx11 Provides floating point real data for Direct Transmit word 11 if the data type for word 11 indicated in Par 1160 Tx Buf Data Type is real SL Buf Int Tx12 Provides integer data for Direct Transmit word 12 if the data type for word 12 indicated in Par 1160 Tx Buf Data Type is integer SL Buf Real Tx12 Provides floating point real data for Direct Transmit word 12 if the data type for word 12 indicated in Par 1160 Tx Buf Data Type is real SL Buf Int Tx13 Provides integer data for Direct Transmit word 13 if the data type for word 13 indicated in Par 1160 Tx Buf Data Type is integer SL Buf Real Tx13 Provides floating point real data for Direct Transmit word 13 if the data type for word 13 indicated in Par 1160 Tx Buf Data Type is real SL Buf Int Tx14 Provides integer data for Direct Transmit word 14 if the data type for word 14 indicated in Par 1160 Tx Buf Data Type is integer Value Defau Min M efau in M Defau Min M Defau Min M Defau Min M Defau Min M efau in M oO efau Min M Defau Min M Defau Min M Defau Min M Defau Min M Defau Min M Defau Min M Defau Min M oO efau in M Defau M
115. 110 5000117 8000 Watt 2000 0000 1 0000 1000000 0000 Watt 100 0000 0 0000 5000 0000 Linkable Read Write Data Type Mtr IR Vdrop Mtr Id Ref HH Extr Data HH Volt Indx HH Size Indx HH Option HH Hrd Prdet Mdfy HH 1V Amp HH 2s Amp HH Scale e Set bit 2 BusRef High to select the high voltage setting as the turn on point for the Bus Voltage Regulator The high setting brake operation starts when bus voltage reaches the value of Par 415 BusReg Brake Ref and the Bus Voltage Regulator operation starts when bus voltage reaches the value of 415 BusReg Brake Ref plus 4 5 With the low setting both brake and regulator operation start when bus voltage reaches the value of 415 BusReg Brake Set bit 3 Bus Reg En to enable the Bus Voltage Regulator The output of the Bus Voltage Regulator is summed with Par 128 Regen Power Lim and fed into the Power Limit Calculator It in effect reduces negative torque references when the bus voltage is too high Real Real Real Programming and Parameters 3 55 8 25858 No Description Values 2 418 Brake Sel Default 0 Zero Enter or write a value to select the drive overload data displayed in Par 419 Brake TP Options 0 Zero 10 Data State Data 1 Duty Cycle 11 MC BrakeEnbl 2 Power Actual 12 1 rdb 3 Max BodyTemp 13 1 th_eb 4 ElemTemp 14 1 5
116. 1100 SL Buf Real Rx13 1101 SL Buf Int Rx14 1102 SL Buf Real Rx14 1103 1104 1105 1106 1107 1108 1109 1110 1111 1112 1113 1114 1115 1116 1117 1118 1119 1120 1121 1122 1123 1124 1125 1126 1127 1128 1129 1130 1131 1132 SL Buf Int Rx15 SL Buf Real Rx15 SL Buf Int Rx16 SL Buf Real Rx16 SL Buf Int Rx17 SL Buf Real Rx17 SL Buf Int Rx18 SL Buf Real Rx18 SL Buf Int Rx19 SL Buf Real Rx19 SL Buf Int Rx20 SL Buf Real Rx20 SL Buf Int Rx21 SL Buf Real Rx21 SL Buf Int Rx22 SL Buf Real Rx22 SL Buf Int Rx23 SL Buf Real Rx23 SL Buf Int Rx24 SL Buf Real Rx24 SL Buf Int Rx25 SL Buf Real Rx25 SL Buf Int Rx26 SL Buf Real Rx26 SL Buf Int Rx27 SL Buf Real Rx27 SL Buf Int Rx28 SL Buf Real Rx28 SL Buf Int Rx29 SL Buf Real Rx29 Buffered Data Out 1160 Tx Buf Data Type 1190 SL Buf Real Tx14 1161 SL Buf Int Tx00 1191 SL Buf Int Tx15 1162 SL Buf Real Tx00 1192 SL Buf Real Tx15 1163 SL Buf Int Tx01 1193 SL Buf Int Tx16 1164 SL Buf Real Tx01 1194 SL Buf Real Tx16 1165 SL Buf Int Tx02 1195 SL Buf Int Tx17 1166 SL Buf Real Tx02 1196 SL Buf Real Tx17 1167 SL Buf Int Tx03 1197 SL Buf Int Tx18 1168 SL Buf Real Tx03 1198 SL Buf Real Tx18 1169 SL Buf Int Tx04 1199 SL Buf Int Tx19 1170 SL Buf Real 04 1200 SL Buf Real Tx19 1171 SL Buf Int Tx05 1201 SL Buf Int Tx20 1172 SL Buf Real Tx05 1202 SL Buf Real Tx20 1173 SL Buf Int Tx06 1203 SL Buf Int Tx21 1174 SL Buf Real Tx06 1204 SL Buf Real Tx21 1175 SL Buf Int Tx07 1205 SL Buf Int
117. 2 663 0600 Fax 32 2 663 0640 Asia Pacific Rockwell Automation Level 14 Core Cyberport 3 100 Cyberport Road Hong Kong Tel 852 2887 4788 Fax 852 2508 1846 Publication 20D UM001F EN P October 2005 Supersedes 20D UM001E EN P August 2004 Copyright 2005 Rockwell Automation All rights reserved Printed in USA Allen Bradley PowerFlex 700S High Performance AC Drive Phase Control User Manual
118. 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 1211 109 87 6 5 4 8 2 10 4 3 28 Programming and Parameters No 167 169 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 180 181 182 183 184 185 8 are Name 2585 Description Values 5320 Motor Ctrl Ackn Displays the Motor Control Processor s acknowledgment to the Velocity Processor for the Motor Control Command bits Options 5 lo 5 5 el 5 5 5 8 5 5 5 5 5 lo 5 5 8 5 le e e e 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 s 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 2 TC 5 8 8 8 5 8 8 18 18 18 18 18 18 a 18 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 3 55 Default 0 0 0 O0 0 0 jo 0 0 o 0 10 0 0 0 0 J0 jo 0 0 0 jo 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 gc rale Bit 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 1211 109 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 1 Tue SrLss ZeroSpdLim Units RPM Real Functionally equivalent to Par 160 Zero Speed Lim but is used exclusively in Default 49 9975 Sensorless speed mode The value is automatically set from Par 3 Motor NP Hertz Par Min Max 0 0000 875 0000 4 Motor NP RPM or Par 7 Motor Poles The automatic setting corresponds to the rated slip speed of the motor synchronous speed nameplate speed The value can be manually set Set Speed Lim Units RPM V v Real Creates a tolerance hysteresis band around the
119. 2353 SIS SIS 5 5 le le lg 5 5 5 5 5 3 3 5 5 Ss 2 S ls 9 5 8 2 8 8S 8 5 9 8 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 9 lolo JEJE 5 5 lo 85 5 5 5 9 ie W I Default 0 0 0 JO O O JO 1 lO 00 0 0 00000 00 0 0020 10 0 False Bit 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 109 8 76543210 1 Tue Table 259 Encoder Sample Interval Bit 15 14 13 12 Encoder Sample Interval Settings 00010 0 5 0100 11 0 5 ms min setting 00110 11 0 00111 11 5 0111010 2 0 ms default setting 1 2 5 0110 3 0ms 0111111 3 5 ms 11010 0 40ms 1101011 1455 1101100 5 0 1101111 5 5 11110 0 6 0 ms max setting 1111011 6 0 5 1111110 6 0 1111111 6 0 260 Res0 Status Indicates faults on the Hi Resolution Encoder Feedback Option e Bit 8 Open Wire indicates an open wire fault The feedback option card checks for a pre determined constant value If this value is not within tolerances an open wire fault is declared A quadrature
120. 4 Reserved 10 Event Status 5 Reserved SL Rx DirectSeli Default 0 No Data Determines the destination for the data received at word 1 of direct received data Options 0 No Data 6 Reserved Configure the selection by using the Peer Communication window in the DriveExecutive SL Multiply 7 Reserved programming software 2 Event 8 Event Opto 3 Reserved 9 Reserved 4 Reserved 10 Event Status 5 Reserved 3 82 1013 1014 1020 1021 1022 1023 Programming and Parameters Name Description SL Rx DirectSel2 Determines the destination for the data received at word 2 of direct received data Configure the selection by using the Peer Communication window in the DriveExecutive programming software SL Rx DirectSel3 Determines the destination for the data received at word 3 of direct received data Configure the selection by using the Peer Communication window in the DriveExecutive programming software SL Tx Comm Frmt Defines the node s communication format for transmitting SynchLink data This determines the number of axis data words direct data words and buffered data words transmitted Configure the format by using the Peer Communication window in the DriveExecutive programming software SL Tx DirectSel0 Determines the source type for the data transmitted by direct transmit word 0 The source type selections are no data event feed
121. 5 5 0 2 2 5 5 3 0 Gode voltage Ph Prechg 8P7 8 7 4 0 8PO 8 5 0 B 3 011 11 5 5 5 011 11 7 5 015 15 4 7 5 014 14 10 400 3 022 22 11 022 22 15 a E 030 30 15 027 27 20 ln 037 37 18 5 034 34 25 h 690V ac 3 043 43 22 040 40 30 H 540V de N 056 56 30 052 52 40 J 650 de x N 072 72 37 065 65 50 N 325V dc gt Y 085 85 45 077 77 60 540V gt 105 105 55 096 96 75 650V gt Y 125 125 55 125 125 100 T 810V dc gt er Y 140 140 75 156 156 125 W 932V gt 2 5 Y 170 170 90 180 180 150 Note CE Certification testing has not been 205 205 110 248 248 200 performed on 600V class drives 260 260 132 261 261 200 gt Frames 5 amp 6 Only 261 261 132 300 300 250 35 Frames 5 amp up 300 300 160 385 385 300 385 385 200 460 460 350 c1 460 460 250 500 500 450 ND Rating 500 500 250 590 590 500 208 240V 60Hz Input 590 590 315 650 650 500 208 240V 650 650 355 730 730 600 Code Amps Amps Hp 730 730 400 48 42 10 c4 6P8 7 8 6 8 2 0 ND Rating 11 9 6 3 0 600V 60Hz Input 015 17 5 15 3 5 0 Code Amps Hp 022 25 3 22 1 5 022 22 20 028 32 2 28 10 027 27 25 042 48 3 42 15 032 32 30 052 56 52 20 041 A 20 070 78 2 70 25 052 52 50 gt 35 39 6 e a 130 130 130 50 af gt 154 177 154 60 038 gt 2 192 221 192 75 s 125 125 144 144 150 CE Certification testing has not been performed on 600V class drives p 6 Overview
122. 5 Maximum Cable Length 182 m 600 ft 182 m 600 ft RS 485 Interface Hi Resolution Feedback Option card obtains the following Hi Resolution Feedback Option card obtains the following information via the Hiperface RS 485 interface shortly after information via the Hiperface RS 485 interface shortly after power up Address Command Number Mode Number of turns power up Address Command Number Mode Number of Number of Sine Cos cycles Checksum turns Number of Sine Cos cycles Checksum Customer I O Plug P1 Hi Allen Bradley PN 594262912 Allen Bradley PN 594262912 Res Weidmuller PN BL3 50 90 12BK Weidmuller PN BL3 50 90 12BK Resolver Option Excitation Frequency 2400 Hz 2400 Hz Excitation Voltage 4 25 26 Vrms 4 25 26 Vrms Operating Frequency Range 1 10 kHz 1 10 kHz Resolver Feedback Voltage 2V 300 mV 2V x 300 mV Maximum Cable Length 304 8 meters 1000 ft 304 8 meters 1000 ft DriveLogix User Available MemoryBase 256 kbytes 256 kbytes With Memory Expansion 768 kbytes 768 kbytes Board Battery 1756 BA1 Allen Bradley PN 94194801 0 59g lithium 1756 BA1 Allen Bradley PN 94194801 0 59g lithium Serial Cable 1761 CBLPMO2 to 1761 NET AIC 1761 CBLPMO2 to 1761 NET AIC 1761 CBLPA00 to 1761 NET AIC 1761 CBLPAOO to 1761 NET AIC 1756 CP3 directly to controller 1756 CP3 directly to controller 1747 CP3 directly to controller 1747 CP3 directly to controller
123. 5 8 5 tS 5 s 98 5 8 95 5 Eg Si 5 amp 5 1162 sS 5 BS zaao ne o ne nml AEs o A 5 5 S o N N 3 68 Programming and Parameters 8 588 No Description Values 2 704 Fault Clr Owner Indicates which adapter is currently clearing a fault Options x 38823338 888 30 555055555 5 S S S S c S S 5 3 gt gt gt gt gt gt 5 lt 2 Defaut 30 10 210 218 710 10210118 00 00 0000 426 Bit 15 14 13 12 11 109 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 1 True 707 Dataln A1 Int Default 0 32 bit Link A Word 1 Integer Parameter number whose value will be written from a Min Max 2147483648 Integer communications device data table Parameters that can only be changed while the drive is stopped cannot be used as Datalink inputs Entering a parameter of this type will Disable the link Refer to the manual that came with your communications option for datalink information 708 Data In A1 Real Default 0 0000 Real Link A Word 1 Real or Floating Point Parameters that can only be changed while the Min Max 2200000000 0000 drive is stopped cannot be used as Datalink inputs Entering a parameter of this type will Disable the link Refer to the manual that came with your communications option for
124. 5 This parameter has no affect on the Load Estimate function Programming and Parameters 31 Values Units PU Default 2 0000 Min Max 0 0000 8 0000 Units PU Default 2 0000 Min Max 8 0000 0 0000 Units PU Default 8 0000 Min Max 0 0000 8 0000 Units PU Default 1 0000 Min Max 8 0000 0 0000 Units PU Default 0 5000 Min Max 0 2500 1 0000 Comm Scale 1 0 Motor to Default 0 Zero Options 0 Zero 1 Scale Output 2 Spd Torque 3 TrqModeOut 4 Actv 5 Actv Mod Out 6 En In 7 NotchFiltOut 8 NotchFilt In 9 Lim In 10 Bus Reg Out 11 Pos Pwr Lim 12 Neg Pwr Lim 13 PosAtun 14 NegAtun Torq 15 Pos Lim Src Units PU Default 0 0000 Min Max 8 0000 Comm Scale 1 0 P U Motor to Torque Default 00000000 Min Max 00000000 00000011 Units R S Default 100 0000 Min Max 10 0000 250 0000 Default 0 500 Min Max 0 300 1 000 lt Linkable Read Write ZU lt Neg Lim Src MPwr Par Lim RPwr Par Lim Torg ParLim Torq ParLim Nom Bus Volt Bus Volt Hys Bus Reg Ref Bus Reg Err Bus Reg Intg BusReg Clamp BusRegOutput IAA Filt Out IAA dVf dt MC Torq Lim Int Torq Lim 3 23 Data Type eal Real Real Real Real Real Real 3 24
125. 600Y 347 Not UL listed for use on 480V or 600V Delta Delta systems 7 The AIC ratings of the Bulletin 140M Motor Protector may vary See publication 140M SG001 8 20BC085 current rating is limited to 45 degrees C ambient 20BC205 current rating is limited to 40 degrees ambient Maximum allowable rating by US NEC Exact size must be chosen for each installation 540 Volt DC Input Protection Devices Footnotes found on page A 16 HP Rating DC Input Ratings Output Amps Drive CatalogNumber Frame ND HD Amps kw Cont 1 Min 3 Sec Fuse Non Time Delay Fuse 20DD2P1 0 1 0 75 1 9 1 2 2 1 2 4 3 2 6 JKS 6 20DD3P4 0 2 1 5 3 0 20 34 45 6 0 6 JKS 6 20005 0 0 3 2 4 5 2 9 5 0 5 5 7 5 10 JKS 10 20DD8P0 0 5 3 8 1 5 2 8 0 8 8 12 15 JKS 15 20DD011 0 75 5 114 T2 11 12 1 16 5 20 JKS 20 20DD014 1 10 7 5 14 7 9 5 14 16 5 22 30 JKS 30 20DD022 1 15 10 23 3 151 22 24 2 33 45 JKS 45 20DD027 2 20 15 28 9 18 8 27 33 44 60 JKS 60 20DD034 2 25 20 36 4 23 6 34 40 5 54 70 JKS 70 20DD040 3 30 25 42 9 278 40 51 68 80 JKS 80 20DD052 3 40 30 55 7 36 1 52 60 80 100 JKS 100 20DD065 3 50 40 69 7 45 4 65 78 104 150 JKS 150 20DD077 4 60 84 5 54 7 77 85 116 150 JKS 150 50 67 9 45 4 65 98 130 150 JKS 150 20DJ096 9 5 75 105 3 68 3 96 106 144 200 JKS 200 60 84 5 54 7 116 154 150 JKS 150 20DJ125 9 5 100 137 1 88 9 125 138 163 250 JKS 250 75 105
126. Alarm Alarm Ignore Alarm 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 CST Upper Reserved Reserved Rx Seq Rx Msg Tx Msg Syn Rx Seq Syn RxMsg Syn Tx Msg Evt Rx Evt Rx Msg Evt Rx Tx Msg Asy Rx Asy Rx Msg Asy Tx Msg Reset Msg FitCoastStop Fit RampStop FitCurLimStp FitCoastStop Fit RampStop FitCurLimStp Linkable Read Write Data Type DWord DWord Word DWord Word DWord Word Word 944 1000 1001 1002 1003 1010 1011 1012 Programming and Parameters 3 81 8 22m Name Sgae Description Values Positin ErrCnfg Default 1 Alarm Position error for a Motion Servo axis has exceeded the configured limit T Options 0 Ignore e 0 Ignore configures the drive to continue running as normal when this event occurs Alarm e 1 Alarm configures the drive to continue running and set the appropriate alarm bit 2 FltCoastStop when this event occurs 3 Fit RampStop e 2 FltCoastStop configures the drive to perform a coast stop and set the appropriate 4 FltCurLimStp fault bit in response this event e RampStop configures the drive to perform a ramp stop and set the appropri
127. At Zero Speed x At Setpt 0 Not At Setpoint Speed Spd 1 At Setpoint Speed X Reserved 1 See Parameter 304 Limit Status in the PowerFlex 7005 drive for a description of the limit status conditions Common mode cores are internal to the drive For information on output devices such as output contactors cable terminators and output reactors refer to the PowerFlex Reference Manual Vol 2 The tables on the following pages provide PowerFlex 7005 drive ratings including continuous 1 minute and 3 second and recommended AC input line fuses and circuit breakers Fuse Size Fuse sizes are the recommended minimum size based on 40 C ambient 75 C wiring and U S N E C Other country state or local codes may require different fuse circuit breaker ratings Supplemental Information A 7 Fuse Type The recommend fuse type is listed below If available current ratings do not match the tables provided the fuse rating that exceeds the drive continuous rating should be chosen e IEC BS88 British Standard Parts 1 amp 2 EN60269 1 Parts 1 amp 2 type go or equivalent should be used for these drives e UL UL requirements specify that UL Class CC T or J fuses must be used for all drives in this section 9 1 Typical designations include but may not be limited to the following Ora 1 amp 2 AC AD BC BD CD DD ED EFS EF FF FG GF GG GH Typical
128. Bk 3 9 IH gt 4 REFCOS REFCOS 8 GY 5 RS 485 4COS 7 __ 6 DATA RS 485 SHIELD L WHI 7 4SIN SHIELD 5 DECR 4008 NC 4 4L NC 3 DATA RS 485 2 DI ar DATA RS 485 1 an XX U E 6 PowerFlex 700S Stegmann Hi Resolution Encoder Feedback Option Notes Chapter Objectives Specifications Appendix F PowerFlex 700S Resolver Feedback Option Card For Information on See Page Chapter Objectives F 1 Specifications F 1 Resolver Feedback Option Card Specifications Consideration Description Excitation Frequency 2400 Hz Excitation Voltage 26 Vrms Resolver Feedback Voltage 2 Vrms 300 mV Customer I O plug P1 Allen Bradley PN S94262908 Weidmuller PN BL3 50 90 8BK Compatible Resolvers Table G specifies which resolvers are supported by the 7005 Resolver Feedback Option module Table G Compatible Resolvers Manufacturer Catalog Manufacturer Number Notes Tamagawa TS 2014N181E32 1 flange mounted enclosure Tamagawa TS 2014N182E32 2 flange mounted enclosure Tamagawa TS 2014N185E32 5 flange mounted enclosure Tamagawa TS 2087N12E9 x 2 HD foot mounted enclosure double shaft Tamagawa TS 2087N1E9 1 HD foot mounted enclosure Tamagawa TS 2087N2E9 2 HD foot mounted enclosure Tamagawa TS 2087N5E9 x 5 HD foot mounted enclosure Tamagawa TS 2087N11E9 1 H
129. Cables 2 2 auod Gas wit nae Baye Jod bct We males E 3 PowerFlex 700S Resolver Feedback Option Card Chapter Objectives 222255052 ERU EN eee Pe ER F 1 Specifications Se alee tine EEE REN ee o F 1 Resolver Feedback Option Card Specifications F 1 Compatible Resolvers 1 F 1 Access Procedures Using this Appendix EGER G 1 Removing Cover s seee G 1 Replacing Cover s ee eta wos DON ue aie Benin ee G 2 PowerFlex 700S Multi Device Interface Option Card H 1 MDI Option Card H 1 Supported Linear Sensors 2 H 1 Supported Rotary H 2 Recommended H 2 Wiring the MDI Option H 3 PowerFlex 700S Permanent Magnet Motor Specifications Compatible Permanent Magnet I 1 Who Should Use This Manual What Is Not In This Manual Preface Overview The purpose of this manual is to provide you with the basic inf
130. CommLoss Cnfg 551 MC Diag Done 130 Ref TP Sel 1271 Trend In4 Real 390 SL MultErr Cnfg 552 MC Diag Error 1 131 Ref TP Data 1280 Trend Marker Int 385 Lgx CommLossData 553 MC Diag Error 2 363 Curr Ref TP Sel 1281 Trend Mark Real 386 Lgx OutOfRunCnfg 554 MC Diag Error 3 364 Curr Ref TP Data 1283 TrendBuffPointer 387 Lgx Timeout Cnfg 418 Brake TP Sel 1284 Trend Out Int 388 Lgx Closed Cnfg 419 Brake TP Data 1285 Trend Out Real 389 Lgx LinkChngCnfg 77 Spd Fdbk TP Sel 1286 Trend Out2 Int 78 Spd Fdbk TP RPM 1287 Trend Out2 Real 79 Spd Fdbk TP Data 1288 Trend Outs Int 329 Fault TP Sel 1289 Trend Out3 Real 330 Fault TP Data 1290 Trend Out4 Int 193 PI TP Sel 1291 Trend Out4 Real 194 PI TP Data 777 Posit TP Select 778 PositTP Data Int Peak Detection d 226 omm e 850 ParamAccessLevel 396 User Data Int 01 1227 SL Comm TP Data Peak Detection 397 User Data Int 02 210 PeakDtct Ctrl In 398 User Data Int 03 211 Peak Ctrl Status 399 User Data Int 04 212 PeakDtct1 In Int 1300 User Data Int 05 513 PkDtct1 In Real a or gt User Function 214 PeakDtct1 Preset serData Rea 215 PeakDetect Out 1316 UserData Real 02 E Sn omrol 216 PeakDtct2 In Int 1317 UserData Real 03 1372 SW Int 217 PkDtct2 In Real 1318 UserData Real 04 1373 SW Int 1 Output 218 PeakDtct2 Preset 1319 UserData Real 05 1374 SW Real 1 ND 219 PeakDetect2 Out 1320 UserData Real 06 1375 SW Real 1 NC 1376 SW Real 1 Output 3 12 Programming and Parameters
131. Default 00000000000000000000000000000000 Sets the value of Par 828 Digln1 User Data except for the bit controlled by bit 1 DigIn 1 Min 00000000000000000000000000000000 Lea In Seel Max 11111111111111111111111111111111 9 1 Bit Default 0 Sets the bit in Par 828 0191 1 User Data which is controlled by bit controlled by bit 1 Min Max 32 31 Den 1 of Par 824 Local Status Digln User Data Default 00000000000000000000000000000000 Provides a source of data controlled by bit 1 DigIn 1 of Par 824 Local I O Status Min 00000000000000000000000000000000 Max 11111111111111111111111111111111 mSec 8 0000 0 0000 15 5000 00000000000000000000000000000000 00000000000000000000000000000000 11111111111111111111111111111111 0 32 31 32 bit Integer 0 False 1 True Real 32 bit Boolean 16 bit Integer 32 bit Boolean Real 32 bit Boolean 16 bit Integer 832 833 834 835 836 837 838 839 840 841 842 843 Description DigIn2 User Data Provides a source of data controlled by bit 2 DigIn 2 of Par 824 Local I O Status Link to a Read Write parameter and enter a value of 13 in Par 839 DigIn2 Sel to activate this function DigIn2 Debounce Sets the value of the debounce filter for Digital Input 2 The filter requires the input signal to be stable for the specified time period Input transitions within the filter time setting will be ignored
132. Digital Output 1 845 DigOut 2 Data Default 00000000000000000000000000000000 32 bit Link a word to this parameter that will control Digital Output 2 The bit within the selected Min 00000000000000000000000000000000 Boolean word that will control Digital Output 2 is set by Par 846 DigOut 2 Bit Max 11111111111111111111111111111111 846 DigOut 2 Bit Default 0 16 bit Selects the bit from the word linked to Par 845 DigOut 2 Data that will change the Min Max 32 31 Integer status of Digital Output 2 e g when Par 846 DigOut 2 Bit equals 0 bit 0 of Par 845 DigOut 2 Data will control Digital Output 2 850 ParamAccessLevel Default 0 Basic The value of this parameter establishes the level of parameter access for the Human Options 0 Basic Interface Module HIM 1 Advanced e 0 Basic grants access to the minimum number of parameters 2 Engineering e 1 Advance grants access to a larger group of parameters e 2 Engineering grants access to all the parameters 901 MotnUpdatePeriod Units uSec DWord Servo update period for the Servo axis drive Default 2000 Min Max 1 999999 902 Motion CoarseMulti Default 4 DWord Number of Par 901 MotnUpdatePeriod comprising one Course Update Period from the 2 16 Motion Period 903 Config Configuration bits pertaining to Motion related functions for the Servo axis Options O O lO O E
133. ES DATA RS 485 GN RS 485 Registration Sensor Connection EXTERNAL 12 24 POWER POWER COMMON SUPPLY MDI Feedback ion Board Rotary Encoder POWER COMMON 17 Rotary Encoder POWER 16 Rotary Encoder REFSIN 15 Rotary Encoder SIN 14 Rotary Encoder REFCOS 13 Rotary Encoder COS 12 Rotary Encoder DATA RS485 11 Rotary Registration Sensor gt Power Registration Sensor lt eo Rotary Encoder DATA 85485 10 Linear Sensor CLOCK 9 Linear Sensor CLOCK 8 Linear Sensor 7 Linear Sensor DATA 6 Rotary Encoder REGISTRATION 5 Rotary Encoder REGISTRATION 4 Linear Sensor REGISTRATION 3 Linear Sensor REGISTRATION 2 CHASSIS GND 1 et SS ES EP EIE E Compatible Permanent Magnet Motors Appendix PowerFlex 7005 Permanent Magnet Motor Specifications The following table contains a list of specifications for the permanent magnet motors compatible with PowerFlex 700S drives Note that you must have a high resolution Stegmann or compatible resolver Table I A Motor Name Plate and Rating Specifications
134. FitCoastStop Configures the drive to perform a coast stop and set the appropriate fault bit in response this event FB Opti LossCnfg Enter a value to configure the drive s response to a Feedback Option 1 Loss exception event 0 Ignore Configures the drive to continue running as normal when this event occurs e 1 Alarm Configures the drive to continue running and set the appropriate alarm bit when this event occurs e 2 FitCoastStop Configures the drive to perform a coast stop and set the appropriate Qs 5 5 D gS 5 2 zoc zoc zoc zoc 5 x Default Options Units Default Default Options Default Options Default Options Default Options fault bit in response this event Min Max Programming and Parameters PU 1 5000 0 0000 24 0000 PU 0 0000 8 0000 PU 0 0000 8 0000 PU 0 2500 0 2500 1 0000 R S 12 0000 0 5000 100 0000 Zero Zero Iq Sum Lim In Iq Lim Out Iq Rate Stat Limited Flux MtrCrLimStat Lim dMtrCrLm Iq Act Limit Iq Cal Gain 0 0000 8 0000 2 FitCoastStop 0 Ignore 1 Alarm 2 FitCoastStop FitCoastStop Ignore Alarm FitCoastStop FitCoastStop Ignore Al
135. Input Fusing II Required Branch Circuit Disconnect 4 Apt Fuses and Circuit Breakers Shield Termination SHLD The Shield terminal see Figure 1 3 on page 1 12 provides a grounding point for the motor cable shield It must be connected to an earth ground by a separate continuous lead The motor cable shield should be connected to this terminal on the drive drive end and the motor frame motor end Use a shield terminating or EMI clamp to connect shield to this terminal RFI Filter Grounding Using an optional RFI filter may result in relatively high ground leakage currents Therefore the filter must only be used in installations with grounded AC supply systems and be permanently installed and solidly grounded bonded to the building power distribution ground Ensure that the incoming supply neutral is solidly connected bonded to the same building power distribution ground Grounding must not rely on flexible cables and should not include any form of plug or socket that would permit inadvertent disconnection Some local codes may require redundant ground connections The integrity of all connections should be periodically checked Refer to the instructions supplied with the filter The PowerFlex 700S can be installed with either input fuses or an input circuit breaker Local national electrical codes may determine additional requiremen
136. Mtring Power Lim 128 Regen Power Lim 300 Motor Spd Fdbk 125 Torque Pos Limit 126 Torque Neg Limit 123 PosLim 124 NegLim Actl 303 Motor Torque Ref Programming and Parameters 3 7 3 8 Programming and Parameters 183 PI Command 184 PI Lpass Filt BW 200 Time Axis Rate 181 Reference 186 Prop Gain 201 Time Axis Output 182 Feedback 185 Preload 204 LimGen Y axis Mx 187 Integ Time 205 LimGen Y axis Mn 188 PI Integ HLim 206 LimGen X axis In 189 PI Integ 207 Limit Gen Hi Out 190 PI Integ Output 208 Limit Gen Lo Out 191 High Limit 192 PI Lower Limit 180 PI Output Programming and Parameters 3 9 Position Confi Posit Detection i Point to Point 784 Posit Detct In 740 Position Control 758 Pt Pt Posit Ref 785 Posit Detet2 In 741 Position Status 743 Aux Posit Ref 745 PositRef EGR Mul 780 PositDetct1 Stpt 742 Posit Ref Sel 745 PositRef EGR Mul 746 PositRef EGR Div 781 PositDetct2 Stpt 746 PositRef EGR Div 744 PositRef EGR Out 769 Position Error 744 PositRef EGR Out 753 Posit Offset 1 782 In Posit BW 797 Abs Posit Offset 754 Posit Offset 2 783 In Posit Dwell oal oser 755 Posit Offset Spd enact 756 X Offst SpdFilt 795 Posit Offset Spd 747 Position Cmmd 766 X Offst SpdFilt 762 Mtr Posit Fdbk n eA 763 Act Motor Posit 762 Mtr Posit Fdbk 769 Position Error 764 Posi
137. Out Real 1285 Xsync Out 3 Dly 795 Trend Out Int 1286 Xsync Status 786 Trend 2 Rea 1287 Zero Speed Lim 160 Trend Out3 Int 1288 Trend Out3 Real 1289 Trend Out4 Int 1290 Trend Out4 Real 1291 Trend PreSamples 1260 Trend Rate 1253 Trend State 1252 Trend Status 1251 Trend Trig Bit 1259 Trend Trig Data 1258 Trend TrigA Int 1254 Trend TrigA Real 1255 Trend TrigB Int 1256 Trend TrigB Real 1257 TrendBuffPointer 1283 Tx Buf Data Type 1160 Chapter 4 Troubleshooting Chapter Objectives This chapter provides information to guide you in troubleshooting the PowerFlex 7005 A list and description of drive faults with possible solutions when applicable and alarms is included For Information on See page Faults and Alarms 4 1 Drive Status 4 1 Manually Clearing Faults 4 4 Fault Descriptions 4 4 Faults and Alarms A fault is a condition that stops the drive There are two fault types Type Fault Description Non Resettable This type of fault normally requires drive or motor repair The cause of the fault must be corrected before the fault can be cleared The fault will be reset on power up after repair User Configurable Programming and commissioning personnel can configure the drive s response to these exception events Responses include e Ignore Alarm Fault Coast Stop Fault Ramp Stop Fault Current Limit Stop Drive Status The condition or state of your dr
138. Output 2 24V DC open collector sinking 824 845 logic output 846 Rating 25 mA maximum T4 Digital Output Return Return for Digital outputs 1 and 2 T3 Thermistor Input Used only in FOC2 mode with 485 T2 Thermistor Input Return motor for temperature n adaptation n TRARIERFSHEN Refer to Appendix A Specifications for approved motors 1 22 Installation Wiring Source Table 1 TB1 Row T Top Wiring Examples The following definitions are used throughout this section A Apply positive voltage through the device to the input or output B Connect the input or output common return directly to the power supply common Sinking A Apply the positive voltage directly to the input or output common return B Connect the input or output to the power supply common through the device Input Output Connection Example Required Parameter Changes Digital Inputs used for enable and precharge control Note 24V DC Supply supports only on board digital inputs Do not use for circuits outside the drive Sourcing Precharge and Enable Inputs using internal power supply re programmed or use jumper between terminal 8 amp 10 Ec PRECHARGE ENABLE 2 O Fixed I this is not O used a jumper must be
139. Par 33 Decel Time Curve Spd Ref isplays thes speed command after the s curve block modified by Par 34 S Curve Time co iltered Spd Ref isplays H speed reference value output from the reference Lead Lag filter om Delayed Spd Ref One sample delayed output of Par 43 5 Curve Spd Ref Used in some applications to synchronize the speed reference value through SynchLink This master drive S Curve Spd Ref would then be transmitted to the slave drives over SynchLink Scaled Spd Ref Displays Te speed command after scaling the product of Par 44 Filtered Spd Ref and Par 38 Speed Ref Scale Spd Trim1 SpdRef Displays the final speed command used by the Speed Regulator It is the sum of the Par 46 Scaled Spd Ref and Par 21 Speed Trim1 Spd Ref TP Sel Enter or write a value to select speed reference data displayed in Par 52 Spd Ref TP Data and Par 51 Spd Ref TP RPM Spd Ref TP RPM Displays the value selected by Par 50 Spd Ref TP Sel in RPM This display should only be used if the selected value is floating point data Spd Ref TP Data Displays the value selected by Par 50 Spd Ref TP Sel A value of 1 0 represents base speed of the motor Drive Ramp Rslt Displays the speed reference value after the limit function This is the input to the error calculator and speed regulator Available for use in peer to peer data links DPI interface This number is scaled so that rated motor speed will read
140. PowerFlex 7005 drives are designed to operate in surrounding air temperature of 0 to 40 C To operate the drive in installations with surrounding air temperature between 41 and 50 C remove the adhesive label affixed to the top of the drive enclosure Table 1 4 Acceptable Surrounding Air Temperature amp Required Actions Required Action IP 20 NEMA IP 20 NEMA IP 00 NEMA Type 1 Open Type Open No Action Required Remove Top Label Remove Top Label amp Drive Catalog Number Vent Plate All Except 20BC072 40 C 50 20 072 40 C 45 C 50 C 1 To remove vent plate see page A 20 for location lift top edge of plate from the chassis Rotate the plate out from the back plate Important Removing the adhesive label from the drive changes the NEMA enclosure rating from Type 1 to Open type PowerFlex drives are suitable for use on a circuit capable of delivering up to a maximum of 200 000 rms symmetrical amperes 600 volts with recommended fuses circuit breakers Refer to the PowerFlex Reference Manual Vol 2 for actual interrupt ratings based on circuit breaker or fuse choice equipment damage caused by improper fusing or circuit breaker selection use only the recommended line fuses circuit breakers specified in Appendix A ATTENTION To guard against personal injury and or If a Residual Current Detector RCD is used as a system ground fault monitor only Type B adjust
141. Range a Full Power Range 2 Drive Operating Range Nominal Motor Voltage 10 gt i Drive Rated Voltage x Nominal Motor Voltage gt Drive Rated Voltage 10 Actual Line Voltage Drive Input C 2 Application Notes Motor Control Mode Example Calculate the maximum power of a 5 HP 460V motor connected to a 480V rated drive supplied with 342V Actual Line Voltage input e Actual Line Voltage Nominal Motor Voltage 74 3 e 74 3 x 5 HP 3 7 74 3 x 60 Hz 44 6 Hz At 342V Actual Line Voltage the maximum power the 5 HP 460V motor can produce is 3 7 HP at 44 6 Hz No Drive Output HP Motor Drive Output 480V gt 342V gt 460V gt 528V gt Actual Line Voltage Drive Input Parameter 485 Motor Ctrl Mode selects the type of motor control to use This parameter is set during the HIM assisted startup when asked to select the Motor Control The settings for Parameter 485 Motor Ctrl Mode are e 0 selects field oriented control Field oriented control is used with AC squirrel cage induction motors for high performance e 1 FOC2 selects field oriented control and is only used for a specific type of AC induction motor with motor thermal feedback e 2 Pmag Motor selects control for permanent magnet motors e 3 Reserved e 4 Test puts the drive in a test mode to perform the direction test Test is automatically selected during the direction test portion
142. Regenerative Power Limits programmable to 80096 of rated output current Independent Motoring and Regenerative Power Limits programmable to 800 of rated output current Electronic Motor Overload Protection Class 10 protection with speed sensitive response Investigated by U L to comply with N E C Article 430 U L File E59272 volume 12 Class 10 protection with speed sensitive response Investigated by U L to comply with N E C Article 430 U L File E59272 volume 12 A 4 Supplemental Information Category Specification Frames 1 6 690V Drive frames 5 amp 6 only Frames 9 amp up Feedback Inputs 2 Dual Channel Plus Marker Isolated with differential transmitter Dual Channel Plus Marker Isolated with differential transmitter Output Line Drive Incremental Dual Channel Quadrature type Output Line Drive Incremental Dual Channel Quadrature type Encoder Voltage Supply 5V DC or 12 V DC 320 mA channel 5V DC or 12 V DC 320 mA channel 5V DC requires an external power supply 5V DC requires an external power supply 12 V DC minimum high state voltage of 7V DC maximum low 12 V DC minimum high state voltage of 7V DC maximum low state voltage of 0 4V DC state voltage of 0 4V DC Maximum Input Frequency 400 kHz 500 kHz Stegmann Option Encoder Voltage Supply 11 5V DC 130 mA 11 5V DC 130 mA Hi Resolution Feedback 1V Offset 2 5 Sine Cosine 1V P P Offset 2
143. Reserved 6 Jog 1 20 Reserved 7 Jog 2 21 Reserved 8 Fwd Reverse 22 Reserved 9 CurLim Stop 23 Logix Motion 10 Coast Stop 24 4Hrd OvrTrvl 11 Aux Fault 25 12 AuxFault Inv 13 User Select 0 Not Used 0 Not Used 13 User Select 1 Normal Stop 14 Reserved 2 Start 15 Reserved 3 Run 16 Reserved 4 Clear Faults 17 Reserved 5 Stop CF 18 Reserved 6 Jog 1 19 Reserved 7 Jog 2 21 Reserved 8 Fwd Reverse 22 Reserved 9 CurLim Stop 23 Logix Motion 10 Coast Stop 24 4Hrd OvrTrvl 11 Aux Fault 25 Hrd OvrTrvl 12 AuxFault Inv 00000000000000000000000000000000 32 bit 00000000000000000000000000000000 Boolean 11111111111111111111111111111111 0 16 0 32 31 Integer 00000000000000000000000000000000 32 bit 00000000000000000000000000000000 Boolean 11111111111111111111111111111111 3 78 Programming and Parameters eo amp Sgae No Description Values 844 DigOut 1 Bit Default 0 16 bit Selects the bit from the word linked to Par 843 DigOut 1 Data that will change the Min Max 32 31 Integer status of Digital Output 1 e g when Par 844 DigOut 1 Bit equals 0 bit 0 of Par 843 DigOut 1 Data will control
144. Sync Generator 32 bit output register Latched to Par 790 Xsync In 2 every time bitO Min Max 2147483648 Sync Pulse of Par 786 Xsync Status is set Xsync Out 2 Diy Default 0 Displays data of Par 791 Xsync Out 2 from the last sync period Min Max 2147483648 Xsync In 3 Default 0 32 bit integer input of the Sync Generator Latched to Par 794 Xsync Out 3 Link any 32 Min Max 2200000000 0000 bit integer parameter to this input parameter Xsync Out 3 Default 0 Sync Generator 32 bit output register Latched to Par 793 Xsync In 3 every time bitO Min Max 2200000000 0000 Sync Pulse of Par 786 Xsync Status is set Xsync Out 3 Diy Default 0 Displays data of Par 794 Xsync Out 3 from the last sync period Min Max 2200000000 0000 Read Write Data Type 32 bit Integer Real 32 bit Integer 32 bit Integer Bit 0 Sync Pulse will go high for 0 5ms latching the Sync Generator inputs to the Sync Generator outputs The period at which this bit is set is determined by Par 787 0 False 1 32 bit Integer 32 bit Integer 32 bit Integer 32 bit Integer 32 bit Integer Real Real Real Programming and Parameters 3 75 ER 588 No Description Values e 796 Posit Index Ctrl Set bits to control the Position Index function e Setting bit 0 Enable allows the Position Index function
145. TP Select This display should only be used if the selected value is integer data PositTP DataReal Displays the data selected by Par 777 Posit TP Select in RPM This display should only be used if the selected value is floating point data PositDetcti Provides the setpoint for Position Watch 1 Position Watch 1 is enabled and configured with Par 740 Position Control bits 16 amp 17 Position Watch 1 compares this value with Par 784 Posit Detct1 In and sets bit 8 Posit Watch1 of Par 741 Position Status when the appropriate condition is satisfied PositDetct2 Stpt Provides the setpoint for Position Watch 2 Position Watch 2 is enabled and configured with Par 740 Position Control bits 18 amp 19 Position Watch 2 compares this value with Par 785 Posit Detct2 In and sets bit 9 Posit Watch2 of Par 741 Position Status when the appropriate condition is satisfied Programming and Parameters 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 Values Units RIS Default 4 0000 Min Max 0 0000 200 0000 Default 0 Min Max 2147483648 Units 152 Default 4 0000 Min Max 0 0000 1000 0000 Comm Scale x 1 Default 0 0000 Min Max 0 0000 0 2500 Units RPM Default 176 4000 Min Max 14112 0000 0 0000 Comm Scale Par 4 Motor NP RPM 1 0 Units RPM Default 176 4000 Min Max 0 0000 141 12 0000 Comm Scale Par 4 Motor NP RPM 1 0 Units RPM Default 0 Min Max 14112 0000 Comm Scale Par 4 Motor
146. The precharge function has failed to complete within 30 seconds of the precharge request A precharge request is initiated when the DC Bus voltage is above the Undervoltage Trip level and the precharge input is high the requirement for the precharge being high can be bypassed by setting parameter 838 DigIn 1 Sel to a value other than 14 PreChrg Disc 32 PWM Asynch The Motor Control Processor is not synchronized with SynchLink 33 12volt Power The12V dc control voltage is outside the tolerance range The positive voltage power must be within the band from 15 25 to 11 4V dc The negative voltage power must be within the band from 16 6 to 10V dc Replace switch mode power supply For smaller frames replace drive 35 Ctrl EE Checksum The checksum read from the EEPROM does not match the checksum calculated 1 Cycle power 2 Replace MCB 38 Brake OL Trip The calculated temperature of the dynamic braking resistor is too high The temperature is calculated by a thermal model e f the resistor is internal the model uses resistor characteristic stored in the power structure EEPROM memory e f the resistor is external the model uses values of parameters 416 Brake PulseWatts and 417 Brake Watts 1 Verify actual temperature of brake If hot wait for brake to cool If cold cycle power to the drive 2 If cold verify Par 416 Brake PulseWatts and Par 417 Brake Watts are correc
147. Trend Out3 Real Displays the output for Trend Buffer 3 if the buffer is using real data This will equal the value of the element in Trend Buffer 3 specified by Par 1283 TrendBuffPointer Trend Out4 Int Displays the output for Trend Buffer 4 if the buffer is using integer data This will equal the value of the element in Trend Buffer 4 specified by Par 1283 TrendBuffPointer Trend Out4 Real Displays the output for Trend Buffer 4 if the buffer is using real data This will equal the value of the element in Trend Buffer 4 specified by Par 1283 TrendBuffPointer User Data Int 05 General purpose parameter available for storage of 32 bit enumerated data by the operator This value will be retained through a power cycle User Data Int 06 General purpose parameter available for storage of 32 bit enumerated data by the operator This value will be retained through a power cycle User Data Real 01 General purpose parameter available for storage of real data by the operator This value will be retained through a power cycle User Data Real 02 General purpose parameter available for storage of real data by the operator This value will be retained through a power cycle Value Default Default Default Default Default Default Default Default Default Default Default Default Default Default Default Default Default Default Default
148. Tx06 1173 Power Loss Time 407 Reslvr0 SpdRatio 270 SL Buf Int Tx07 1175 PreCharge Delay 472 Reslvr0 Status 267 SL Buf Int Tx08 1177 PreChrg Control 411 Reslvr0 TP Data 269 SL Buf Int Tx09 1179 PreChrg Err Cnfg 381 Reslvr0 TP Sel 268 SL Buf Int Tx10 1181 PreChrg TimeOut 410 Rev Speed Limit 30 SL Buf Int Tx11 1183 Pt Pt Accel Time 759 Rotor Resistance 502 SL Buf Int Tx12 1185 Pt Pt Decel Time 760 Rslvr0 XfrmRatio 273 SL Buf Int Tx13 1187 Pt Pt Filt BW 761 Run Inhibit Stat 156 SL Buf Int Tx14 1189 Pt Pt Posit Ref 758 S Curve Spd Ref 43 SL Buf Int Tx15 1191 PWM Frequency 402 S Curve Time 34 SL Buf Int Tx16 1193 Ramped Spd Ref 42 Scaled Spd Fdbk 72 SL Buf Int Tx17 1195 Rated Amps 400 Scaled Spd Ref 46 SL Buf Int Tx18 1197 Rated Slip Freq 486 Selected Spd Ref 40 SL Buf Int Tx19 1199 Rated Volts 401 Service Factor 336 SL Buf Int Tx20 1201 Programming and Parameters Name Number SL Buf Int Tx21 1203 SL Buf Int Tx22 1205 SL Buf I
149. Watch1 Dir causes Position Watch 1 output to be set when Par 763 Act Motor Posit is greater than Par 780 Watch1 Dir causes Position Watch 1 output to be set when Par 763 Act Motor Posit is less than Par 780 PositDtct1 Stpt Setting bit 18 X Watch2 En enables position Watch 2 Resetting it clears Par 741 Position Status bit 9 Posit Watch2 Setting bit 19 X Watch2 Dir causes Position Watch 2 output to be set when Par 763 Act Motor Posit is greater than Par 781 Watch Dir causes Position Watch 2 output to be set when Par 763 Act Motor Posit is less than Par 781 PositDtct2 Pos Pos lt Linkable Read Write Data Type ZU eal lt n 5 32 bit Integer Real v 32 bit Integer 4 Real Options 5 8 E 5 5 0 55 2 2 5 s zei 5 2 2 2 5 S S 5 25 5 a 3 5 o e e e e a o 2 2 gt o0 2 29 9 89 88 8 s cC CC a x gt T X lt Default 0 O O 0 0 0 JO jo jO jo JO 0 0 jo JO 0 jo 0 0 0 JO JO jo o 10 0 Bit 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 1211 109 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Position Status Indicates
150. a 400 480V ac drive Allows a choice of configuration and affects many drive parameters including drive rated current voltage power over loads and maximum PWM carrier frequency Dead Time The time delay between turning off and turning on an upper device and a lower device in the power structure This parameter is set at power up and is not user adjustable Dead Time Comp The amount of voltage correction used to compensate for the loss of voltage during dead time Do not adjust Contact factory for alternative settings Power Loss Mode Enter a value to configure the drive s response to a loss of input power Input voltage below the value specified in Par 408 Power Loss Level Enter a value of 0 to make the drive coast supply no current to the motor during the power loss time specified by Par 407 Power Loss Time Enter a value of 2 to make the drive continue normal operation during the power loss time Enter a value of 5 to make the drive provide only motor flux current during the power loss time Power Loss Time Sets the time that the drive will remain in power loss mode before a fault is detected Power Loss Level Sets the bus voltage level at which ride through begins and modulation ends When bus voltage falls below this level the drive prepares for an automatic reset Enter a percentage of the bus voltage derived from the high voltage setting for the voltage class For example on a 400 480V d
151. action has been taken clear the fault by one of these methods Press Stop Cycle drive power Select Clear Faults from Diagnostic Faults menu Display F gt Faulted auto Fault F24 DC Bus Overvolt Time since Fault 00 23 52 This section will contain a table that illustrates the HIM keystrokes Fault Descriptions and Configuration Parameters Description Motor speed has exceeded the limits set by parameter 30 Rev Speed Limit minus parameter 335 Abs OverSpd Lim or parameter 31 Fwd Speed Limit plus parameter 335 Abs OverSpd Lim Action 1 Verify the encoder feedback is correct polarity 2 Verify drive is not in torque mode Par 110 Spd Torq ModeSell value 2 Torque Ref If in torque mode verify load is present 3 Verify min max settings Par 30 Rev Speed Lim and Par 31 Fwd Speed Lim 4 Verify the load is not overhauling If the load is overhauling turn bus regulator off Par 414 Brake Bus Cnfg bit 2 BusRef High Vref Decel Fail The value of parameter 301 Motor Spd Ref has failed to decrease during a ramp to zero speed stop This could possibly be due to a speed trim from parameters 21 Speed Trim 1 22 Speed Trim 2 or 23 Speed Trim 3 Encoder 0 Loss One of the following has occurred on encoder 0 e missing encoder broken wire e quadrature error e phase loss SynchLink report the event status to the VPL which act
152. aii nece bp puppet Re pe mesi a 1 1 Opening COoVerios Uer ea S C ER E 1 2 Mounting 1 71 1 2 Operating Temperatures ea use ed wigs edis a Rab LR E RD 1 3 AC Supply Source 1 1 3 Unbalanced Ungrounded Distribution Systems 1 3 Input Power Conditioning oono asenaan neee 1 4 Grounding 1 411 404 0 4 4 40 1 4 Recommended Grounding 1 4 Shield Termination 1 5 RFI Filter 0 1 5 Fus s and Circuit Breakers 24 seien Ne das 1 5 Power Wille cos deca dott Y REA a A abe a hea eet 1 6 Power Cable Types Acceptable for 200 600 Volt Installations 1 6 Motor Cable Lengths lies uc Rede a an LE 1 8 Power Terminal 1 8 Plate Removal wich Se ee ip EY TRIER re 1 8 Power Wiring Access Panel 1 1 8 Access Panel Removal os V ee re Rear een 1 8 Replace the cover when wiring is complete AC Inpu
153. bit Integer 32 bit Integer 32 bit Integer 32 bit Integer 32 bit Integer 768 769 770 771 772 773 774 775 776 777 778 779 780 781 Name Description PositReg P Gain Sets position regulator gain as measured from position error to speed reference The gain number is identically equal to position regulator bandwidth in rad sec For example A gain of 10 means that a per unit position error of 0 1 sec will effect a 1 0 pu speed change 1 per unit position error is the distance traveled in 1 sec at base motor speed The maximum value of this parameter is typically 1 3 of the speed bandwidth rad sec but may be set considerably higher with careful tuning of the speed regulator output lead lag filter Position Error Actual position error in motor pulse counts When the position regulator is not enabled this 32 bit integer register is initialized to zero When the position regulator is enabled this parameter contains the running value of position error often referred to as following error PositReg Integ Sets position regulator integral gain as measured from position error to velocity reference It has gain units of per unit velocity sec per unit position and is unit compatible with Par 768 PositReg P Gain An integral gain of 25 means that a per unit position error of 0 1 sec will effect a 2 5 pu speed change per sec A typical maximum value is _ PositReg P Gai
154. check is also done If an error occurs during the check the open wire check is aborted If 3 quadrature errors occur in succession the open wire check will complete and the constant value checked again If this value is not within tolerances the fault is declared Bit 9 Power Fail indicates the failure of the power supply Bit 10 Diag Fail indicates the option board failed its power up diagnostic test The pattern on the FPGA must be identical to the pattern written from the DSP or the board status test will fail Bit 11 Msg Checksum indicates a message checksum fault The check sum associated with the Heidanhain encoder must be correct and acknowledged by the feedback option card Bit 12 Time Out Err indicates a RS 485 time out fault This check requires information to be sent from the encoder to the feedback option card within a specified time Typical times are about 10 clock cycles before and error is detected This check is done only at power up Options _ 9 a 2155 5 2 2 2 gt 5 25 5 2 IE 2 5 255 5 55 lols 2 2 IE 22 5 lo lo 5 5 lo 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 9 5 5 lololo lolo o o cc for foe cc j es ors JE 1a loc oes ors
155. communications fault has occurred on the communication adapter at DPI port 6 61 Logix Out of Run The DriveLogix controller is in a Non Run mode Non Run modes Clear fault include program remote program and faulted modes 62 Logix Timeout The communication connection to the DriveLogix controller has timed out 63 Logix Closed The DriveLogix controller has closed the Controller to Verify drive is present in Drive connection 64 Logix Link Chng A required link in the Controller to Drive Communication Format has Clear fault been modified 65 HiHp In PhaseLs High Horse Power Only AC Input Phase Loss AC voltage is not 1 Check for voltage on each input phase present on one or two input phases 2 Check the status of each external input fuse 66 HiHp Bus Com High Horse Power Only Bus Communication Time Delay the Check fiber optic connections between the processor has not received proper periodic feedback information Power Interface Circuit Board and Voltage Feedback Circuit Board 67 HiHp Bus Link Ls High Horse Power Only Bus Communication Link Loss bus Check fiber optic connections between the communication between the Power Interface Circuit Board and Power Interface Circuit Board and Voltage Voltage Feedback Circuit Board has halted Feedback Circuit Board 68 HiHp Bus CRC Er High Horse Power Only Bus Communication CRC Error too many Check fiber optic connections between the Cycling Ring Checksum CRC errors
156. configured but control options do not match Program Par 153 Bit 8 to O 2 wire control B Start input configured but control options do not match Program Par 153 Bit 8 to 1 3 wire control 12 Multiple inputs configured as Start or Run Reprogram Par 838 840 so multiple starts multiple runs or any combination do not exist 3 Multiple inputs configured as Jog1 Reprogram Par 838 840 so only 1 is set to Jog1 e Multiple inputs configured as Jog2 Reprogram Par 838 840 so only 1 is set to Jog2 Multiple inputs configured as Fwd Rev Reprogram Par 838 840 so only 1 is set to Fwd Rev 14 Invalid Feedback Device for Permanent Magnet Motor Control Set Par 222 to Value 5 FB Opt Port0 4 4 Manually Clearing Faults Fault Descriptions No Troubleshooting Name Abs Ovespd Det HIM Indication The HIM also provides visual notification of a fault Condition Drive is indicating a fault The LCD HIM immediately reports the fault condition by displaying the following e Faulted appears the status line e Fault number e Fault name e Time that has passed since the fault occurred Press Esc to regain control of the HIM necessary to clear faults 1 Press Esc to acknowledge the fault The fault information will be removed so that you can use the HIM Address the condition that caused the fault The cause must be corrected before the fault can be cleared 3 After corrective
157. datalink information 709 Dataln A2 Int Default 0 32 bit Link A Word 2 Integer Parameter number whose value will be written from a Min Max 42147483648 Integer communications device data table Parameters that can only be changed while the drive is stopped cannot be used as Datalink inputs Entering a parameter of this type will Disable the link Refer to the manual that came with your communications option for datalink information 710 Data In A2 Real Default 0 0000 Real Link A Word 2 Real or Floating Point Parameters that can only be changed while the 2200000000 0000 drive is stopped cannot be used as Datalink inputs Entering a parameter of this type will Disable the link Refer to the manual that came with your communications option for datalink information 711 Data In B1 Int Default 0 32 bit Link B Word 1 Integer Parameter number whose value will be written from a Min Max 2147483648 Integer communications device data table Parameters that can only be changed while the drive is stopped cannot be used as Datalink inputs Entering a parameter of this type will Disable the link Refer to the manual that came with your communications option for datalink information 712 Dataln B1 Real Default 0 0000 Real Link B Word 1 Real or Floating Point Parameters that can only be changed while the Min Max 2200000000 0000 drive is stopped cannot be used as Datalink inputs Entering a parameter of this
158. e same data in integer format ion format in integer format Paired ays the same data in floating point format Values Default M in Max Default M gt oO M 0 gt 0 gt O oO M 0 0 O O 0 oO M oO M in in in in in in in in in in in in in in in in in in in in in Max efault Max efault Max efault Max efault Max efault Max efault Max efault Max efault Max efault Max efault Max efault Max omm Scale efault Max omm Scale efault Max efault Max efault Max efault Max efault Max efault Max efault Max efault Max Programming and Parameters 0 0000 2200000000 0000 0 42147483648 0 0000 2200000000 0000 0 2147483648 0 0000 2200000000 0000 0 2147483648 0 0000 2200000000 0000 0 2147483648 0 0000 2200000000 0000 0 2147483648 0 0000 2200000000 0000 0 2147483648 0 0000 2200000000 0000 x1 0 2147483648 x1 0 0000 2200000000 0000 0 2147483648 0 0000 2200000000 0000 0 2147483648 0 0000 2200000000 0000 0 2147483648 0 0000 2200000000 0000 0 2147483648
159. gt Terminal Blk Default Min Max Default Options Default Options 0 False 1 True 0 False 1 True 0 False 1 True 200 20 400 1 1 2 3 Val 0 Val 0 Local HIM Local HIM 4 Ext DPI Conn 5 Aux DPI Conn 500K 500K Reserved Int DPI Comm 3 67 Programming and Parameters od peau o 3 e gt o o is 8 is 8 ri Dm TE rin ra ill or Or or yig o yig Jo HIE o o yig Jo xgreuuelio 8 o 24 WIH 2907 WIH eo s eoo g lt 5 NIH 9015 o gt 5 o 5 u02ldQ3 Jou Ida XS 000 s 409 Id Alo a uuo lt 09 Ida Palo UUO Id XIV 190 S Ida 9 609 Ida XNY 6 8 09 8 009 Ida Nyo _ 2 1 5 5 5 5 5 8 da Uj ho da Wf g _ Ida Ufo 00914005 2 yes _ 5 E
160. have occurred in the Power Interface Circuit Board and Voltage communication bus Feedback Circuit Board A fast power cycle may cause the 7005 Main Control Board to Wait five minutes before re energizing the attempt to communicate with the ASIC Board before the ASIC Board drive is energized 69 HiHp Bus WtchDog __ High Horse Power Only Bus Communication Watchdog Error 1 Check fiber optic connections between the communication has halted in the communication bus causing the watch dog timer to expire Power Interface Circuit Board and Voltage Feedback Circuit Board 2 Check connections between the Main Control Board and the Power Interface Circuit Board 3 Replace the Voltage Feedback Circuit Board 4 Replace the Power Interface Circuit Board 5 Replace the Main Control Board Troubleshooting 4 9 Description Action 70 HiHp Fan Ls High Horse Power Only Fan Feedback Loss a fan feedback signal 1 Check the main cooling fan has been lost 2 Check the Main Control Board cooling fan 71 HiHp Drv OvrLoad High Horse Power Only Drive Overload the circuit board on the Measure output current of the drive If the level Power Module has detected an overload is ever greater than the maximum drive rated output current level reduce the load If the levels are always well below the drive rated levels then replace the power module 72 HiHp PwrBd PrcEr High Horse Powe
161. if connected 2 Q SYNCHLINK Green Steady The module is configured as the time keeper lt The module is configured as a follower and synchronization is complete 5 5 Green Flashing The follower s are not configured with the time keeper Red Flashing e The module is configured as a time master on SynchLink and has received time information from another time master on SynchLink ENABLE Green The drive s enable input is high Troubleshooting 4 3 Precharge Board LED Indications Precharge Board LED indicators are found on Frame 5 amp 6 drives The LEDs are located above the Line Type jumper shown in Figure 1 2 Name Color State Description Power Green Steady Indicates when precharge board power supply is operational Alarm Yellow Flashing Number in indicates flashes and associated alarm 1 Low line voltage lt 90 2 Very low line voltage lt 50 3 Low phase one phase lt 80 of line voltage 4 Frequency out of range or asymmetry line sync failed 5 Low DC bus voltage triggers ride through operation 6 Input frequency momentarily out of range 40 65 Hz 7 DC bus short circuit detection active Fault Flashing Number in indicates flashes and associated fault 2 DC bus short Udc lt 2 after 20 ms 4 Line sync failed or low line Uac lt 50 0 alarm condition automatically resets when the condition n
162. kHz T8 Encoder Signal Not Z T7 Shield Connection point for encoder shield T6 Digital Input 2 High speed 12 24V DC sinking 824 830 T5 Digital Input 2 Return digital input 831 832 833 839 T4 Digital Input 3 High speed 12 24V DC sinking 824 834 T3 Digital Input 3 Return digital input 835 836 837 840 T2 Power Supply 12V DC A 5 12V DC power supply for primary TI Power Supply 12V DC Return A encoder interface and high speed inputs Rating 300 2 3 Refer to Encoder Input Settings on page 1 32 for necessary dip switch settings This power supply supports only the primary encoder interface and digital inputs Do not use it to power circuits outside of the drive 8 To enable 5V supply set Jumper J6 located in the Main Control Board to positions T2 and T3 Default 12V supply is set to T1 and T2 Installation Wiring 1 27 Table 1 0 TB2 Row Top Wiring Examples Input Output Connection Examples Required Parameter Changes Primary Encoder Interface Primary Encoder using internal power supply Set the value of Parameter 222 Motor Fdbk Supports 12V DC differential aa ma 0 Sel to a value of 0 Encoder 0 so the drive will encoders with internal power use this encoder as the primary motor speed supply 000060000 feedback device Set the value of Parameter 232 Encoder0 PPR to match the encoder s resolution
163. mag euniv 19 sxy eun ISY sso quoe Lz 009 NO pds SS 918607 JOMUOD GUE PA E en 91607 B 17 Control Block Diagrams Jejutogjngpuei e e Poy Jase puel pus 1621 2201 6821 2201 1821 2201 9821 2201 Feugnopue ano puos pnopuen gt Ca lt gt qu w enopua Wl MO puai iit iD FL TN pul lt 8921 Eu pues 1921 puel 5 pul puel T puau puai LU pua 0 Ip COI wi yu pu 0 If 8921 W gu pua 0 In Wer puoi 0 IT l ncz ray v pe eeu c oer
164. mm Scale Scale Scale Scale Scale Scale Programming and Parameters 150 0 32767 30 0 32767 100 00 0 00 400 00 mSec 10 2 1024 0 FOC 0 FOC 1 FOC 2 2 PMag Motor Hz 0 470 0 000 32 000 x 1000 100 50 200 30 00 0 00 75 00 x 100 100 00 0 00 799 99 100 8192 1 00 0 00 100 00 100 8192 20 00 0 00 100 00 100 8192 100 00 25 00 100 00 100 00 25 00 100 00 90 0 0 0 100 0 100 8192 mSec 100 0 32767 100 8192 1 00 0 00 100 00 100 8192 3 4 Linkable Read Write Reserved Test 3 57 Data Type 16 bit Integer 16 bit Integer 16 bit Integer 16 bit Integer 16 bit Integer 16 bit Integer 16 bit Integer 16 bit Integer 16 bit Integer 16 bit Integer 16 bit Integer 16 bit Integer 16 bit Integer 16 bit Integer 16 bit Integer 3 58 503 504 505 508 509 510 511 Programming and Parameters 8 Description Values Current BW Units R S Sets the bandwidth for the current regulator Par 402 PWM Frequency limits the Default 600 maximum value Reducing the value reduces current regulator over shoot Min Max 100 30000 PM AbsEncd Offst Default 0 Determined by the autotune
165. ms duration 1 0 ms 15G peak for 11ms duration 1 0 ms Vibration 0 152 mm 0 006 in displacement 1G peak 5 5 Hz 2 mm 0 0787 in displacement 1G peak EN50178 EN60068 2 6 Atmosphere Important Drive must not be installed in an area where the ambient atmosphere contains volatile or corrosive gas vapors or dust If the drive is not going to be installed for a period of time it must be stored in an area where it will not be exposed to a corrosive atmosphere Electrical Input Voltage Tolerance See Input Voltage Range Tolerance on page 1 for Full Power and Operating Range Frequency Tolerance 47 63 Hz 47 63 Hz Input Phases Three phase input provides full rating for all drives Single phase operation provides 50 of rated current Three phase input provides full rating for all drives Single phase operation provides 50 of rated current DC Input Voltage Tolerance 10 of Nominal Bus Voltage above Displacement Power Factor 0 98 across speed range 0 98 across speed range Efficiency 97 5 at rated amps nominal line volts 97 5 at rated amps nominal line volts Max Short Circuit Current Maximum short circuit current rating to match specified fuse lt 200 000 Amps Rating circuit breaker capability Using Recommended Fuse lt 200 000 Amps or Circuit Breaker Type Maximum Drive to Motor Power Ratio The drive to motor rating cannot exceed a 2 1 ratio The drive to mot
166. must be self protected from over temperature or a circuit equivalent to the one shown below must be supplied ATTENTION The drive does not offer protection for Figure 1 5 External Brake Resistor Circuitry Three Phase AC Input Input Contactor M R 1 Power S L2 T L3 Ln Power Off Power On NN Power Source DB Resistor Thermostat Installation Wiring 1 15 Using Input Output Contactors disconnects and reapplies the AC line to the drive to start and stop the motor can cause drive hardware damage The drive is designed to use control input signals that will start and stop the motor If an input device is used occasionally an auxiliary contact on that device should also be wired to a digital input programmed as a Enable function The input device must not exceed one operation per minute or drive damage will occur ATTENTION contactor or other device that routinely solidstate components If hazards due to accidental contact with moving machinery or unintentional flow of liquid gas or solids exist an additional hardwired stop circuit may be required to remove the AC line to the drive When the AC line is removed there will be a loss of any inherent regenerative braking effect that might be present the motor will coast to a stop An auxiliary braking method may be required ATTENTION The drive start stop control circuitry includes output contact
167. of the Start Up routine and does not need to be set manually by the user Field Oriented Control Permanent Magnet Motor Control and Volts Hertz Control are described in further detail below Field Oriented Control Field oriented control is used with AC squirrel cage induction motors for high performance Motor data and an autotune is required for correct operation in this mode Field oriented control is selected by setting parameter 485 Motor Ctrl Mode 0 In field oriented control the drive takes the speed reference that is specified by the Speed Reference Selection Block and compares it to the speed feedback The speed regulator uses Proportional and Integral gains to adjust the torque reference for the motor This torque reference attempts to operate the motor at the specified speed The torque reference is then converted to the torque producing component of the motor current Motor Overload Application Notes C 3 This type of speed regulator produces a high bandwidth response to speed command and load changes In field oriented control the flux and torque producing currents are independently controlled Therefore you can send a torque reference directly instead of a speed reference The independent flux control also allows you to reduce the flux in order to run above base motor speed High Bandwidth Current Regulato CURRENT FEEDBACK Flux Reg mag gt
168. procedure Min Max 0 65535 PM TestWait Time Units mSec Defines the time interval used for the automated measurement of Par 504 PM AbsEncd Default 2000 Offst for a Permanent Magnet PM motor Min Max 500 5000 PM Test Idc Ramp Units 5 Defines the ramp rate of the flux producing d axis current reference that is used for the Default 0 1 automated measurement of Par 504 PM AbsEncd Offst for a Permanent Magnet PM Min Max 0 0 195 3 motor Comm Scale x 10 PM Test FreqRamp Units 5 Defines the ramp rate of the frequency reference that is used for the automated Default 0 1 measurement of Par 504 PM AbsEncd Offst for a Permanent Magnet PM motor Min Max 0 0 195 3 Comm Scale x 10 PM Test Freq Ref Units Defines the frequency reference that is used for the automated measurement of Par 504 Default 10 0 PM AbsEncd Offst for Permanent Magnet PM motor Min Max 799 9 Comm Scale x 10 PM Test Ref Units Defines the amplitude of the flux producing d axis current reference that is used for the Default 30 0 automated measurement of Par 504 PM AbsEncd Offst for a Permanent Magnet PM 0 0 799 9 motor Comm Scale x 10 FOC Mode Config Configures Field Oriented Control FOC operation Note Bit 15 LwSpdRflctWv was added for firmware version 2 06 ATTENTION Do not modify this parameter Motor Drive instabilities and damage could result Options IE gt 2 B Sle lals 5 8 l
169. that a HIM be installed If an operator interface is not available remote devices should be used to start up the drive 2 2 Start Up Applying Power to the Drive 6 Apply AC power and control voltages to the drive Examine the Power PWR LED Steady Green Power has been applied to the drive and no faults are present 7 Examine the Status STS LED Verify that it is flashing green If it is not in this state check the following possible causes and take the necessary corrective action Flashing Yellow A run inhibit exists in the drive Refer to Table 4 B on page 4 3 to correct the problem Flashing Red A fault has occurred Refer to Fault Descriptions on page 4 4 for drive faults and actions to correct the problem If any digital input is configured to Stop CF CF Clear Fault or Enable verify that signals are present or the drive will not start Refer to Table 4 B on page 4 3 for a list of potential digital input conflicts If a fault code appears refer to Fault Descriptions on page 4 4 If the STS LED is not flashing green at this point refer to the Status Indicators descriptions in Table 4 A on page 4 2 8 Proceed to Assisted Start Up on page 2 3 Assisted Start Up gt Start Up 2 3 This routine prompts you for information needed to start up a drive for most applications such as line and motor data commonly adjusted parameters and Important This start up routine require
170. the Buffered Received Data for word 3 Data ansmitted from one node to another must be the same data type This parameter is aired with Par 1079 SL Buf Int Rx03 L Buf Int Rx04 isplays the integer value of the Buffered Received Data for word 4 Data transmitted rom one node to another must be the same data type This parameter is paired with Par 082 SL Buf Real Rx04 L Buf Real Rx04 isplays the floating point real value of the Buffered Received Data for word 4 Data transmitted from one node to another must be the same data type This parameter is paired with Par 1081 SL Buf Int Rx04 SL Buf Int Rx05 Displays the integer value of the Buffered Received Data for word 5 Data transmitted from one node to another must be the same data type This parameter is paired with Par 1084 SL Buf Real Rx05 SL Buf Real Rx05 Displays the floating point real value of the Buffered Received Data for word 5 Data ransmitted from one node to another must be the same data type This parameter is aired with Par 1083 SL Buf Int Rx05 L Buf Int Rx06 isplays the integer value of the Buffered Received Data for word 6 Data transmitted rom one node to another must be the same data type This parameter is paired with Par 086 SL Buf Real Rx06 L Buf Real Rx06 isplays the floating point real value of the Buffered Received Data for word 6 Data ansmitted from one node to another must be the same data type This parameter is aired with Par 1085
171. the parameters of the Fault Alarm Configuration group of the Utility file Options o 2 5 ile sleek gt lo lo lo lo lo lo lo IE lo lo Io lo 5 IE 5 S 818 9 o E o U 1519 2 fe Je fe 5 2 Je ls IE IE 3 Ss 9 18 le 2 222 lT RIP IRIE E L E E E E E E E E E E F F F E E E E E E T E F T E T rij Default o jo o jo jo jo O jo jo o jo jo jo jo o jo jo jo o jo jo jo jo jo o jo 0 0 0 0 0 Bit 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 76543210 1 1 True Programming and Parameters 3 44 Be 33 ed eea ET dis E E Ls ER er egal saylo o _ __ 5 pdgie Q 80 o Jo g dA s eseuqul HH o lo Ieajeupds amp pueuuoo OW jquobsng HH o S Jeoegjeupos io Aquogsng 5807 eu wsy9 33 19 8110199 lt 5 5501 OPUS 6 eu 5 1899 33 Oo lt STMUNISNG lt
172. to arm the registration logic for the next trigger event The particular latch will be armed and ready to be strobed on the next occurrence of the trigger input e Set bit 1 DisArm Req to disarm the registration logic for next trigger event Options BIB ls ls 5 15 isis lelg gt EG jo jo jo jo jo jo jo jo jo jo jo jo jo jojo jo jojojo jojo 18 181212181812 121818121218 18121218 18121218 181212 8 S j vr ce os os rs os 6 lt Default 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 jo JO 0 0 Io 0 0 10 JO 00 0 0 0 Jo Jo 0 False Bit 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 109 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 4 282 Opt 1 Regis Stat Displays the registration control status of port 1 on the feedback option card e Bit 0 Armed indicates the when the registration latch has been armed Bit 1 Found indicates that the registration event has triggered the latch Options 8 g 8 8 8 8 9 9 9 9 9 g le 9 9 9 9 9 9 813 813 51575 ele 5 2 j jo jo jo jo jo jo jo jo jo jo jo jo jo jo jo jo jo jo jo jo jo jo jo jo jo jo jo 81818 818
173. type will Disable the link Refer to the manual that came with your communications option for datalink information 713 Data In B2 Int Default 0 32 bit Link B Word 2 Integer Parameter number whose value will be written from a Min Max 2147483648 Integer communications device data table Parameters that can only be changed while the drive is stopped cannot be used as Datalink inputs Entering a parameter of this type will Disable the link Refer to the manual that came with your communications option for datalink information 714 Data In B2 Real Default 0 0000 Real Link B Word 2 Real or Floating Point Parameters that can only be changed while the 2200000000 0000 drive is stopped cannot be used as Datalink inputs Entering a parameter of this type will Disable the link Refer to the manual that came with your communications option for datalink information 715 Data In C1 Int Default 0 32 bit Link C Word 1 Integer Parameter number whose value will be written from a Min Max 2147483648 Integer communications device data table Parameters that can only be changed while the drive is stopped cannot be used as Datalink inputs Entering a parameter of this type will Disable the link Refer to the manual that came with your communications option for datalink information 716 Data In C1 Real Default 0 0000 Real Link Word 1 Real or Floating Point Parameters that can only be changed while the Min Ma
174. value in Par 41 Limited Spd Ref for Default 17 6400 comparison to average speed feedback The comparison controls bit 14 At Setpt Spd of Min Max 0 0000 882 0000 Par 155 Logic Status In general bit 14 At Setpt Spd turns on when the feedback is Comm Scale Par 4 Motor NP RPM 1 0 within the tolerance of the reference Technically Turn on level for rising feedback Par 41 Limited Spd Ref Limit Turn off level for rising feedback Limited Spd Ref 2 Limit Turn on level for falling feedback Limited Spd Ref Limit Turn off level for falling feedback Limited Spd Ref 2 Limit Setpt 1 Data Units PU v v Real Provides data for comparison to Par 173 Setpt1 TripPoint driving bit 16 At Setpt 1 of Default 0 0000 Par 155 Logic Status For more information please see Setpt 1 Data on page 6 Min Max 8 0000 Setpt1 TripPoint Units PU v Real Provides the midpoint for operation of bit 16 At Setpt 1 of Par 155 Logic Status Default 0 1000 Min Max 8 0000 Setpt 1 Limit Units PU v Real Creates a tolerance hysteresis band around the value in Par 173 Setpt1 TripPoint Default 0 0100 Turn on level for ascending data Setpt1 TripPoint Setpt 1 Limit Turn off level for Min Max 0 0000 0 5000 ascending data Setpt1 TripPoint 2 Limit Turn on level for descending data Setpt1 TripPoint Limit Turn off level for descending data Setpt1 TripPoint 2 Limit Setpt 2 Data Units PU
175. writing to Par 1283 buffer contents parameters to automatically cycle through the entire trend buffer at the rate specified in Par 1253 Trend Rate display on an oscilloscope TrendBuffPointer Clearing this bit requires manual selection of Par 1283 TrendBuffPointer to view the trend Options 5 3 O 5700700 5 D DDD D la ls 6 le S 2 8 1818 8 8 3 5 8 8 8 ls lola e e ler lor Default 0 O 0 0 JO jO JO o JO 0 0 False Bit 15 14 13 12 11 109 8 7 65 4 3 2 1 0 z 1 True Programming and Parameters 3 93 8 S gae No Description Value 32 f 1251 Trend Status Bits indicate the status of the Data Trend function e Bit 1 Triggered indicates a Trend Trigger event has been detected This bit will clear in response to the rise of Par 1250 Trend Control bit 0 Enbl Collect Bit 2 Complete indicates all the post trigger data samples have been gathered and the trend buffers are full It will also be set if the Par 1250 Trend Control bit 0 Enbl Collect is cleared before the trigger occurs The trend data outputs will be updated from the contents of the trend buffer data when this bit is set Par 1250 Trend Control bit 0 Enbl Collect can be cleared after this bit is set without affecting the trend data buffer contents This bit will clear in response to t
176. 0 0 0 Bit 15 14 13 12 11 109 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 1 PeakDtct1 In Int Default Integer input to the first peak level detector Min Max PkDtct1 In Real Default Floating point input to the first peak level detector Min Max PeakDtct1 Preset Default The first peal level detector in set or hold modes compares this value to its input Par 212 PeakDtct1 In Int or 213 PkDtct In Real for level detection When the detector trips in set mode it transfers the value of this parameter to its output Par 215 PeakDetect1 Out PeakDetect1 Out Default Output from the first peak level detector Min Max PeakDtct2 In Int Default Integer input to second peak level detector Min Max PkDtct2 In Real Default Floating point input to second peak level detector Min Max PeakDtct2 Preset Default The second detector in set or hold modes compares this value to its input Par 216 Min Max PeakDtct2 In Int or 217 PkDtct2 In Real for level detection When the detector trips in set mode it transfers the value of this parameter to its output Par 219 PeakDetect2 Out PeakDetect2 Out Default Output from the second peak level detector Min Max Spd Observer BW Units Sets the internal bandwidth for the speed feedback observer The setting should be as Default high a possible preferably at least 6 times the value of Par 90 Spd Reg BW A setting of Min Max 1000 rad sec is reasonable for most applications The
177. 0 90 50 150 150 NA 200 060 5 55 4 50 577 689 60 66 90 80 125 80 225 225 45 4 50 469 561 52 178 104 60 110 60 175 175 20DF082 5 75 2 50 740 944 82 90 123 100 200 100 375 375 NA je 50 577 689 60 90 120 80 125 80 225 225 NA 200 098 5 90 2 40 947 113 98 108 1127 125 200 125 375 375 75 72 40 790 944 82 1123 1140 1100 200 100 375 375 2007119 6 110 2 50 115 137 119 191 179 150 250 150 400 2 50 947 113 98 147 196 125 200 125 375 20DF142 6 132 2 50 138 165 142 1566 213 175 300 175 450 110 2 50 115 137 1127 179 1238 150 250 150 400 Notes 1 Minimum protection device size is the lowest rated device that supplies maximum protection without nuisance tripping Maximum protection device size is the highest rated device that supplies drive protection For US NEC minimum size is 125 of motor FLA Ratings shown are maximum 3 Circuit Breaker inverse time breaker For US NEC minimum size is 125 of motor FLA Ratings shown are maximum Motor Circuit Protector instantaneous trip circuit breaker For US NEC minimum size is 125 of motor FLA Ratings shown are maximum 5 Bulletin 140M with adjustable current range should have the current trip set to the minimum range that the device will not trip 9 Manual Self Protected Type E Combination Motor Controller UL listed for 208 Wye or Delta 240 Wye or Delta 480Y 277 or
178. 00 1 0000 2 0000 1 1000 4 0000 PU 1 1500 0 0500 2 0000 PU 8 0000 0 0000 8 0000 PU 8 0000 0 0000 8 0000 3 45 Data Type Real Real Real Real Real Real Real Real Real 3 46 345 346 347 348 350 351 352 353 354 355 Programming and Parameters 8 gee Name 55858 Description Values 2 Drive OL JnctTmp Units Real Displays the calculated junction temperature of the power semiconductors in the inverter Default 0 0000 The calculation uses the values of Par 313 Heatsink Temp Par 358 Iq Ref Limited and Min Max 50 0000 300 0000 inverter thermal characteristics contained in the power EE memory If this value exceeds the maximum junction temperature visible in Par 348 Drive OL TP Data when Par 347 Drive OL TP Sel 12 two faults occur Inverter Overtemperature Fault fault code 15 and Junction Overtemperature Fault indicated by bit 7 Jnc OverTemp of Par 346 Drive OL Status Drive OL Status Indicates the status of various overload OL conditions Bit 0 NTC Shorted indicates the Negative Temperature Coefficient NTC device has a short circuit Bit 1 NTC Open indicates the NTC has an open circuit Bit 2 HS OverTemp indicates that the heatsink temperature is above 105C for ratings 1 1 11 0A 115C for 14 34A or 100C for 40 52A Bit 3 HS Pending indicates that the heatsink temperatur
179. 00 Vv Min Max 2200000000 0000 Default 0 2147483648 Default 0 0000 2200000000 0000 Default 0 2147483648 Default 0 0000 2200000000 0000 Default 0 2147483648 Default 0 0000 2200000000 0000 Default 0 2147483648 Default 0 0000 2200000000 0000 Default 0 2147483648 Comm Scale x16 Default 0 0000 2200000000 0000 Default 0 2147483648 Default 0 0000 2200000000 0000 Default 0 2147483648 Default 0 0000 2200000000 0000 Default 0 2147483648 Default 0 0000 2200000000 0000 Default 0 2147483648 Default 0 0000 2200000000 0000 Default 0 Not Used Options 0 Not Used 18 UserDefined 16 Velocity 19 Motion 17 Position 32 CustmUserDef Programming and Parameters 3 65 p Data Type 32 bit Integer Real 32 bit Integer Real 32 bit Integer Real 32 bit Integer Real 32 bit Integer Real 32 bit Integer Real 32 bit Integer Real 32 bit Integer Real 3 66 Programming and Parameters N
180. 000 volts peak per IEEE C62 41 1991 up to 6000 volts peak per IEEE C62 41 1991 Control Logic Noise Immunity Showering arc transients up to 1500V peak Showering arc transients up to 1500V peak Power Ride Thru 15 milliseconds at full load 15 milliseconds at full load Logic Control Ride Thru 0 25 sec drive not running 0 25 seconds drive not running Ground Fault Trip Phase to ground on drive output Phase to ground on drive output Short Circuit Trip Phase to phase on drive output Phase to phase on drive output A 2 Supplemental Information Category Specification Frames 1 6 690V Drive frames 5 amp 6 only Frames 9 amp up Agency The drive is designed to meet applicable requirements of the drive is designed to meet applicable requirements of the Certification following codes standards following codes standards IEC 61800 2 Adjustable speed electrical power drive systems 61800 2 Adjustable speed electrical power drive systems General requirements General requirements IEC 61800 5 1 Adjustable speed electrical power drive systems IEC 61800 5 1 Adjustable speed electrical power drive systems Safety requirements Safety requirements NFPA 70 US National Electric Code 70 US National Electrical Code NEMA 250 Enclosures for Electrical Equipment UL and cUL Listed to UL508C and CAN CSA 22 2 No 14 95 UL and cUL Listed to UL508C and
181. 00000000000 11111111111111111111111111111111 0 32767 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 3 61 Linkable Read Write Data Type RsEstPhi RsEstSinPhi RsEstVqsFbkP RsEWeLadsCmd REWeLadsCmdP RsEWeLaqsCmd RsEstldsRat RsEstlqsRat MulqsRef2 EstThetaByMV ETVdsFbkA ETVqsFbkA ETVdsFbkS ETVqsFbkS ETAtanVqVd ETByMtrVDfr VelRef2 VelOutput TorgEst TorgEstFltr FSLamDS FSldsCmd FsFluxErr FSLamDSCmd FsFluxTmr SrLsVdsOff FSLstlIntgl FSLstWe FSLstWr PwrCalc ThetaELin PprCntEfcOt PprCntDfcTh LinPprCnt ActiveFbk VdsCOMP VqsCOMP 4096 2 5V 32 bit Integer 32 bit Boolean 16 bit Integer Programming and Parameters 3 62 5 o op o QL A re 58 Be ee P 2 L n okt La a or eer suagsnq 6 e 6 b __ o suegsnqA DPdla jo sngA o Jo 3 9943530595 Jo ebueg Jo u3 o UOdML 8 ___ 5 g wusexwepdni o beg ung
182. 001 404 078 0 9 Oct 826 68 OSE E 0079 008 0021 007 929 00 929 092 099 005 068 69 097 0 0090002 0099 008 008 0001 008 008 008 0 84S SBE 106 006 0098 008 0021 0021 9 9 006 9 6 0 909 097 6 ctv OSE OL 0970002 0027 009 008 008 GLE 929 GLE 009 006 vec 080 092 0027 5 008 008 0001 005 008 005 009 988 08 296 008 0 5860002 0018 007 00 059 Gee 00S Gee 067 892 She 161 oez 002 0018 007 008 008 GLE 929 GLE 057 055 006 vee 282 082 6 0060002 00 2 007 009 099 092 007 092 otv 802 S0c 09 6L 091 00 2 007 00 00 Gee 005 426 180 196 70 Svo 002 6 1920002 ION 087 SHEM 254 ij ren XEN cag e uw wog vay uonedissiq yang aqeisnipy 1 1 1001 197101991014 aye esnj esnJ Aejaq 1ndino 8 nn 20400 2 Aejaq ueuio 3 40 aBed aeg 6 4 1 10A 087 Supplemental Information A 14 S 052 9 6 9 6 091 9 2 091 Sl ZEL Sol 09
183. 10 MC TP Bit 546 PeakDtct1 In Int 212 MC TP Select 544 PeakDtct1 Preset 214 MC TP Value 545 PeakDtct2 In Int 216 Min Flux 360 PeakDtct2 Preset 218 Motor Ctrl Ackn 167 Command 183 Motor Ctrl Cmmd 166 Feedback 182 Motor Ctrl Mode 485 PI High Limit 191 Motor Fdbk Sel 222 PI Integ HLim 188 Motor Inertia 8 PI Integ LLim 189 Motor NP FLA 2 PI Integ Output 190 Motor NP Hertz 3 PI Integ Time 187 Motor NP Power 5 PI Lower Limit 192 Motor NP RPM 4 Lpass Filt BW 184 Motor NP Volts 1 Output 180 Motor NTC Coef 487 PI Preload 185 Motor Poles 7 PI Prop Gain 186 Motor Spd Est 74 Reference 181 Motor Spd Fdbk 300 PI TP Data 194 Motor Speed Ref 301 PI TP Sel 193 Motor Stall Cnfg 374 PkDtct1 In Real 213 Motor Stall Time 373 PkDtct2 In Real 217 Motor Torque Ref 303 PM AbsEncd Offst 504 MotorFluxCurr FB 312 PM D Inductance 521 Mtr Current Lim 356 PM Mtr CEMF Coef 523 Mtr 2 Calibrat 339 PM Mtr CEMF Comp 427 Mtr 2 Curr Min 337 PM Q Inductance 520 Mtr I2T Spd Min 338 PM Stator Resist 522 Mtr 2 Trp ThrH 340 PM Test Freq Ref 508 3 98 Programming and Parameters
184. 100nsfilter 1 1 0 0 6 0 ms max setting 1 1 0 0 1200 ns filter 1 1 0 1 60ms 1 1 0 1 1300nsfilter 1 1 1 0 60ms 1 1 1 0 1400nsfilter 1 1 1 1 60ms 1 1 1 1 1500nsfiler Table 243B Encoder Sample Interval Settings Bit 5 4 Mult Directions Comments 0 0 2x fwd rev Counts rise fall of phase A phase B only used to find direction 0 1 4x fwd rev Counts rise fall of both A and B phases default setting 1 0 1x fwdonly Counts rise of phase A Phase B ignored 1 1 2x fwdonly Counts rise of phase A Phase B ignored Programming and Parameters 3 35 22m Name 55858 No Description Values 28 244 Encdri Error Indicates the error status of Encoder 1 Options 29 olo lo oo l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l lo 5 8 9 2 8 2 8 2 8 5 5 5 o jo jo jo jojo jo jo 5 jo le 5 lt ja ja ja O u Default jo oO jo jo jo 0 jo jo o o jo jo jo jo jo o o jo o jo jo o jo jo o 0 0 O 0 0 Bit 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 109 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 O 1 True 245 Regis Ltch Default 0 32 bit Displays the registration data of port 1 Indicates the position reference counter value Min Max 42147
185. 1013 SL Rx DirectSel2 1014 SL Rx DirectSel3 1020 SL Tx Comm Frmt 1021 SL Tx DirectSelO 1022 SL Tx DirectSel1 1023 SL Tx DirectSel2 1024 SL Tx DirectSel3 Multiplier 1030 SL Mult A In 1031 SL Mult B In 1032 SL Mult Base 1033 SL Mult Out 1034 SL Mult State 1035 Real to Int In 1036 Real to Int Out 1040 1049 1041 1042 SL Rcv Events SL Clr Events SL Rx PO Regis SL Rx P1 Regis Direct Data 1054 SL Dir Int RxO 1055 SL Dir Real Rx0 1056 SL Dir Int Rx1 1057 SL Dir Real Rx1 1058 SL Dir Int Rx2 1059 SL Dir Real Rx2 1060 SL Dir Int Rx3 1061 SL Dir Real Rx3 1140 Tx Dir Data Type 1141 SL Dir Int 0 1142 SL Dir Real 0 1143 SL Dir Int Tx1 1144 SL Dir Real Tx1 1145 SL Dir Int Tx2 1146 SL Dir Real Tx2 1147 SL Dir Int Tx3 1148 SL Dir Real Tx3 Programming and Parameters 3 15 Buffered Data In 1073 SL Buf Int Rx00 1074 SL Buf Real Rx00 1075 SL Buf Int Rx01 1076 SL Buf Real Rx01 1077 SL Buf Int Rx02 1078 SL Buf Real Rx02 1079 SL Buf Int Rx03 1080 SL Buf Real Rx03 1081 SL Buf Int Rx04 1082 SL Buf Real Rx04 1083 SL Buf Int Rx05 1084 SL Buf Real Rx05 1085 SL Buf Int Rx06 1086 SL Buf Real Rx06 1087 SL Buf Int Rx07 1088 SL Buf Real Rx07 1089 SL Buf Int Rx08 1090 SL Buf Real Rx08 1091 SL Buf Int Rx09 1092 SL Buf Real Rx09 1093 SL Buf Int Rx10 1094 SL Buf Real Rx10 1095 SL Buf Int Rx11 1096 SL Buf Real Rx11 1097 SL Buf Int Rx12 1098 SL Buf Real Rx12 1099 SL Buf Int Rx13
186. 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 1 109 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 4 lt The Bit Name Current Function Bit Name Current Function 0 Enabled Drive is controlling motor 14 AtSetptSpd Speed feedback is within limits defined in Par 41 Limited Spd Ref and 171 Set Speed Lim 1 Running Run command received amp controlling motor 15 Reserved 2 Command Commanded direction is forward 16 AtSetpt1 Par 172 Setpt 1 Data value is within limits defined Dir by Par 173 Setpt1 TripPoint and 174 Setpt 1 Limit 3 Actual Dir Actual motor direction is forward 17 Above Par 175 Setpt 2 Data value is within limits defined by Par 176 Setpt2 TripPoint and 177 Setpt 2 Limit 4 Accelerating Motor is increasing speed 18 Drive is controlling motor same as enabled 5 Decelerating Motor is decreasing speed 19 Commis Motor control commissioning in progress 6 Jogging Jog command received amp controlling motor 20 Spd Commis Speed control commissioning in progress 7 Faulted Exception event that causes a fault has occurred 21 Reserved 8 Alarm Exception event that causes an alarm has occurred 22 Torque Mode Par 110 Spd Torq ModeSel value is 2 3 4 5 or 6 9 Flash Mode Flash upgrade in progress 23 Speed Mode Par 110 Spd Torq ModeSel value is 1 amp position control is not enabled 10 Run Ready Enable input is high amp drive is fault free 24 Position Position control active amp Par 110 Spd Torq Mode value is not 2 3 4 5 or 6 11 At Limit Speed P
187. 2 007 007 921 002 Sl zi Wl sel 09 9 7713406 091 9 6 6 6 Sel 002 Sel 66 996 626 08 Z 001 052 9 6 915 091 092 091 Sek col Zul 08 2 11 91 6014000 VN 0006 NINO IN 001 00 00 001 921 001 8811 9 ZL 19 627 or e GL VN z 091 9 6 9 6 Sel 002 61 9211 60 66 996 626 001 9 6604002 VN 0089 NNO N 001 052 052 06 Sel 06 921 76 29 909 288 08 09 VN 0006 NINO IN E 00 002 002 06 09 06 98 ZL VSZ eel 08 2 9 16 27703002 VN 0089 NWO N 001 Sec 900 08 08 701 8 29 909 288 08 Z 09 097 2903002 0029 001 002 002 09 09 98 919 65 96 417 08 t Ov 0595 2403002 VN 0007 0 38 1 5 001 081 091 08 06 05 79 8r V6 915 08 t 0 07 1703002 0007 Z 9 384 W 2 08 Scl Scl 0 0 79 ce 406 08 t Sc 0616 2603002 00S NWO S20 384 W 05 001 001 09 S 142 16 196 8vc 08 7 0 72034002 VN 0052 00 3843 N 969 38 S20 320 N 0 08 08 0 08 0 ve 4 es 012 202 05 t Sk 06 c 2203002 919 383 N 919 58 910 320 W 02 08 09 02 Or 02 956 Z8l 41 09L 791 08 Y OL Sk L 2103002 019 384 012 38 010 420 W St 0 St St 8 FEL HE 20 66 08 t GZ OL L 103002 VN 010 38 010 38C N 012 320 1 4 St 06 S 02 SEL 66 6 r8 81 08 7 GZ L 0463002 VN 98 38Q0 N
188. 20 47 2 045 22 2052 4 1500 320 6 3 3 24 3 7 MC M2053 4 1500 320 10 5 25 5 5 MC M2054 4 1500 320 15 5 8 8 7 5 2055 4 1500 320 20 5 11 25 11 2056 4 1500 320 29 14 3 15 2057 4 1500 320 37 16 4 18 5 2058 4 1500 320 45 19 65 22 2059 4 1500 320 53 23 400 STD Motor 30 MC M2060 4 1500 320 71 28 15 37 2061 4 1500 320 85 29 7 45 2062 4 1500 320 97 30 55 55 2063 4 1500 320 121 75 2064 4 1500 320 163 90 2065 4 1500 320 188 110 2066 4 1500 320 227 132 2067 4 1500 320 280 160 2068 4 1500 320 335 200 2069 4 1500 320 375 18 Supplemental Information Motor Type 400 SVO Motor Motor Base Speed Voltage Rate Current Ex Current kW Catalog RPM Vrms Arms Arms 602 Kg m 1 5 MC M20 4 1500 280 5 4 2 2 MC M20 4 1500 280 7 3 3 7 MC M20 4 1500 280 12 3 5 5 MC M20 4 1500 280 17 3 75 MC M20 4 1500 280 22 11 MC M20 4 1500 280 34 15 MC M20 4 1500 280 42 22 MC M20 4 1500 280 58 5 22 MC M20 4 1500 280 58 5 30 MC M20 6 1000 280 88 37 MC M20 6 1000 280 125 1 Manufacturer Reliance Electric Japan catalog number for ordering Spare Connectors This section provides part numbers for Customer I O plugs both Allen Bradley numbers and connector manufacture numbers This allows users to procure spare or replacement parts f
189. 2200000000 0000 0 2147483648 0 0000 2200000000 0000 0 2147483648 Linkable Read Write p Data Type 32 bit Integer Real 32 bit Integer Real 32 bit Integer Real 32 bit Integer Real 32 bit Integer Real 32 bit Integer Real 32 bit Integer Real 32 bit Integer Real 32 bit Integer Real 32 bit Integer o 645 646 N 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 950 663 664 Description Real Out06 Displays output word 06 of the controller communication format in floating point format Paired with Par 644 Integer Out06 which displays the same data in integer format Integer Out07 Displays output word 07 of the controller communication format in integer format Paired ith Par 647 Real Out07 which displays the same data in floating point format Real Out07 Displays output word 07 of the controller communication format in floating point format Paired with Par 646 Integer Out07 which displays the same data in integer format Integer 108 isplays output word 08 of the controller communication format in integer format Paired ith Par 649 Real 04108 which displays the same data in floating point format wi Real Out08 Displays output word 08 of the controller communica
190. 29 Real In14 which displays the same data in floating point format eal In14 Displays input word 14 of the controller communication format in floating point format hich displays the same data in integer format Di Paired with Par 628 Integer 1114 w Integer In15 Displays input word 15 of the controller communication format in integer format Paired with Par 631 Real In15 which displays the same data in floating point format eal In15 Displays input word 15 of the controller communication format in floating point format Paired with Par 630 Integer In15 which displays the same data in integer format Integer 100 Displays output word 00 of the contro Par 633 Real Out00 which displays the same data in floating point format eal Out00 with R D wi R D D wi R Di with ith ith D D wi R D D wi R D ith ith D wi Displays output word 00 of the contro Paired with Par 632 Integer Out00 which displays the same data in integer format Integer Out01 splays output word 01 of the contro Par 635 Real Out01 which displays the same data in floating point format eal Out01 Displays output word 01 of the contro Paired with Par 634 Integer Out01 which displays the same data in integer format Integer 102 isplays output word 02 of the contro Par 637 Real Out02 which displays the same data in floating point format eal Out02 isplays outp
191. 2per 170 6611 650 Volt DC Input Protection Devices HP Rating DC Input Ratings Output Amps Drive CatalogNumber Frame ND HD Amps kw Cont 1 Min 3 Sec Fuse Non Time Delay Fuse 650 Volt DC Input 20DD2P1 0 1 0 75 1 9 12 21 24 32 6 JKS 6 20DD3P4 0 2 15 3 0 2 0 3 4 45 6 0 6 JKS 6 20005 0 0 3 2 45 29 5 0 55 75 10 JKS 10 20DD8P0 0 5 3 8 1 5 2 8 0 8 8 12 15 JKS 15 2000011 0 75 5 11 1 72 11 12 1 16 5 20 JKS 20 20DD014 1 10 75 14 7 95 14 16 5 22 30 JKS 30 20DD022 1 15 10 23 3 15 1 22 24 2 33 45 JKS 45 20DD027 2 20 15 28 9 18 8 27 33 44 60 JKS 60 20DD034 2 25 20 36 4 23 6 34 40 5 54 70 JKS 70 20DD040 3 30 25 42 9 27 8 40 51 68 80 JKS 80 20DD052 3 40 30 55 7 36 1 52 60 80 100 JKS 100 20DD065 3 50 40 69 7 45 4 65 78 104 150 JKS 150 20DD077 4 60 84 5 54 7 77 85 116 150 JKS 150 50 67 9 45 4 65 98 130 150 JKS 150 20DJ096 9 5 75 105 3 68 3 96 106 144 200 JKS 200 60 84 5 54 7 77 116 154 150 JKS 150 20DJ125 9 5 100 137 1 88 9 125 138 163 250 JKS 250 75 105 3 68 3 96 144 168 200 JKS 200 20DJ156 9 6 125 171 2 110 9 156 172 234 300 JKS 300 100 1371 88 9 125 188 250 250 JKS 250 20DJ180 9 6 150 204 1 132 2 180 198 270 400 JKS 400 125 171 2 110 9 156 234 312 300 JKS 300 20DJ248 6 200 248 273 392 550 150 180 270 360 400 20DJ261 9 200 299 186 261 287 410 500 170 6608 150 235 146 205 308 410 500 170 6608 20DJ300 9 250 343 213 300 330 500 630 170 6610 200 281 174 245 368 490 630 170 6610 20DJ385 10 300 441 274 385 424
192. 3 Event 1 17 Reserved Peer Communication window in the DriveExecutive programming software 4 Reserved 18 Reserved 5 Reserved 19 Reserved 6 Reserved 20 Reserved 7 Reserved 21 Dir Tx Data 8 Event 0 22 Dir Rx Data 9 Reserved 23 EO Accum 10 Event Status 24 E1 Accum 11 Reserved 25 Accum 12 Reserved 26 Accum 13 Reserved SL Mult A In Default 0 0000 Real Displays the A Multiplier Input as a floating point real value This value is divided by the Min Max 0 0000 65535 0000 Par 1032 SL Mult Base The source of the A Multiplier is determined by the Rx Direct Data Selector Pars 1011 1014 The possible sources are 0 zero Par 1054 SL Dir Int Rx0 Par 1056 SL Dir Int Rx1 Par 1058 SL Dir Int Rx2 or Par 1060 SL Dir Int Rx3 The SynchLink Multiply function takes this input before it is converted to floating point SL Mult B In Default 1 0000 V v The Multiplier Input This must be a floating point real value The SynchLink Multiply 0 25000 2 0000 function takes this input after it is converted to integer SL Mult Base Default 10000 0000 Specifies the base for SynchLink real to integer and integer to real conversion functions 0 2000 50000 0000 Determines the resolution of the conversion results You must use the same value at the transmitting node and r
193. 3 285 0 11 22 1 Weights include DriveLogix controller with ControlNet daughtercard Hi Resolution Encoder Option and 20 COMM C ControlNet adapter Supplemental Information A 21 Figure A 2 PowerFlex 7005 Frame 4 lt D gt lt 13 0 0 55 7 0 0 27 2 Places 7 080 15 1 0 59 8 gt 1 A 7 gt n E A 0 n 369 5 14 53 S8888 348 9 13 76 lc D Power iex C 3 N p Q S N x 80 031 gt lt Lifting Holes Places 0 31 4 Places Dimensions are in millimeters and inches Approx Weight kg Ibs Frame Drive amp Packaging 220 8 8 69 758 8 29 9 201 8 7 94 192 0 7 56 7417 29 2 28 4 62 5 29 03 63 9 1 Weights include HIM and Standard 1 0 A 22 Supplemental Information Figure PowerFlex 7005 Frame 5 369 4 14 54 141 9 1 65 6 50 0 26 6 50 0 26 7 5 0 30 15030 C 4 e NIN 369 0 14 53 B c Overall 349 5 13 76 6 2 Frame 5 UB 689 6 27 15 Overall 1001000000000 Height Fi i e OO o 41 6 50 0 26 JE
194. 3 68 3 96 144 168 200 JKS 200 20DJ156 9 6 125 171 2 110 9 156 172 234 300 JKS 300 100 137 1 88 9 125 188 250 250 JKS 250 20DJ180 9 6 150 204 1 132 2 180 198 270 400 JKS 400 125 171 2 110 9 156 234 312 300 JKS 300 20DJ248 6 200 248 273 392 550 150 180 270 360 400 20DJ261 9 200 299 186 261 287 410 500 170M6608 150 235 146 205 308 410 500 170M6608 20DJ300 9 250 343 213 300 330 500 630 170M6610 200 281 174 245 368 490 630 170M6610 20DJ385 10 300 441 274 385 424 600 700 170M6611 250 343 213 300 450 600 700 170M6611 20DJ460 10 350 527 327 460 506 770 900 170 6613 300 441 274 385 578 770 900 170M6613 20DJ500 10 450 572 356 500 550 750 1000 170M6614 350 481 299 420 630 840 1000 170M6614 A 16 Supplemental Information HP Rating DC Input Ratings Output Amps Drive Catalog Number Frame ND HD Amps kw Cont 1 Min 3 Sec Fuse Non Time Delay Fuse 20DJ590 11 500 676 420 590 649 956 0 170M6610 phs 450 595 370 520 780 956 0 170M6610 phs 20DJ650 11 500 744 463 650 715 1062 10 0 1706611 500 676 420 590 885 1062 700 2per 170 6611 phs 20DJ730 11 600 836 520 730 803 1095 2per 170 6611 500 744 463 650 975 1170 an
195. 3 CF001 2 x 3 M Fiber Optic Link 1403 CF003 2 x 5 M Fiber Optic Link 1403 CF005 10 M Fiber Optic Link 1403 CF010 20 M Fiber Optic Link 1403 CF020 50 M Fiber Optic Link 1403 CF050 100 M Fiber Optic Link 1403 CF100 250 M Fiber Optic Link 1403 CF250 500 M Fiber Optic Bulk 1403 CFBLK SynchLink Fiber Hub 1 input Base 1751 SLBA SynchLink Fiber Hub 4 output Star Splitter 1751 SL4SP SynchLink Bypass Switch 1751 SLBP A Table 1 T Fiber Optic Cable Assembly Specification Connecting Cables 200 230 micron HCS Hard Clad Silica e Versalink V System e Lucent Technologies Specialty Fibers Technology Division Maximum 300 meters with no more than one splice or one adapter Cable Length Minimum 1 meter Cable Length Minimum inside bend radius 25 4mm 1 in Any bends with a shorter inside radius can permanently damage the fiber optic cable Signal attention increases with decreased inside bend radius Operating Wavelength 650 nm Red Data Rate 5 Mbps Maximum e 10 Daisy Chain Node Count e 256 Star Configuration CE Conformity Installation Wiring 1 35 Conformity with the Low Voltage LV Directive and Electromagnetic Compatibility EMC Directive has been demonstrated using harmonized European Norm EN standards published in the Official Journal of the European Communities PowerFlex Drives comply with the EN standards listed below when installed according to the User and Reference Manual Dec
196. 32768 Speed Comp Displays the derivative or change in Par 56 Inertia SpeedRef on a per second basis Link this parameter to Par 23 Speed Trim 3 and set Par 24 SpeedTrim 3 Scale to 0 002 to reduce position error in following applications Inertia SpeedRef The speed input of the inertia compensator Link this parameter to the output of an internal ramp or s curve block The inertia compensator generates a torque reference that is proportional to the rate of change of speed input and total inertia InertiaAccelGain Sets the acceleration gain for the Inertia Compensation function A value of 1 produces 100 compensation InertiaDecelGain Sets the deceleration gain for the Inertia Compensation function A value of 1 produces 100 compensation Values Units Default Min Max 3 3 gt amp nits D c D OE a Options Units Default Min Max Default Min Max Defau Units Default Min Max Comm Scale Default Min Max Default Min Max Comm Scale 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 RPM 0 0000 14112 0000 Par 4 Motor NP RPM 1 0 RPM 0 0000 14112 0000 Par 4 Motor NP RPM 1 0 RPM 0 0000 4 14112 0000 Par 4 Motor NP RPM 1 0 RPM 0 0000 14112 0000 Par 4 Motor NP RPM 1 0 RPM 0 0000 14112 0000 4
197. 4 3 2 1 0 4 True Real to Int In Default 0 0000 V heal Provides the floating point real input to the real to integer conversion function Min Max 16 0000 Real to Int Out Default 0 16 bit Displays the integer output of the real to integer conversion function The value is the Min Max 0 65535 Integer result of the formula Par 1035 Real to Int In x Par 1032 SL Mult Base SL Rev Events Displays the received event status from Par 1041 SL Rx Regis through Par 1047 SL Opt0 Regis Options o m Jo lo lo lo lo lo lo IZ lo 2 2 ie ee a ee 2 ee 2515 5 8 c io o Ic jm jm je ia A Default jo o jo 0 jo jo o o jo jo jo o jo o jo jo o p jo jo jo jo jp jo jo jo jo jo jo 0 False Bit 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 119 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 109 8 76543210 1 SL Rx Regis Default 0 32 bit Displays received port 0 registration data if direct received data is configured to be port 0 Min Max 2147483648 Integer 3 84 1042 1047 1049 1054 1055 1056 1057 1058 1059 1060 1061 1073 1074 1075 1076 1077 Programming a
198. 483648 0 0000 2200000000 0000 0 2147483648 Linkable Read Write Data Type 3 85 ZU eal 32 bit Integer Real 32 bit Integer Real 32 bit Integer Real 32 bit Integer Real 32 bit Integer Real 32 bit Integer Real 32 bit Integer Real 32 bit Integer Real 32 bit Integer 3 86 1096 1097 1098 1099 1100 1101 1102 1103 1104 1105 1106 1107 1108 1109 1110 1111 1112 1113 Programming and Parameters Name Description SL Buf Real Rx11 Displays the floating point real value of the Buffered Received Data for word 11 Data transmitted from one node to another must be the same data type This parameter is paired with Par 1095 SL Buf Int Rx11 SL Buf Int Rx12 Displays the integer value of the Buffered Received Data for word 12 Data transmitted from one node to another must be the same data type This parameter is paired with Par 1098 SL Buf Real R12 SL Buf Real Rx12 Displays the floating point real value of the Buffered Received Data for word 12 Data transmitted from one node to another must be the same data type This parameter is paired with Par 1097 SL Buf Int R12 SL Buf Int Rx13 Displays the integer value of the Buffered Received Data for word 13 Data transmitted from one node to another must be the same data type This parameter is paired with Par 1100 SL Buf Real R13 SL Buf Real Rx13 Displays the floating p
199. 483648 Integer latched by the external strobes The strobe signal used to trigger the latch is configurable by Par 246 Porti Regis Cnfg 246 Porti Regis Cnfg Configures the registration latch at port 0 e RL Encdr1 Sel selects the encoder for the input source of latched data Setting bit 0 selects encoder 1 resetting the bit to zero selects encoder 0 Bits 1 RL Trig Src0 and 2 RL Trig Src1 select the trigger source see Table 246A Trigger Source Settings Bits 3 RL Trig Edg0 and 4 RL Trig Edg1 select which edges signal the position see Table 246B Edge Selection Settings Bits 5 RL Dir Rev and 6 RL Dir Fwd set the direction of position capture see Table 246C Direction Settings Bits 8 Ext 1 9 Ext Filt 2 10 Ext Filt 3 and 11 Ext Filt 4 configure a filter for the digital input 1 and 2 see Table 2460 Filter Settings The filter requires the input signal to be stable for the specified time period Input transitions within the filter time setting will be ignored Options le ls le le lo le le le la Io 6 5 ISIS 2 22 2 S lS S 2 1s 22 2 22 S S S S 215 12 1215 2 2 22 18 3 13 2 a a a 13 I3 13 cc
200. 5 819 5 E 2 5 8 E le l2 E E S E 88 2 2 3 Ss E 5 ls 5 2 5 2 5 5 5 er 2 5 52818 5 2 amp lo S 5 5 S a S 5 A ji Z Z Z 12 S 5 E o o o Default 0 0 jo jo O 0 0 jo O 0 0 O O Io jo o O Io jo o O Io O 0 0 O 0 0 o False Bit 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 109 876543210 1 321 Exception Event2 Indicates the presence of certain drive anomalies Configure the drive s response to these events by entering values in the parameters of the Fault Alarm Configuration group of the Utility file Options 5 3 5 2 2 gt jo Io Io Iw le 5 19 15 2 2 518 2555 B 5 5 B 5 E IS 45 5 5 5 2 Is S 5 1318 ale ala 5 25 5 5 6 9 Sle z wo 515 u gt SECIS sis ISIS SIF ISIS SS 5 amp 5 lee 5 lg lois E s i 59 92 2 2 2 12 12 5 5 5 2 e 2 S 9 m 5 5 0 E 5 S Defaut 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 jo JO 0 0 0 Io 0 0 10 JO jo 0 0 0 0 Jo Jo 0 False Bit 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 109 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 4 Ttue 322 Exception Event3 Indicates the presence of certain drive anomalies Configure the drive s response to these events by entering values in
201. 5 1504 9 uonisod 10u09 uONISOd ay 119 xepu sod 119 1504 Y 0 195 oj speeu 4q Lyd UC sod C 1804 ui a Mg 1504 B 8 joejeq uonisog uj oK tee 10113 uat 5 lOjeJeuor as nd u usd Suo 181 105 804 aufs K gg smes 5 gt weIs g 15 6r gt az umy 2 101504 8l 0 gt 2 yorem x zen 0007 zyem sog T Sniejs uonisod co S82 ea ouksx lt 4805 uj ou sx u 20190 1504 USOq JO OW 10V euo M T 08 gt 146 Eo lt 64 Reed p 0 gt uid X ueg YIM 804 or 1 zno oufsx auo 062 7 Z uj ou sx 04002 uonisod IN no 20 8 80 K He yur 92 ZMO QU SX lt 162 ul LOS 1504 31504 100 12V Lino oufex lt uo
202. 5 214 0 3210 2 20 8 12 0 6 55 5000 MPL B4520P 460 6 0 236 7 3550 2 10 8 17 0 5 65 5000 MPL B4530F 460 5 0 162 0 2430 2 10 8 13 4 8 25 3000 MPL B4530K 460 78 200 7 3010 2 60 8 19 1 8 25 4000 MPL B4540F 460 6 4 162 0 2430 2 60 8 16 3 10 20 3000 MPL B4560F 460 8 3 144 7 2170 3 20 8 25 5 14 10 3000 MPL B520K 460 8 1 208 0 3120 3 50 8 23 3 10 70 4000 540 460 14 5 177 3 2660 5 40 8 42 4 19 40 4000 MPL B560F 460 145 130 7 1960 5 50 8 424 26 80 3000 MPL B580F 460 184 132 7 1990 7 10 8 66 5 34 00 3000 MPL B580J 460 22 6 148 0 2220 7 90 8 66 5 34 00 3800 MPL B640F 460 22 7 106 0 1590 6 11 8 46 0 36 70 3000 MPL B660F 460 27 2 81 3 1220 6 15 8 67 9 48 00 3000 MPL B680D 460 24 0 94 0 1410 9 30 8 66 5 62 80 2000 MPL B680F 460 33 9 79 3 1190 7 50 8 67 9 60 00 3000 MPL B860D 460 33 6 96 0 1440 12 50 8 67 5 83 10 2000 MPL B880C 460 33 6 72 7 1090 12 60 8 69 0 110 00 1500 MPL B880D 460 40 3 86 7 1300 15 00 8 113 2 110 00 2000 MPL B960B 460 29 7 62 0 930 12 70 8 63 6 130 00 1200 MPL B960C 460 38 9 76 0 1140 14 80 8 88 4 124 30 1500 MPL B960D 460 50 2 76 7 1150 15 00 8 102 5 124 30 2000 MPL B980B 460 31 8 59 3 890 15 02 8 70 7 162 70 1000 MPL B980C 460 48 2 67 3 1010 16 80 8 99 0 158 20 1500 MPL B980D 460 63 6 74 7 1120 18 60 8 141 4 158 20 2000 2 PowerFlex 7005 Permanent Magnet Motor Specifications
203. 543210 SL Dir Int Rx0 Default 0 Displays the integer value of the Direct Received Data for word 0 Data transmitted from 2147483648 one node to another must be the same data type This parameter is paired with Par 1055 SL Dir Real SL Dir Real Rx0 Default 0 0000 Displays the floating point real value of the Direct Received Data for word 0 Data Min Max 2200000000 0000 transmitted from one node to another must be the same data type This parameter is paired with Par 1054 SL Dir Int Rx SL Dir Int Rx1 Default 0 Displays the integer value of the Direct Received Data for word 1 Data transmitted from Min Max 2147483648 one node to another must be the same data type This parameter is paired with Par 1057 SL Dir Real Rx1 SL Dir Real Rx1 Default 0 0000 Displays the floating point real value of the Direct Received Data for word 1 Data Min Max 2200000000 0000 transmitted from one node to another must be the same data type This parameter is paired with Par 1056 SL Dir Int Rx1 SL Dir Int Rx2 Default 0 Displays the integer value of the Direct Received Data for word 2 Data transmitted from Min Max 2147483648 one node to another must be the same data type This parameter is paired with Par 1059 SL Dir Real Rx2 SL Dir Real Rx2 Default 0 0000 Displays the floating point real value of the Direct Received Data for word 2 Data Min Max 2200000000 0000 transmitted from o
204. 56 268 1 00 lt gt 65 0 2 56 36 8 1 45 lt gt 93 0 3 66 51 5 2 03 110 0 4 33 638 2 51 150 0 5 91 215 0 8 46 19564 280 0 11 02 180 8 7 12 320 0 12 60 Frame 5 100 HP 480V 55 kW 400V Normal Duty Drive I 107 6 424 Mene 627 247 Dia 22 2 0 87 Dia 2 Places r 96 9 3 81 Removable Junction 4 0 t3 VAJA lt l k ks es SO 7 Bu H 2235 ee 8 80 ni 184 3 5 7 26 lt 153 5 25 6 04 96 0 3 78 JE 65 0 2 56 93 0 3 66 109 0 4 29 193 0 7 60 297 3 11 70 Frame 6 34 9 1 37 Dia i maa 1 37 Dia 627 247 Dia 222 0 87 Dia 112 9 4 44 3 Places Removable Junction Box 7 aff FL Piae 275 17 L Go um 2180 2420 o 852 es 222 3 255510506 o e 185 4 875 149 5 1518730 5 85 1 O30 5 98 116 6 4 59 OOOO 007000000 looo 67 3 2 65 114445 119447 186 4 8 37 K 9 1974 7 77 gt 297 4 11 7 lt 347 4 13 7 gt 397 4 15 6 Dimensions are in millimeters and inches Control Block Diagrams List of Control Block Flow diagrams on the following pages illustrate the dri
205. 6 006 Sl 071 821 98 790 78 Sr x ost 00 007 Sel See Scl 891 9 1 SOL 9 69 5001 99 S 4010002 001 002 9 0 06 GLI 06 vol 801 21827 689 LE VN 091 00 00 OLL 002 8 v6 98 799 18 S v 5802002 z 5 001 092 092 06 091 06 78 24827 689 08 2212 6109406 5 001 002 002 02 Sel 0 98 79 99 296 G 06 6 9502002 09 091 091 09 06 09 vL 98 ev 282 1 0 98 lt 6700002 lt 0 38 071 05 Sel Sel Sy 08 Sy 09 Sy 4 vc OSE 91198 0 4602002 VN 559 383 071 08 021 021 S 09 Sy 56 02 261 v8c Sk c 0509406 0 383 NOv L 969 38 1 522 120 071 05 08 08 05 Sy 06 5 ove es 902 GL 22002002 VN 0220 18 0 1 022 380 107 022 300 107 02 09 09 02 06 0c Kee ZZL vSL OOL vvL GS GZ 9100002 919 38 00 912 480 1071 910 120 107 St Sy Sy St Sc Sl 74 er SEE GZ 80 Y 99 102002 019 3843 INOv I 0LI 38Q WOFL 012 420 07 St 0 0 SL GLb SL cel 66 18 99 64 vi 4480002 VN 898 180 1071 698 120 07 4 02 02 9 0L 9 GL 44 09 ve 9y GL oc 0459002 078 380 107 078 36 9 07 4 SL 9 4 9 09 St cc 68 6 0 SL 5462002 968 98 528 320 107 St 8 6 9 ce vo Fo LEE 8199090 1422000 HOA 007 SHEM 5 9 Dojeje X W iz Xen iy X8N es g uw wog
206. 600 700 170 6611 250 343 213 300 450 600 700 170 6611 20DJ460 10 350 527 327 460 506 770 900 170M6613 300 441 274 385 578 770 900 170M6613 20DJ500 10 450 572 356 500 550 750 1000 170 6614 350 481 299 420 630 840 1000 170 6614 20DJ590 11 500 676 420 590 649 956 ea 2 170 6610 phs 450 595 370 520 780 956 En 2 170M6610 phs 20DJ650 11 500 744 463 650 715 1062 100 2 170 6611 500 676 420 590 885 1062 i 2per 170 6611 200 730 11 600 836 520 730 803 1095 2per 170 6611 500 744 463 650 975 1170 0 170 6611 Also applies to P voltage class Fuses must be applied in the leg and leg of the DC Common Bus The power source to Common Bus inverters must be derived from AC Voltages 600V or less as defined 70 Art 430 18 NEC Battery supplies or MG sets are not included The following devices were validated to break current of the derived power DC Bus Disconnects Allen Bradley Bulletin No 1494 30 to 400 A Bulletin No 194 30 to 400 A or ABB OESA 600 amp 800 A OESL all sizes Fuses Bussmann Type JKS all sizes Type 170M Case Sizes 1 2 and 3 or Ferraz Shawmut Type HSJ all sizes For any other devices please contact the factory Also applies to R voltage class Supplemental Information A 17
207. 767 2 0 0 0 Calculated 300 0 32767 Linkable Read Write Integer 16 bit Integer 16 bit Integer 16 bit Integer 16 bit Integer 16 bit Integer 16 bit Integer 16 bit Integer 16 bit Integer 16 bit Integer 16 bit Integer 16 bit Integer 16 bit Integer 16 bit Integer 16 bit Integer 16 bit Integer 16 bit Integer 16 bit Integer 16 bit Integer 16 bit Integer 474 475 476 477 gt 65 486 487 488 490 492 493 494 500 501 502 Description Freq Reg We BW Sets the electrical stator frequency bandwidth for the Frequency Regulator which estimates motor speed when sensorless feedback is selected Must always be set to a value higher than Par 475 Freq Reg Wr BW Freq Reg Wr BW Sets the rotor speed frequency bandwidth for the Frequency Regulator which estimates motor speed when sensorless feedback is selected Must always be set to a value higher than Par 97 Act Spd Reg BW Normal applications should use a value approximately 50 greater than Par 97 Applications with large dynamic ranges can use values 200 300 greater than Par 97 However large values can result in pull outs and unstable operation Slip Gain Comp Provides slip gain compensation for sensorless speed adjustment Est Theta Delay Active only in Permanent Magnet motor mode when Par 485 Motor Ctrl M
208. 8 17 16 15 14 13 1211 109 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 1 True Table 254B Direction Settings 0 0 Capture position on rising edge Opt 0 Regis Ctrl Configures the registration control on port 0 of the feedback option card 0 0 1 Disable capture Capture position during Reverse rotation Capture position during Forward rotation Capture position during either rotation 0 False Set bit 0 Arm Request to arm the registration logic for the next trigger event The particular latch will be armed and ready to be strobed on the next occurrence of the trigger input Set bit 1 DisArm Req to disarm the registration logic for next trigger event Options 2 2 2 21 2 22 18 18 9 9 9 9 9 v 5 jo 0 CC a a lt Default 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 jo lO O JO Io 0 0 0 0 jo jo 0 0 0 Jo Bit 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 109 8 76543210 1 True Programming and Parameters 3 37 55858 No Description Values 256 Opt 0 Regis Stat Indicates the registration control status on port 0 of the feedback option
209. 950 zu Buy vid X oe gt ano is lt 908 MEET X ZI 618 7 wart SS Buy 88 181 sion lt 128 Ceis D espo ano fuy av aay Bai 710 9 ppius 508 gt pies 0 7 pno ured 1 ibd s uM m gt 208 aros Lu Buy 98181 i PSko Buy seal X lt sis gt rau mo Buy 3 m s X 7 ae ums u m sion nino Bu 218 eso uno uv ow Heal nno luv gra C 28 SpA Lui Buy lt 108 sug o Bojeuy sinding 9 sindu Control Block Diagrams B 14 oma oe yead jo 1 Ww spem eg ar oes 9 syemasind syemesind exeig 4 um pds Iz am oyeig Siqeu3 Ayoojan 709219 5 sngop puni 01 i zuan uondaoxg dd Le ed un LIAN wa 20481891 gq 44920 J0 9e jueuno nd 09 9 995 euin pued 10 ul S pued om m ove gt HL Lal
210. 98 320 N SL 0c 0c 6 6 26 49 V9 99 es 08 Y L 1491002 VN 0 8 180 1 078 320 SL St 9 6 9 69 7 6 06 08 v 2 6463002 4 22 83202 6 St 0L 9 87 gel Le 08 Y 2423002 918 320 N 6 SL 9 v 4 9c 2 Lt vt 6 08 t 90 4413002 10A 009 SHEM 7 5494 2 XEN yun YN oase 1 00 YAY sduy 2 2 7 JequinN uonedissiq NG 87101991014 erg esnj asny ejog sdwy E A e qejsnipy aeS 1010 NOY L nad Aejaq yuawaly jeng WMd dH JoJo N SejoN 104 61 v ees 9 Sawes4 1ndu HOA 009 Supplemental Information A 15 690 Volt AC Input Protection Devices See Notes below Drive KW Dual Element Time Delay Circuit Motor Circuit Power Catalog amp Rating PWM Freq Temp Input Ratings Output Amps Delay Fuse Fuse Breaker 2 Protector Dissipation Number ND HD kHz C Cont 1Min 3Sec Min Max 2 Max Max Watts 20DF052 5145 4 50 46 9 561 52 57 78 60 110 60 175 175 NA 37 5 4 50 401 1480 46 69 92 5
211. Alarm Ignore Alarm FitCoastStop FitCoastStop Ignore Alarm FitCoastStop Fit RampStop FitCurLimStp FitCoastStop Ignore Alarm FitCoastStop Fit RampStop FitCurLimStp Alarm Ignore Alarm FitCoastStop 3 50 382 383 384 385 386 Programming and Parameters 8 Ez 5588 Description Values 2 Lim Cnfg Default 2 Alarm Enter a value to configure the drive s response to a Motor Controller MC Command Options 0 Ignore Limitation exception event This event is triggered when the motor controller detects limit i 1 Alarm of the command values used in the motor controller and returns the exception event to 2 FliCoastStop the Velocity Position Loop VPL e 0 Ignore Configures the drive to continue running as normal when this event occurs e 1 Alarm Configures the drive to continue running and set the appropriate alarm bit when this event occurs 2 FitCoastStop Configures the drive to perform a coast stop and set the appropriate fault bit in response this event SL CommLoss Data Default 1 Last State Enter a value to determine what is done with the data received from SynchLink when a Options 0 Zero Data communication loss occurs 1 Last State 0 Zero Data Resets data to zero e 1 Last State Holds d
212. AxisUnwdFdbk Position unwind feedback output to the Motion Planner for the Feedback Only axis when configured in rotary mode MotnCnfgErrParam Indicates a parameter that is not configured properly for a motion connection to be accepted Parameter could either have a wrong value or an incorrect link When bit 0 Config OK of Par 907 Motn Cnct Status is set then this parameter contains the parameter number of an incorrectly configured parameter If more than one parameter is incorrectly configured they are displayed after others are fixed If there are no configuration problems relating to Motion then this parameter contains the value of zero and bit 0 Config OK of Par 907 is cleared Sft OvrTrviCnfg Sft OvrTrviCnfg Synchronization input to the Interpolator has been lost or has become excessively irregular e 0 Ignore configures the drive to continue running as normal when this event occurs e 1 Alarm configures the drive to continue running and set the appropriate alarm bit when this event occurs 2 FitCoastStop configures the drive to perform a coast stop and set the appropriate fault bit in response this event e 3 Fit RampStop configures the drive to perform a ramp stop and set the appropriate fault bit in response this event e 4 FitCurLimStp configures the drive to perform a current limit stop and set the appropriate fault bit in response this event Hrd OvrTrviCnfg Hrd OvrTr
213. CAN CSA 22 2 No 14 95 c UL us Marked for all applicable European Directives Marked for all applicable European Directives EMC Directive 89 336 EEC EMC Directive 89 336 EEC Emissions Emissions EN 61800 3 Adjustable Speed electrical power drive EN 61800 3 Adjustable Speed electrical power drive Systems Part 3 systems Part 3 Immunity Low Voltage Directive 73 23 EEC EN 61800 3 Second Environment Restricted Distribution EN 50178 Electronic Equipment for use in Power Low Voltage Directive 73 23 EEC Installations EN 50178 Electronic Equipment for use in Power Installations TUV Rheinland applies to frames 1 6 200 400V and frames 5 TUV functional safety report only no FS mark on the label 4 amp 6 690V only EMC TUV Functional Safety Report only for frames 1 4 600V no FS mark on the label Environment Altitude 1000 m 3300 ft max without derating 1000 m 3300 ft max without derating Surrounding Air Temperature Based on drive rating refer to Drive Frame chapters without Derating Open Type 0 to 50 C 32 to 122 F 20 0 to 50 C 32 to 122 NEMA Type 1 0 to 40 C 32 to 104 F IP56 NEMA Type 4X 0 to 40 32 to 104 Note Frames 9 amp 10 are rated 0 to 40 C 32 to 104 F surrounding air Storage Temperature all 40 to 70 C 40 to 158 F 40 to 70 degrees 40 to 158 degrees F const Relative Humidity 5 to 95 non condensing 5 to 95 non condensing Shock 10G peak for 11
214. Catalog Number Explanation Cont d c5 h k ND Rating Brake Resistor Control Options 690V 50 Hz Input Code w Resistor Code Control Logic Synch Cassette ie Amm HEC OO Y Yes Option Expansion Link et Te mei m P e 060 60 55 Not available for Frame 3 drives or larger 082 82 75 098 98 90 119 119 110 i 142 142 132 e Feedback Emission ET out CE Certification testing has not been Code GEFite GM Choke ode ption performed on 600V class drives oe N None Yes Yes A Resolver B 3 Yes No 1 NS N B Stegman Hi Resolution Encoder o o d Multi Device Interface Enclosure Frames 1 6 Only Code Enclosure 35 Frames 9 amp up Only 1220 NEMA 1 For use on ungrounded distribution systems Frame 9 drives only m N __ 38 Frames 9 amp up Only Additional Config Code Description j N Phase Control e Comm Slot A Phase DriveLogix5720 HIM Code Version B ee en 0 Code Operator Interface N None 0 Blank Cover DPI ControlNet Coax 2 Digital LCD D DPI DeviceNet 3 Full Numeric LCD DPI EtherNet IP 5 Prog Only LCD Q DPI ControlNet Fiber C Full Numeric LCD R DPI RIO Door Mount S DPI RS 483 DF1 Frames 10 4 up only 1 DriveLogix ControlNet Coax DriveLogix ControlNet Redundant f 3 DriveLogix ControlNet Fiber Docume
215. Conduit NOT Present On 75 HP Frame 5 Dimensions are in millimeters and inches Weight kg Ibs Drive 42 6 93 93 1 Weights include HIM DriveLogix controller with ControlNet daughtercard Hi Resolution Encoder Option and 20 COMM C ControlNet adapter Figure 4 PowerFlex 7005 Frame 6 Supplemental Information A 23 u 466 7 18 38 ee lt lt 18 0 0 71 6 50 0 26 p 3606 1420 u en 15 5 0 61 2 Places etail 80 03 lt D 115 045 lt C gt Flo e ol 369 0 14 53 349 5 13 76 Poweritex CI d CER E B o Ln wi a 8 5 038 gt P 126 3 Lifting Holes 4 Places 457 12 7 0 50 Dia Y Dimensions are in millimeters and inches Weight kg Ibs Frame Max B C Max D E Drive Drive and Packaging 6 403 80 15 90 850 00 33 46 275 50 10 85 300 00 11 81 825 0 157 5 70 31 154 70 89 09 196 00 1 Weights include HIM DriveLogix controller with ControlNet daughtercard Hi Resolution Encoder Option and 20 ControlNet adapter A 24 Supplement
216. Current Reg SPEED REF Voltage Inverter Control TORQUE REF Vang O Encoder Adaptive Controller AUTOTUNE PARAMETERS SPEED FEEDBACK Permanent Magnet Control Permanent magnet control is used with permanent magnet motors Permanent magnet motor control is selected by setting parameter 485 Motor Ctrl Mode 2 Pmag Motor e Permanent magnet motor control requires either a hi resolution Stegmann encoder or compatible resolver feedback on the motor Refer to PowerFlex 700S Stegmann Hi Resolution Encoder Feedback Option on page 1 for a list of compatible hi resolution Stegmann encoders and compatible resolvers e Motor data and an autotune is required for correct operation in this mode Refer to PowerFlex 700S Permanent Magnet Motor Specifications on page 1 1 for a list of compatible Allen Bradley permanent magnet motors and motor data to be used with the PowerFlex 700 Mtr 121 Spd Min Sets the minimum speed for the motor overload function The value indicates minimum speed below the minimum current threshold Mtr DT Curr Min and these are the first current speed breakpoint From this point the current threshold is linear to the value specified by the motor service factor Service Factor 4 Application Notes P336 Service Factor P337 Mtr 12T Curr Min P336 Service Factor Overspeed Limit Current Current P338 Mtr 2 Spd Min Figure Motor Overload Cu
217. D M U e e e Volt Calculated 75 705 Amps Calculated Calculated Calculated Hz Calculated 2 0000 500 0000 RPM Calculated 1 30000 Hp Calculated 0 2500 3500 0000 0 Hp 0 Hp 1 4 2 40 Sec 0 400 0 0100 655 0000 Sec 2 0000 0 0100 655 0000 0 0000 2200000000 0000 1 0000 2200000000 0000 0 0000 2200000000 0000 1 0000 2200000000 0000 RPM 0 0000 14112 0000 Par 4 Motor NP RPM 1 0 RPM 0 0000 14112 0000 Par 4 Motor NP RPM 1 0 1 Spd Ref DPI 0 ZeroSpeed 4 1 Spd Ref 1 5 2 Spd Ref 2 6 3 Ref 3 RPM 0 0000 14112 0000 4 RPM 0 0000 14112 0000 4 RPM 1499 4000 176 4000 1764 0000 Par 4 Motor NP RPM 1 0 1 0 1 0 Linkable Read Write Spd Ref 4 Spd Ref 5 Spd Ref DPI V lt Data Type 16 bit Integer Real Real 16 bit Integer Real 16 bit Integer Rea Rea Rea Rea Rea Rea Rea Rea Rea Rea Rea 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 30 9 06 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 Description Speed Ref DPI Sets the speed reference that the drive should use when selected in Par 16 Speed Ref Sel A device communicating on a DPI
218. D Par 360 Min Flux is less than 1 per unit Curr Ref TP Sel Enter or write a value to select current reference data displayed in Par 364 Curr Ref TP Data Curr Ref TP Data Displays the data selected by Par 363 Curr Ref TP Sel Encdr0 Loss Cnig Enter a value to configure the drive s response to an Encoder 0 Loss exception event e 0 Ignore Configures the drive to continue running as normal when this event occurs e 1 Alarm Configures the drive to continue running and set the appropriate alarm bit when this event occurs e 2 FitCoastStop configures the drive to perform a coast stop and set the appropriate fault bit in response this event Encdr1 Loss Cnig Enter a value to configure the drive s response to an Encoder 1 Loss exception event 0 Ignore Configures the drive to continue running as normal when this event occurs e 1 Alarm Configures the drive to continue running and set the appropriate alarm bit when this event occurs e 2 FitCoastStop Configures the drive to perform a coast stop and set the appropriate fault bit in response this event Opt0 LossCnfg Enter value to configure the drive s response to a Feedback Option 0 Loss exception event e 0 Ignore Configures the drive to continue running as normal when this event occurs e 1 Alarm Configures the drive to continue running and set the appropriate alarm bit when this event occurs e 2
219. D foot mounted enclosure double shaft Advanced Micro Controls Inc 11 10 7 Allen Bradley servo motors may be ordered with factory installed resolvers Table H specifies which factory installed resolvers are supported by the 700S Resolver Feedback Option module F 2 PowerFlex 7005 Resolver Feedback Option Card Table H Compatibility with Resolvers on Allen Bradley Motors Motor Resolver Type Compatible Notes 1326 AB 230V Primary Resolver No Receiver type not supported 1326 AB 230V Secondary Resolver Yes Transmitter type supported Secondary resolver is geared to motor not intended for motor speed position feedback 1326 AB 460V Primary Resolver Yes Transmitter type supported 1326 AB 460V Secondary Resolver Yes Transmitter type supported Secondary resolver is geared to motor not intended for motor speed position feedback 1326AD 230V Rare Earth No Receiver type not supported 1326 460V Explosion Proof Motor Yes Transmitter type supported Primary Resolver 1326AH 460V Explosion Proof Motor Yes Transmitter type supported Secondary Resolver Secondary resolver is geared to motor not intended for motor speed position feedback 1326AS 460V Rare Earth Yes Transmitter type supported MPL 460V Yes Transmitter type supported Wiring the Resolver Feedback Option Card to a Resolver Terminal Signal Description
220. DC amp DC DC amp DC 5 amp 6 DC amp DC DC amp DC of the Common Bus Drives PowerFlex 700S drives contain protective MOVs and common mode capacitors that are referenced to ground To guard against drive damage these devices must be disconnected if the drive is installed on a resistive grounded distribution system or an ungrounded distribution system where the line to ground voltages on any phase could exceed 125 of the nominal line to line voltage To disconnect these devices remove the jumper s listed in Table 1 F Jumpers can be removed by carefully pulling the jumper straight out See the Wiring and Grounding Guidelines for Pulse Width Modulated PWM AC Drives publication DRIVES INO01 for more information on ungrounded system installation voltage on the bus capacitors has discharged before removing installing jumpers Measure the DC bus voltage at the DC amp DC terminals of the Power Terminal Block The voltage must be zero ATTENTION To avoid an electric shock hazard verify that the Table 1 F Jumper Removal Frames Jumper Jumper Location No 1 PEA Common Remove the Control Assembly and Cassette o Mode Jumpers are located on the drive Power Board see Capacitors Figure 1 6 PEB MOV s 2 4 Jumpers are located above the Power Terminal Block Mode see Figure 1 6 Capacitors PEB MOV s 5 Remove
221. Data In C1 Real 609 Real In04 641 Real Out04 717 Data In C2 Int 610 Integer 1105 642 nteger Out05 718 Data In C2 Real 611 Real In05 643 Real Out05 719 Data In D1 Int 612 Integer In06 644 nteger Out06 720 Data In D1 Real 613 Real In06 645 Real Out06 Masks amp Owners 721 Data In D2 ht 614 Integer In07 646 nteger Out07 Logic Mask 615 Real In07 647 Real Out07 694 Start Mask ee 616 Integer 08 648 nteger Out08 695 Jog Mask 5i 7 Real 649 Real 696 Direction Mask 795 Dati OUt A 618 Integer In09 650 Integer 0409 500 Sup 6 din D Data Qut A2 Int 620 0 622 men 0 01 tart c Data Out Aa Real Real In10 653 Real 10 700 Do Data OutiB1 Int 622 Integer In11 654 nteger Out11 708 Direction Owner ss pala Dul aa neal 29 Real int 655 Real Out11 730 Data Out B2 Int Mi SA kegowo 1 Data Out C1 Int 626 Integer In13 658 nteger Out13 733 Data Out C1 Real 627 Real In13 659 Real Out13 734 Data Out C2 Int 628 Integer In14 660 nteger Out14 735 Data Out C2 Real 736 Data Out D1 Int 629 Real In14 661 Real Out14 630 Integer In15 662 nteger Out15 797 Data Real 6 Real n15 663 Real 15 738 Data Out D2 Int 739 Data Out D2 Real 3 14 Programming and Parameters It FABR Event Data SynchLink Config 1000 SL Node Cnfg 1010 SL Rx Comm Frmt 1011 SL Rx DirectSelO 1012 SL Rx DirectSel1
222. Error Status Indicates presence of SynchLink faults This data is visible on the SynchLink diagnostics tab of the Peer Communication window Bit 0 Sync Loss indicates SynchLink communication has failed after it had been established e Bit 1 Rx Loss indicates the receive port is not receiving data and the receive port configuration is set to receive data e Bit 2 Many BOF Err indicates the number of Beginning Of Frame BOF errors exceeds limit set by Par 1235 SL BOF Err Limit Bit 3 Many CRC Err indicates the number of Cyclic Redundancy Check CRC errors exceeds limit set by Par 1234 SL CRC Err Limit Bit 4 Pckg Msg Err indicates the received package sequence number has not matched for 1 0S Bit 5 CommForm Err indicates the format of received data does not match the configuration of the receive port Bit 6 Sys Rev Err indicates the system revision in the received data does not match the value of Par 1001 SynchLink Rev Bit 7 Mult TKeeper indicates more than one node on the SynchLink system is configured as a time keeper Options im 5 BRIERE le SEES Eee Default o O 0 0 jo 0 False Bit 15 14 13 12 11 109 8 7 6 5 4 32 1 0 SL CRC Err Accum Default 0 32 bit Displays the total accumulated number of CRC errors Clearing a CRC fault resets this Min Max 0 4294967296 nteger accumulator This data is visible on the SynchLink dia
223. Field Oriented Control C 2 Permanent Magnet Control C 3 Motor Control Technology C 2 Motor Ratings A 17 Mounting Clearances 1 2 MOVs 1 16 N Non Resettable 4 1 0 Opening Cover 1 2 Opening the Cover 1 2 Operating Temperature 1 3 Output Devices A 6 Overspeed C 4 3 96 Data 3 16 Linear List Format 3 16 Parameters 3 1 About 3 1 Cross Reference 3 96 Organization 3 3 Programming 3 1 Parameters Groups Communication 3 4 Dynamic Control 3 3 Inputs amp Outputs 3 4 Monitor 3 3 Motor Control 3 3 Position Control 3 4 Process Control 3 3 Speed Control 3 3 Speed Posit Fdbk 3 4 SynchLink 3 4 Torque Control 3 3 Utility 3 4 Peak Detector B 2 Permanent Magnet Motor Specifications I 1 Permanent Magnet Motors Compatible Motors 1 1 Motor Name Plate and Rating Specifications 1 1 Position Control Auxiliary B 2 Position Control Interpolated Direct B 2 Position Control Point to Point B 2 Power 1 8 Power Conditioning Input 1 4 Power Supply Auxiliary 1 20 Power Terminal Block 1 8 Power Wiring 1 6 Access Panel 1 8 General 1 8 Powering Up the Drive 2 1 Process Control B 2 Programmable Controller Configurations A 4 Index 3 R Recommended 1 19 E 3 Recommended Cables Cables E 3 Recommended Documentation P 2 Removal 1 8 Access Panel 1 8 removing cover G 1 replacing cover G 2 Resolver Interface Board A 18 S Selecting Verifying Fan Voltage 1 9 Shielded Ca
224. FitCoastStop Configures the drive to perform a coast stop and set the appropriate fault bit in response this event e 3 Fit RampStop Configures the drive to perform a ramp stop and set the appropriate fault bit in response this event e 4 FitCurLimStp Configures the drive to perform a current limit stop and set the appropriate fault bit in response this event Programming and Parameters 3 51 o 8 see Name 55858 Description Values 2 Lgx Timeout Cnig Default 2 FitCoastStop Enter a value to configure the drive s response to a Controller to Drive connection Options 0 Ignore timeout as detected by the drive 1 Alarm 0 Ignore Configures the drive to continue running as normal when this event 2 FitCoastStop N 3 Flt RampStop e 1 Alarm Configures the drive to continue running and set the appropriate alarm bit 4 FitCurLimStp ATTENTION Risk of injury or equipment damage exists Parameter 387 Lgx Timeout Cnfg lets you determine the action of the drive if communications are disrupted By default this parameter causes the drive to fault and coast to a stop You can set this parameter so that the drive continues to run Precautions should be taken to ensure that the setting of this parameter does not create hazards of injury or equipment damage Lgx Closed Cnfg Default 2 FitCoastStop Enter a value to configure the drive s respons
225. Fwd set the direction of position capture see Table 2808 Direction Settings Options vl lS lo l gt Jo l 5 l o l l 5 5 5 5 l 2 9 5 l j D o D D jD D D D D D D D rc jo jo le j jojojo 0 jojojo NJA 8 8 818 8 8 2 8 218 818 9 9 9 9 8 8 Default 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 10 O O jO 0 0 0 0 Io 00 0 JO 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 Bit 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 109 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 1 Table 280A Edge Selection Settings Table 280B Direction Settings Bit 4 3 Bit 6 5 0 0 Capture position on rising edge 0 0 Disable capture 0 1 Capture position on falling edge 0 1 Capture position during Reverse rotation 1 0 Capture position on both edges 1 0 Capture position during Forward rotation 1 1 Disable capture 1 1 Capture position during either rotation 281 Opt Regis Ctrl Configures the registration control for port 1 on the feedback option card Set bit 0 Arm Request
226. HLim The high limit of the integral gain channel for the Process Control regulator A value of 1 can represent either base motor speed motor rated torque or 100 for some external function PI Integ LLim The low limit of the integral gain channel for the Process Control regulator A value of 1 can represent either base motor speed motor rated torque or 100 for some external function PI Integ Output Displays the output value of the integral channel of the Process Control regulator A value of 1 can represent either base motor speed motor rated torque or 100 for some external function PI High Limit The high limit of the Process Control regulator output A value of 1 can represent either base motor speed motor rated torque or 100 for some external function PI Lower Limit The low limit of the Process Control regulator output A value of 1 can represent either base motor speed motor rated torque or 100 for some external function PI TP Sel Enter or write a value to select Process Control data displayed by Par 194 PI TP Data PI TP Data Displays the data selected by Par 193 PI TP Sel Time Axis Rate Sets rate 1 sec for the Time Function Generator to ramp from and output of 0 to 1 and from 1 to 0 Time Axis Output The output of the Time Function Generator When the Time Function Generator is enabled by Par 183 Pl Command bit 1 Enable or Par 151 Logic Command bit 3 Time Axis En the value of this pa
227. How Parameters are Organized 33 Parameter Data in Linear List Format 3 16 Parameter Cross Reference By Name 3 96 About Parameters To configure a Drive module to operate in a specific way drive parameters may have to be set Three types of parameters exist e ENUM Parameters These parameters allow a selection from 2 or more items e Bit Parameters These parameters have individual bits associated with features or conditions If the bit is 0 the feature is off or the condition is false If the bit is 1 the feature is on or the condition is true Numeric Parameters These parameters have a single numeric value i e 0 1 Volts The example on the following page shows how each parameter type is presented in this manual 3 2 Programming and Parameters eg 2 2855 No Description Values 151 Logic Command The controller drive interface as defined by the Controller Communication Format sets bits to enable and disable various functions and algorithms Bits that are changed here are reflected in Parameter 152 Applied LogicCmd Note Bits 4 through 9 in Logic Command are NOT recalled from Control EEprom They will be cleared upon drive power up or following an EEprom recall operation Options a 5 5151 215 0 4 5 5 2 lo S Default 0 0000000000000 0 Bit 15 14 13 12 11109 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 1 F
228. Lim 1 Iq Calc indicates the calculation for torque producing current has reached its negative limit Current Lim indicates that the current reference has reached the negative Motor Current Limit set by Par 356 Mtr Current Lim DriveProtOL indicates that the current reference has reached the negative current limit set by the Open Loop Inverter Overload shown in Par 343 DriveProtCL indicates that the current reference has reached the negative current limit set by the Closed Loop Inverter Overload shown in Par 344 sLp CurrLim Torq Limit indicates that the torque reference has reached the Negative Torque Limit set by Par 126 Torque Neg Limit Regen PwrLim indicates that the torque reference is being limited by the Regenerative Power Limit set by Par 128 Regen Power Lim Torq indicates that current reference has reached the Actual Torque Producing Current Limit set by Par 353 Iq Actual Lim Bus Reg Tq Lim indicates the bus voltage regulator is active and limiting the regenerative torque Bit 28 Bit 29 Options Default 0 Torq Ena indicates that the torque reference is limited to zero because Par 157 Logic Ctrl State bit 9 Torq Ref En is off 0 Curr Ena indicates that the current reference is limited to zero because Par 157 Logic Ctrl State bit 11 CurrRef En is off Regen PwrLim SpdReg Open DriveProtCL DriveProtOL Current Lim MCS Ws Lim MCS Iq Lim Mtrng PwrLim Reserved Atune Tq Lim
229. N Negative terminal for Linear Sensor registration strobe 1 CHASSIS GND Connection point for cable shields H 4 PowerFlex 700S Multi Device Interface Option Card Connection Examples Linear Sensor Connections with MDI RG Connector or P Integral Cable EXTERNAL 24 POWER RD or BN POWER f COMMON WH SUPPLY MDI Feedback Option Board Rotary Encoder POWER COMMON 17 Rotary Encoder POWER 16 Rotary Encoder REFSIN 15 DL Rotary Encoder SIN 14 Rotary Encoder REFCOS 13 LINEAR SENSO Rotary Encoder COS 12 DIL T gt gt 7 Connection Rotary Encoder DATA 9485 11 DL N WH 6 DC Ground Rotary Encoder DATA 85485 10 xX RDorBN p 404 Vde Linear Sensor CLOCK 9 GN 4 CLOCK Linear Sensor CLOCK 8 em GN xX U YE CLOCK Linear Sensor DATA 7 je N A GY 2 DATA Linear Sensor DATA 6 OL 4 PK x 1 DATA Rotary Encoder REGISTRATIO 5 Rotary Encoder REGISTRATION 4 Linear Sensor REGISTRATION 3 IL Linear Sensor REGISTRATION 2 DL CHASSISGND 1 008 Rotary Encoder Connections with Allen Bradley 1326 CECU XXL XXX Cable MDI Feedback Option Board ROTARY ENCODER Rotary Encoder POWER COMMON 17 am WH BK A POWER Rotary E
230. O jo jo 0 jo 0 Io 04 0 0 Bit 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 109 8 76543210 Programming and Parameters 3 25 No 153 g 25855 Description Values Control Options Set bits to configure the options for operating the drive Q a Options zB 22 Eelke Ells ls 2 lo lo 5 o le le 9 5 lp e la 5 58 el lu SEES 6 8 85 SEE sale 2 32 2282838 28580 8222 2 gt 25 8 Fie ee 2 2 lt gt 5 54 5 5 Default Io jo jo jo jo o jo o jo jo jo jo jo jo jo jo jo jo jo jo jo Io t jo jo jo jo jo 00 00 g False Bit 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 109 8 7 6 5 43 2 1 0 1 True Bit Name Current Function 0 Bipolar SRef SRef Filt En Sreg LPF 1 Jog in Torq Jog NoRamp Stop in Torq 8 3WireControl 11 Iq Delay 12 Jog Nolnteg 17 Aux Pwr Sply our When this bit is enabled a bipolar speed reference is used In bipolar reference mode Par 40 Selected Spd Ref indicates both the speed magnitude and the direction Positive speed reference values forward direction and negative speed reference values reverse direction When this bit is disabled a unipolar speed reference is used In unipolar mode the speed reference is limited to a minimum value of zero 0 In this case Par 40 Selected Spd Ref suppli
231. Provides floating point real data for Direct Transmit word 1 if the data type for word 1 Min Max 2200000000 0000 indicated in Par 1140 Tx Dir Data Type is real SL Dir Int Tx2 Default 0 Provides integer data for Direct Transmit word 2 if the data type for word 2 indicated Min Max 2147483648 Par 1140 Tx Dir Data Type is integer SL Dir Real Tx2 Default 0 0000 Provides floating point real data for Direct Transmit word 2 if the data type for word 2 Min Max 2200000000 0000 indicated in Par 1140 Tx Dir Data Type is real SL Dir Int Tx3 Default 0 Provides integer data for Direct Transmit word 3 if the data type for word 3 indicated in Min Max 2147483648 Par 1140 Tx Dir Data Type is integer SL Dir Real Tx3 Default 0 0000 Provides floating point real data for Direct Transmit word 3 if the data type for word 3 Min Max 2200000000 0000 indicated in Par 1140 Tx Dir Data is real Tx Buf Data Type 0 False 1 True 32 bit Integer Real 32 bit Integer Real 32 bit Integer Real 32 bit Integer Real Indicates the data type of each Buffered Transmit word If the word s bit is set the data type is floating point real If the word s bit is not set the data type is integer Use the Peer Communication window to configure this selection N O 17 6 5 4 Options 3 3 2 1 0
232. RPM 1 0 Units RPM Default 176 4000 Min Max 14112 0000 0 0000 Comm Scale Par 4 Motor RPM 1 0 Units RPM Default 176 4000 Min Max 0 0000 141 12 0000 Comm Scale Par 4 Motor NP RPM 1 0 Default 0 Zero Options 0 Zero 1 del Xos Vout 2 del Xcmd 3 del Act Load 4 del Act Mtr 5 Integ Error 6 Xprop Out 7 Reserved 8 PreLim Xvout Default 0 Min Max 2147483648 Units RPM Default 0 0000 Min Max 3 8880799961 088 0000 Comm Scale Par 4 Motor NP RPM 1 0 Default 0 Min Max 2147483648 Default 0 Min Max 2147483648 Linkable Read Write Limiter Out Ref EGR In OffsetSpdLim PtoP SpdLim Sec per Edge Edge per Sec Ratio Guess Sync Count 3 73 Data Type J gt 32 bit Integer Real Real Real Real Real Real Real 32 bit Integer Real 32 bit Integer 32 bit Integer 3 74 782 783 784 785 786 787 788 789 790 791 792 793 794 795 Programming and Parameters Name Description In Posit BW Sets overall bandwidth of the In Position detector The detector sets bit 10 In Position of Par 741 Position Status when Par 769 Position Error is within this bandwidth for a sufficient time specified by Par 783 In Posit Dwell A modest hysteresis count is added to the position bandwidth after the position
233. Ref 4 Logic Status 18 SReg Out 5 Run Inhibit 19 Torq Ref 6 Logic Ctrl 20 TorgRef Stat 7 Mtr Ctrl Cmd 21 DC Bus Volts 8 Mtr Ctrl Ack 22 Motor Volts 9 Reserved 23 Mtr Current 10 Fit Status 1 24 Motor Flux 11 Fit Status 2 25 Motor Freq 26 Motor Power 27 Fit Status 3 12 Motor Speed 13 Avg Spd Fdbk StopOper TP Data Default 0 0000 Real Displays the data selected by Par 163 Stop Oper TP Sell Min Max 2200000000 0000 Test Status Default 0 None Indicates which test if any is in progress Options 0 None 4 PM Offset 1 MC Autotune 5 Mtr Inertia 2 Power Diag 6 Sys Inertia 3 Motor Direct 7 Mtr Sys J Motor Ctrl Cmmd Displays the command bits to the Motor Control Processor from the Velocity Processor Options 5 5 Is 15 5 le 5 le 18 Is Is lE 2 2 2 2 me 2 2 o o o o o o o o jo gt 8 18 183 8 8 18 138 13 13 1818 8 8 18 9 8 2 81818 18 18 18 18 18 18 9 9 9 5 ae Ice Ic 2 Defaut 0 o o o o o jo o o jo o o o o joo ojo ojoo ojo o jo 0 o j0 0 j0 0 0 Bit 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22
234. Removing Cover s Task Description Loosen captive screw A Push down on front cover Pull front cover away from assembly Pull side cover forward Lift side cover off of control assembly G 2 Access Procedures Replacing Cover s Task Description Align tabs on side cover with slots on drive Push side cover down onto control assembly Push side cover back onto control assembly Access Procedures G 3 Description Locate tabs on inside of front cover Align tabs on front cover with slots on flanges Push front cover onto drive Push front cover up into slots Tighten captive screw G 4 Access Procedures Notes PowerFlex 7005 Multi Device Interface Option Card For information about See page Specifications H 1 Wiring the Option Card H 3 Specifications MDI Option Card Specifications Consideration Description Rotary Encoder Voltage Supply 11 5 dc 130 mA Rotary Encoder Hi Resolution Sine Cosine 1V Offset 2 5 Feedback Rotary Encoder Maximum Cable 182m 600 ft Length Rotary Encoder RS 485 Interface The MDI Option card
235. Reserved Jog 2 0 Not Jog using Jog Speed 2 1 Jog using Jog Speed 2 Current Limit Stop 0 Not Current Limit Stop 1 Current Limit Stop Coast Stop 0 Not Coast to Stop 1 Coast to Stop Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved X Reserved 1 A Not Stop condition log ic bit 0 0 logic bit condition will start the drive 2 To perform this command the value must sw itch from 0 to 1 8 0 and logic bit 9 0 must first be present before a 1 Start A 6 Supplemental Information Output Devices Drive Fuse amp Circuit Breaker Ratings Logic Status Word Logic Bits 15 114 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Status Description x Enabled 0 Not Enabled 1 Enabled X Running 0 Not Running 1 Running x Command 0 Reverse Direction 1 Forward x Actual 0 Reverse Direction 1 Forward X Accel 0 Not Accelerating 1 Accelerating X Decel 0 Not Decelerating 1 Decelerating X Jogging 0 Not Jogging 1 Jogging X Fault 0 No Fault 1 Fault X Alarm 0 Alarm 1 Alarm x Flash Mode 0 Not in Flash Mode 1 In Flash Mode x Run Ready 0 Not Ready to Run 1 Ready to Run x At Limit 0 Not At Limit 1 At Limit X Tach Loss 0 Not Tach Loss Sw Sw 1 Tach Loss Sw x At Zero Spd 0 Not At Zero Speed 1
236. S E 5 1 al Frame 2 928 4i U Pol Mj N N Frame 5 Wiring Installation Wiring 1 19 Important points to remember about I O wiring Always use tinned copper wire Wire with an insulation rating of 600V or greater is recommended Control and signal wires should be separated from power wires by at least 0 3 meters 1 foot 4100CCF3 Flex I O cable for use with DriveLogix is 3 ft maximum length Important I O terminals labeled or Common not referenced to earth ground and are designed to greatly reduce common mode interference Grounding these terminals can cause signal noise exists when using bipolar input sources Noise and drift in sensitive input circuits can cause unpredictable changes in motor speed and direction Use speed command parameters to help reduce input source sensitivity ATTENTION Hazard of personal injury or equipment damage Table 1 G Recommended Control Wire Insulation Type Wire Type s Description Rating Digital I O Un shielded Per US NEC or applicable national local Mes
237. SL Buf Int Rx06 L Buf Int Rx07 isplays the integer value of the Buffered Received Data for word 7 Data transmitted rom one node to another must be the same data type This parameter is paired with Par 088 SL Buf Real Rx07 L Buf Real Rx07 isplays the floating point real value of the Buffered Received Data for word 7 Data ansmitted from one node to another must be the same data type This parameter is aired with Par 1087 SL Buf Int Rx07 L Buf Int Rx08 isplays the integer value of the Buffered Received Data for word 8 Data transmitted rom one node to another must be the same data type This parameter is paired with Par 090 SL Buf Real Rx08 L Buf Real Rx08 isplays the floating point real value of the Buffered Received Data for word 8 Data ransmitted from one node to another must be the same data type This parameter is aired with Par 1089 SL Buf Int Rx08 L Buf Int Rx09 isplays the integer value of the Buffered Received Data for word 9 Data transmitted from one node to another must be the same data type This parameter is paired with Par 1092 SL Buf Real Rx09 SL Buf Real Rx09 Displays the floating point real value of the Buffered Received Data for word 9 Data transmitted from one node to another must be the same data type This parameter is paired with Par 1091 SL Buf Int Rx09 L Buf Int Rx10 isplays the integer value of the Buffered Received Data for word 10 Data transmitted rom one node to another mu
238. Sel is set to five The drive must first complete precharge before this check is made 11 Motor Oload Trip A motor overload trip has occurred Parameter 308 Output Current is squared scaled and integrated over time When this integrated value exceeds 1 0 this Exception Event occurs The integrator s output can be viewed in Parameter 330 Fault TP Data when parameter 329 Fault TP Sel is set to 13 Mtr OL Outpt The overload integration rate is affected by parameters 336 Service Factor 337 Mtr 127 Curr Min 338 Mtr 12T Spd Min and 339 Mtr I2T Calibrat Reduce mechanical load 12 Motor Oload Pend A motor overload is pending Parameter 308 Output Current is squared scaled and integrated over time When this integrated value exceeds 0 5 this Exception Event occurs The integrator s output can be viewed in Parameter 330 Fault TP Data when parameter 329 Fault TP Sel is set to 13 Mtr OL Outpt The overload integration rate is affected by parameters 336 Service Factor 337 Mtr I2T Curr Min 338 Mtr 2 Spd Min and 339 Mtr 2 Calibrat Reduce mechanical load 13 Motor Stalled The motor has stalled These three conditions have occurred at the same time for the amount of time specified in parameter 373 Motor Stall Time Drive is not stopped parameter 150 Logic State Mach not equal to zero e Drive is on limit parameter 304 Limit Status not equal to zero
239. Speed Ref 5 15 SL Rcv Events 1040 Speed Ref DPI 20 SL Rx Comm Frmt 1010 Speed Ref Scale 38 SL Rx DirectSel0 1011 Speed Ref Sel 16 SL Rx DirectSel1 1012 Speed Reg Ctrl 80 SL Rx DirectSel2 1013 Speed Trim 1 21 SL Rx DirectSel3 1014 Speed Trim 2 22 SL Rx Opt0 Regis 1047 Speed Trim 3 23 SL Rx PO Regis 1041 SReg FB Filt BW 94 SL Rx P1 Regis 1042 SReg Out Filt BW 96 SL System Rev 1002 SReg Torq Preset 87 SL System Time 317 SRegFB Filt Gain 93 SL Tx Comm Frmt 1020 SRegOut FiltGain 95 SL Tx DirectSel0 1021 Start Mask 694 SL Tx DirectSel1 1022 Start Owner 701 SL Tx DirectSel2 1023 Stator Frequency 534 SL Tx DirectSel3 1024 Statorlnduc Gain 469 Slip Gain Comp 476 StatorInductance 490 Slip Gain Max 445 StatorResistance 491 Slip Gain Min 446 Stop Dwell Time 154 Slip Ratio 533 Stop Oper TP Sel 163 Slip Reg Gain 448 Stop Owner 700 Slip Reg P Gain 447 StopOper TP Data 164 3 100 Programming and Parameters Name Number Name Number STrim2 Filt Gain 25 Tx Dir Data Type 1140 SW Int 1 NC 1372 User Data Int 01 396 SW Int 1 NO 1371 User Data Int 02 397 SW Int 1 Output 1373 User Data Int 03 398 SW Real 1 NC 1375 User Data Int 04 399 SW Re
240. Stator Resistance Leakage Inductance Magnetizing Inductance PMag Motor Encoder Offset Stator Resistance Stator Inductance Back EMF Table 2 A Start Up Menu Down 1 level or Select Back 1 level or 1 selection 062 gt Scroll all choices Motor Data Feedback Power Circuit Test Configuration Enter Motor NP Data ed Diagnostic Check for Power amp Units R Drive Power Circuit FLA esolver Volts Hi Res Encoder Hertz Linear Sensor RPM Poles Inertia Measure Speed Limits Speed Control Measure System Select Direction Select Sources For All Inertia Control Speed References Set FWD REV and ABS Speed Limits Direction Test Verify Direction Start Stop I O Done Exit Configure Digital Inputs Digital Outputs Analog Inputs Analog Outputs Note 2 wire mode the drive will start when the HIM Start is pressed and stop when the HIM Start is released The recommended mode of use for the Start Up Routine is 3 wire control Parameter 153 Control Options Bit 8 set to 1 Chapter 3 Programming and Parameters Chapter 3 provides a complete listing and description of the PowerFlex 700S parameters The parameters can be programmed viewed edited using a HIM Human Interface Module As an alternative programming can also be performed using DriveTools software and a personal computer For information on See page About Parameters 3 1
241. T3 0 240 BR2 DC PEVAC vac PE 5 Y ES O O Frame 5 100 HP Normal Duty 44169 o leide pai old 650V DC Input Olololo 5 5 Precharge Resistor Fuse FWP 15A14F Frame 6 150 Normal Duty S Common Bus Drives w Precharge Only 2 650V DC Input Common BR2 BR1 4 DC 18675 COPPER WIRE ONLY TORQUE 52 INL 6 NM Mode Capacitor amp MOV Jumpers Input Filter Capacitor USE 75 COPPER WIRE ONLY TORQUE 52 IN LB 6 N M Frame 6 150 HP Normal Duty 480 V AC Input AJER 4 Precharge Resistor Fuse FWP 15A14F Common Mode Capacitor Common Bus Drives w Precharge Only BR2 li pc amp MOV Jumpers e USE TE C COPPER WIRE ONLY TORQUE EE NTE ONAN p nput Filter Capacitor T A I
242. TA 85485 10 at P COMMON Linear Sensor CLOCK 9 R TS Linear Sensor CLOCK 8 1 WHIBU xX J WH BU gt 5 TS Linear Sensor DATAt 7 o Linear Sensor DATA 6 IT Rotary Encoder REGISTRATION 5 Rotary Encoder REGISTRATION 4 Linear Sensor REGISTRATION 3 Linear Sensor REGISTRATION 2 CHASSISGND 1 OL tt PowerFlex 7005 Multi Device Interface Option Card H 5 Connection Examples Rotary Encoder Connections for 230V MP Series Motor with 2090 UXNFDMP SXX or 2090 XXNFMP SXX cable MDI Feedback Option Board ROTARY ENCODER Rotary Encoder POWER COMMON 17 OL WHIGY n a A 4SN Rotary Encoder POWER 16 DIE R GY H H BKWH I gt REFSIN Rotary Encoder REFSIN 15 o E H 005 Rotary Encoder SIN 14 DLE BK H XX REFCOS Rotary Encoder REFCOS 13 em WH RD ER gt E DATA RS 485 Rotary Encoder 4COS 12 RD H gt RS 485 Rotary Encoder 89485 11 H
243. Tail out is influenced mainly by Par 768 PositReg P Gain Mtr Posit Fdbk Displays the accumulated pulse count of the primary feedback device as a 32 bit integer The primary feedback device is selected by Par 222 Motor Fdbk Sel Act Motor Posit Displays the accumulated motor position as a 32 bit integer It tracks Par 762 Mtr Posit Fdbk When the position regulator is not enabled this parameter is initialized to Par 762 Mtr Posit Fdbk or to the selected position reference as determined by Par 740 Position Control bit 6 ActPosit Rst Posit Load Fdbk Tracks the load position as a 32 bit integer When a gear box connects the load to the motor Par 766 Posit FB EGR Mul and Par 767 Posit FB EGR Div must be set to account for the gear ratio Set Par 766 Posit FB EGR Mul equal to Par 767 Posit FB EGR Div if the load is directly connected to the motor Posit Actl Load Holds the accumulated output of the Load Gear Ratio as a 32 bit integer and forms the primary feedback for the position regulator integral channel It is very important that the Load Gear Ratio be precisely set such that the delta pulse count of one motor revolution equals the delta pulse count of this parameter When the position regulator is not enabled this parameter is initialized to Par 762 Mtr Posit Fdbk or to the selected position reference as determined by Par 740 Position Control bit 6 ActPosit Rst Posit FB EGR Mul A 32 bit integer in the numera
244. Transmit word 29 if the data type for word 29 indicated in Min M Par 1160 Tx Buf Data Type is integer SL Buf Real Tx29 Defau Provides floating point real data for Direct Transmit word 29 if the data type for word 29 Min M indicated in Par 1160 Tx Buf Data Type is real SL Comm TP Sel Defau t Enter or write a value to select SynchLink data displayed by Par 1227 SL Comm TP Options Data SL Comm TP Data Default Displays data selected by Par 1226 SL Comm TP Sel Min Max SL Error Histor Displays SynchLink faults which have occurred since the last fault clear operation or power cycle Bit 0 Sync Loss indicates SynchLink communication has failed after it had been established Programming and Parameters 3 0 2147483648 0 0000 2200000000 0000 0 2147483648 0 0000 2200000000 0000 0 2147483648 0 0000 2200000000 0000 0 2147483648 0 0000 2200000000 0000 0 Zero 0 Zero 1 SL MultA Src 2 SL Mult A In 3 SL Mult B In 4 SL Mult Out 5 Rx Axis Size 6 Rx Dir Size 7 Rx Buf Size 8 Rx Pkg Size 9 Rx Seq Cnt 10 Rx Index 0 11 Rx Index 1 12 Rx Index 2 0 2147483648 lt Linkable Read Write lt Rx Sys Rev Tx Axis Size Tx Dir Size Tx Buf Size Tx Pkg Size Tx Seq Cnt
245. Tx Data Dir Rx Data EO Accum E1 Accum Accum Opt Accum Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Dir Tx Data Dir Rx Data EO Accum E1 Accum Accum Opt Accum Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Dir Tx Data Dir Rx Data EO Accum E1 Accum Accum Opt Accum Read Write Data Type 1024 1030 1031 1032 1033 1034 1035 1036 1040 1041 Programming and Parameters registration data by the Rx Direct Data Selector Pars 1011 1014 Configure this selection by using the Peer Communication window in the DriveExecutive programming software 3 83 2 5 Description Values 12 SL Tx DirectSel3 Default 0 No Data Determines the source type for the data transmitted by direct transmit word 3 The source Options 0 No Data 14 Reserved type selections are no data event feedback and drive parameter If drive parameter is 1 SL Multiply 15 Reserved selected a parameter of the appropriate data format integer or real must be linked to Par 2 Event 16 Reserved 1147 SL Dir Int Tx3 or Par 1148 SL Dir Real Tx3 Configure the selection by using the
246. Tx22 1176 SL Buf Real Tx07 1206 SL Buf Real Tx22 1177 SL Buf Int Tx08 1207 SL Buf Int Tx23 1178 SL Buf Real Tx08 1208 SL Buf Real Tx23 1179 SL Buf Int Tx09 1209 SL Buf Int Tx24 1180 SL Buf Real Tx09 1210 SL Buf Real Tx24 1181 SL Buf Int Tx10 1211 SL Buf Int Tx25 1182 SL Buf Real Tx10 1212 SL Buf Real Tx25 1183 SL Buf Int Tx11 1213 SL Buf Int Tx26 1184 SL Buf Real Tx11 1214 SL Buf Real Tx26 1185 SL Buf Int Tx12 1215 SL Buf Int Tx27 1186 SL Buf Real Tx12 1216 SL Buf Real Tx27 1187 SL Buf Int Tx13 1217 SL Buf Int Tx28 1188 SL Buf Real Tx13 1218 SL Buf Real Tx28 1189 SL Buf Int Tx14 1219 SL Buf Int Tx29 1220 SL Buf Real Tx29 3 16 Programming and Parameters Parameter Data in Linear List Format 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 Description Motor NP Volts Set to the motor nameplate rated volts Motor NP FLA Set to the motor nameplate rated full load amps Range limited by three second inverter rating Motor NP Hertz Set to the motor nameplate rated frequency Motor NP RPM Set to the motor nameplate rated RPM Motor NP Power Set to the motor nameplate rated power Mtr NP Pwr Units The power units shown on the motor nameplate Motor Poles Set to the number of motor poles indicated on the motor nameplate Only even numbers are allowed Motor Inertia Time in seconds for an uncoupled motor to accelerate from zero to base speed at rated motor torque Calculated during autotune Total In
247. UnLatch 1 2 Run Starts 5 2 Jogt s 2 Start NoStop 6 2 Jog2 s 3 Run Latched 7 2 FwdRevrs s Zero Speed Lim Units RPM V v Real Establishes a band around zero speed that is used to determine when the drive Default 17 6400 considers the motor to be at zero speed Min Max 0 0000 882 0000 Comm Scale Par 4 Motor NP RPM 1 0 Logic TP Sel Default 0 Reserved Enter or write a value to select logic status indication displayed in Par 162 Logic TP Options 0 Reserved 15 2ms time Data 1 Avg Spd Ref 16 max 2 Avg Spd Fdbk 17 8ms time 3 LastStopMode 18 8ms max 4 Spd Ref Sel 19 BkGnd Time 5 Start State 20 BkGnd Max 6 Run State 21 500 5 7 Stop State 22 2ms 8 PrChrg Logic 23 8ms 9 Meas State 24 BkGnd 10 Data State 25 RThru State 11 Diag State 26 RThru Timer 12 MC CalcState 27 Mtr Friction 13 500us time 28 Sys Friction 14 500 5 max 29 Iq proc time Logic TP Data Default 0 0000 Real Displays the indication selected by Par 161 Logic TP Sel Min Max 2200000000 0000 Stop Oper TP Sel Default 0 Zero Enter or write a value to select data displayed in Par 164 StpOper TPData at the time of Options 0 Zero 14 7 1 Spd Fdbk the last initiated stop 1 Logic State 15 Speed Ref 2 Logic Input 16 Avg Spd Ref 3 Lel In State 17 ZM1 Spd
248. V 16 bit nteger V 16 bit nteger 16 bit nteger 0 False 1 True 0 False 1 True 3 59 Programming and Parameters eea 8 ne eu pea ee on een penesey gt gt _ gt Jey lt gt gt gt gt gt ko gt n 009 uregsnglo lo 0109 ure5sng o dwoganemleHlo gt gt gt 2 gt gt 5 94 gt 2 Zo Be gt Be Be gt 9 gt 9 on on gt 9 gt 9 Io gt gt gt 1 gt panesey 9 8 9 8 a 8 la 3 2 5 9 5 o 5
249. a eles 5 le 2 lt 22225 22 2122 5 22226 2 CT o 1B BB o S 5 98 2 9 l5 8 8 2 32 23 OO ie ie Default 0 0 0 jo jo 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 lo 0 0 lo A 1110011 0 4 1 0 0 0 0 0 Bit 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12141 109 8 7 6 5 4 32 1 0 Bit Definition 23 Enables Sensorless Flying start 26 Sensorless Flying start function will use the speed set Par 451 SrLss Preset Spd FOC2 Mode Config Configures Field Oriented Control 2 FOC2 operation ATTENTION Do not modify this parameter Motor Drive instabilities and damage could result Options o ela 4 8 o 3 6 2 5 22 22 BG B lz lo 5 5 5 5 5 as a as 51555 lt 55155 155 55 lt eo 5 5 JO 5 9 jn je Default 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 lo 0 0 lo A 1 JO FO jo 1 10011 0 0 0 0 0 Bit 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12141 109 8 7 6 5 4 32 1 0 o 2 S Ss 16 bit nteger V 16 bit nteger 16 bit nteger 16 bit nteger
250. able devices should be used to avoid nuisance tripping Unbalanced or Ungrounded Distribution Systems If phase to ground voltage will exceed 125 of normal or the supply system is ungrounded refer to the Wiring and Grounding Guidelines for PWM Drives for more information and common mode capacitors that are referenced to ground These devices should be disconnected if the drive is installed on an ungrounded distribution system See page page 1 18 for jumper locations ATTENTION PowerFlex 7008 drives contain protective MOVs 1 4 Installation Wiring Grounding Requirements Input Power Conditioning Certain events on the power system supplying a drive can cause component damage or shortened product life These conditions are divided into 2 basic categories 1 All Drives The power system has power factor correction capacitors switched in and out of the system either by the user or by the power company The power source has intermittent voltage spikes in excess of 6000 volts These spikes could be caused by other equipment on the line or by events such as lightning strikes The power source has frequent interruptions 2 5 HP or Less Drives in addition to 1 above The nearest supply transformer is larger than 100 or the available short circuit fault current is greater than 100 000A The impedance in front of the drive is less than 0 5 If any or all of these conditions exist it is recommende
251. al 1 NO 1374 User Data Int 05 1300 SW Real 1 Output 1376 User Data Int 06 1301 Switch Control 1370 UserData Real 01 1315 SynchLink Rev 1001 UserData Real 02 1316 SynchLink Status 316 UserData Real 03 1317 Test Current Ref 431 UserData Real 04 1318 Test Freq Rate 433 UserData Real 05 1319 Test Freq Ref 432 UserData Real 06 1320 Test Mode Config 514 Vds Command 542 Test Status 165 Vds Fdbk Filt 441 Time Axis Output 201 Vds Max 438 Time Axis Rate 200 Vds Min 440 NegLim 124 Virt Encdr Dlyed 63 PosLim Actl 123 Virt Encdr Posit 62 Ref TP Data 131 Virt Encoder EPR 61 Torq Ref TP Sel 130 Virtual Edge Rev 226 Ref1 Div 112 Voltage Class 403 Ref2 Mult 114 VoltFdbkLossCnfg 394 Torque En Dly 501 VPL Build Number 315 Torque Neg Limit 126 VPL Firmware Rev 314 Torque Pos Limit 125 Vqs Command 541 Torque Ref 1 111 Vas Fabk Filt 442 Torque Ref 2 113 Vqs Max 437 Torque Step 116 Vas Min 439 Torque Trim 115 X Offst SpdFilt 756 Total Inertia 9 XReg Integ HiLim 773 Trend Control 1250 XReg Integ LoLim 772 Trend In1 Int 1264 XReg Integ Out 774 Trend In1 Real 1265 XReg Spd HiLim 776 Trend In2 Int 1266 XReg Spd LoLim 775 Trend In2 Real 1267 Xsync Gen Period 787 Trend In3 Int 1268 Xsync In 1 788 Trend In3 Real 1269 Xsync In2 790 Trend In4 Int 1270 Xsync In 3 793 Trend In4 Real 1271 Xsync Out 1 789 Trend Mark Rea 1281 Xsync Out 2 791 Trend Marker Int 1280 Xsync Out 2 Dly 792 Trend Out Int 1284 Xsync Out 3 794 Trend
252. al Information Figure A 5 PowerFlex 700S Frame 9 480 0 18 90 gt 5 0 0 20 400 0 15 75 gt en 14 0 0 55 240 0 9 45 9 0 0 35 2 Y A A ASH 45 0 177 Wire Way 1150 0 45 28 1120 0 44 09 Nameplate 9 0 0 35 Lifting Hole 21 0 0 83 372 5 14 67 gt 245 53 lt 292 5 11 52 9 67 142 5 diii 59 0 2 32 ia PRESA 754 100 12 m Y 3 94 7 OO a wer 285 0 11 22 Detail A i Brake Option Top Hat Dimensions are in millimeters and inches Weight Ibs Drive Drive amp Packaging 480 18 9 1150 45 28 339 13 37 400 15 75 1120 44 09 142 9 315 176 9 390 Supplemental Information A 25 Figure A 6 PowerFlex 700S Frame 10 8 Le 2 632 5 M 24 90 23 50 lt 6055 4 23 84 32 3 42 0 cd 498 0 127
253. al Out06 645 SL Buf Int Rx11 1095 Posit Offset 2 754 Real Out07 647 SL Buf Int Rx12 1097 Posit Offset Spd 755 Real Out08 649 SL Buf Int Rx13 1099 Posit Ref Sel 742 Real Out09 651 SL Buf Int Rx14 1101 Posit Spd Output 318 Real Out10 653 SL Buf Int Rx15 1103 Posit TP Select 777 Real Out11 655 SL Buf Int Rx16 1105 PositDetct1 780 Real Out12 657 SL Buf Int Rx17 1107 PositDetct2 781 Real Out13 659 SL Buf Int Rx18 1109 PositIndexOutput 799 Real Out14 661 SL Buf Int Rx19 1111 PositlndexPreset 798 Real Out15 663 SL Int Rx20 1113 Position Cmmd 747 Real to Int In 1035 SL Buf Int Rx21 1115 Position Control 740 Real to Int Out 1036 SL Buf Int Rx22 1117 Position Error 769 Regen Power Lim 128 SL Buf Int Rx23 1119 Position Status 741 Relay Out Bit 842 SL Buf Int Rx24 1121 PositRef EGR Div 746 Relay Out Data 841 SL Buf Int Rx25 1123 PositRef EGR Mul 745 Reserved 1240 SL Buf Int Rx26 1125 PositRef EGR Out 744 Reserved 1241 SL Buf Int Rx27 1127 PositReg Droop 771 Reserved 1242 SL Buf Int Rx28 1129 PositReg Integ 770 Reserved 1243 SL Buf Int Rx29 1131 PositReg P Gain 768 Reserved 1244 SL Buf Int Tx00 1161 PositTP Data Int 778 Reserved 1245 SL Buf Int Tx01 1163 PositTP DataReal 779 Reserved 1246 SL Buf Int Tx02 1165 Power EE TP Data 413 Reslvr0 CableBal 274 SL Buf Int Tx03 1167 Power EE TP Sel 412 Reslvr0 Carrier 271 SL Buf Int Tx04 1169 Power Loss Level 408 Reslvr0 Config 266 SL Buf Int Tx05 1171 Power Loss Mode 406 Reslvr0 In Volts 272 SL Buf Int
254. alse 110 ModeSel Default 1 Speed Reg Selects the source for the drive torque reference Options 0 Zero Torque 4 Spd Torg 1 Speed Reg 5 Sum Spd Torq 2 Torque Ref 6 AbsMn Spd Tq 3 Min Spd Torq 4 Motor NP RPM Units RPM V 16 bit Set to the motor nameplate rated RPM Default Calculated Integer Min Max 1 30000 Comm Scale Parameter 4 Motor NP RPM 1 0 Name No Description Parameter Number Parameter value cannot be changed until the drive is stopped Name Parameter name as it appears in software Description Brief description of parameter function e Values Define the various operating characteristics of the parameter There are 3 types of Values ENUM Default Lists the value assigned at the factory Options Displays the selections available Bit Default Lists the value assigned at the factory Options Displays the selections available Numeric Default Lists the value assigned at the factory Min Displays lowest possible setting Max Displays highest possible setting Type Indicates if parameter is linkable read write read only and data type i e integer floating point boolean Comm Value sent from Controller or Comm Device Drive Parameter Value x Comm Scale Scale How Parameters Organized Programming and Parameters 3 3 DriveExecutive programming software displays parameters
255. ame data type This parameter is paired with Par 1125 SL Buf Int Rx26 SL Buf Int Rx27 Displays the integer value of the Buffered Received Data for word 27 Data transmitted from one node to another must be the same data type This parameter is paired with Par 1128 SL Buf Real Rx27 SL Buf Real Rx27 Displays the floating point real value of the Buffered Received Data for word 27 Data transmitted from one node to another must be the same data type This parameter is paired with Par 1127 SL Buf Int Rx27 SL Buf Int Rx28 Displays the integer value of the Buffered Received Data for word 28 Data transmitted from one node to another must be the same data type This parameter is paired with Par 1130 SL Buf Real Rx28 SL Buf Real Rx28 Displays the floating point real value of the Buffered Received Data for word 28 Data transmitted from one node to another must be the same data type This parameter is paired with Par 1129 SL Buf Int Rx28 SL Buf Int Rx29 Displays the integer value of the Buffered Received Data for word 29 Data transmitted from one node to another must be the same data type This parameter is paired with Par 1132 SL Buf Real Rx29 Values Defau Defau Defau Defau Defau Defau Min M Defau Min M Defau Min M t Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Defau Min M Defau Min M Defau Min M Defau Min M D
256. appropriate fault bit in response this event Lgx OutOfRunCnfg Default 2 FitCoastStop Enter a value to configure the drive s response to the DriveLogix processor being in Options 0 Ignore Non Run mode Non Run modes include Program Remote Program and Faulted 1 Alarm 0 Ignore Configures the drive to continue running as normal when this event 2 FitCoastStop occurs i 3 Fit RampStop e 1 Alarm Configures the drive to continue running and set the appropriate alarm bit 4 FliCurLimStp ATTENTION Risk of injury or equipment damage exists Parameter 386 Lgx OutOfRunCnfg lets you determine the action of the drive if communications are disrupted By default this parameter causes the drive to fault and coast to a stop You can set this parameter so that the drive continues to run Precautions should be taken to ensure that the setting of this parameter does not create hazards of injury or equipment damage 387 388 389 when this event occurs e 2 FitCoastStop Configures the drive to perform a coast stop and set the appropriate fault bit in response this event e 3 Fit RampStop Configures the drive to perform a ramp stop and set the appropriate fault bit in response this event e 4 FitCurLimStp Configures the drive to perform a current limit stop and set the appropriate fault bit in response this event when this event occurs e 2
257. aracteristics and chemical resistance In addition a braided shield should be included and specified by the cable manufacturer as having coverage of at least 75 An additional foil shield can be greatly improve noise containment Installation Wiring 1 7 A good example of recommended cable is Belden 295xx xx determines gauge This cable has 4 XLPE insulated conductors with a 100 coverage foil and an 85 coverage copper braided shield with drain wire surrounded by a PVC jacket Other types of shielded cable are available but the selection of these types may limit the allowable cable length Particularly some of the newer cables twist 4 conductors of THHN wire and wrap them tightly with a foil shield This construction can greatly increase the cable charging current required and reduce the overall drive performance Unless specified in the individual distance tables as tested with the drive these cables are not recommended and their performance against the lead length limits supplied is not known Table 1 B Recommended Shielded Wire Location Rating Type Description Standard 600 90 C 194 F Four tinned copper conductors with XLPE insulation Option 1 XHHW2 RHW 2 Copper braid aluminum foil combination shield and tinned Anixter copper drain wire B209500 B209507 PVC jacket Belden 29501 29507 or equivalent Standard rated 600V 90 C Three tinned copper conductors with XLPE insulation Option 2 194
258. arm FitCoastStop FitCoastStop Ignore Alarm FitCoastStop 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 lt Linkable lt Read Write Min Lim Stat Iq Prescale Igtols Stat Flux Status Flux LPF Out Is Per Unit InPos IqLim InNeg IqLim Fix Filt Hid 3 47 p Data Type Rea Rea Rea Rea Real 3 48 369 370 371 372 373 374 Programming and Parameters Name Description Brake OL Cnfg Enter a value to configure the drive s response to a Brake Overload OL Trip exception event This event is triggered when a Dynamic Brake DB overload condition occurs 0 Ignore Configures the drive to continue running as normal when this event occurs e 1 Alarm Configures the drive to continue running and set the appropriate alarm bit when this event occurs e 2 FitCoastStop Configures the drive to perform a coast stop and set the appropriate fault bit in response this event e 3 Fit RampStop Configures the drive to perform a ramp stop and set the appropriate fault bit in response this event e 4 FitCurLimStp Configures the drive to perform a current limit stop and set the appropriate fault bit in response this event HiHp InPhsLs Cfg Selector for the input phase loss configuration 0 Ignore Configures the drive to continue running as norma
259. arm will control the output Link Parameter 155 Logic Status the source to Parameter 845 DigOut 2 Data the sink Set Parameter 846 DigOut 2 Bit to a value of seven so that Parameter 155 Logic Status bit 7 Faulted will control the output Digital Output 24V DC output 25 mA maximum per output If one 1 output is configured in sinking the other output is not available Digital Output 1 Indicating Alarm Fault in sinking configuration n d 0 Link Parameter 155 Logic Status the source to Parameter 843 DigOut 1 Data the sink Set Parameter 844 DigOut 1 Bit to a value of 8 so that Parameter 155 Logic Status bit 8 Alarm will control the output 1 24 Installation Wiring 1 Table 11 1 Row B Bottom Terminals Refer to Analog Input Settings on page 1 32 for necessary dip switch settings 5 55 Terminal Signal Description ce B11 Analog Input 1 10 0V DC or 1 0V DC bipolar 800 802 B10 Analog Input 1 differential input 13 bit sign 803 804 20k ohm input impedance 805 2 9 Analog Input Shield Optional connection point for SIE ana
260. ase speed across 120 1 speed range 1000 1 operating range 300 rad sec bandwidth Speed regulation with feedback 0 001 of base speed across 120 1 speed range 1000 1 operating range 300 rad sec bandwidth Torque Regulation Torque Regulation without feedback 10 600 rad sec bandwidth Torque Regulation without feedback 10 600 rad sec bandwidth Torque Regulation with feedback 2 2500 rad sec bandwidth Torque Regulation with feedback 5 2500 rad sec bandwidth Selectable Motor Control Field Oriented Control with and without a feedback device and permanent magnet motor control Field Oriented Control with and without a feedback device and permanent magnet motor control Stop Modes Multiple programmable stop modes including Ramp Coast Multiple programmable stop modes including Ramp Coast and Current Limit and Current Limit Accel Decel Independently programmable accel and decel times adjustable Independently programmable accel and decel times adjustable from 0 to 6553 5 in 0 1 second increments from 0 to 6553 5 in 0 1 second increments S Curve Time Adjustable from 0 5 to 4 0 seconds Adjustable from 0 5 to 4 0 seconds Intermittent Overload 110 Overload capability for up to 1 minute 11096 Overload capability for up to 1 minute 150 Overload capability for up to 3 seconds 150 Overload capability for up to 3 seconds Current Limit Capability Independent Motoring and
261. ata in its last state ATTENTION Risk of injury or equipment damage exists Parameter 383 SL CommLoss Data lets you determine the action of the drive if communications are disrupted By default this parameter causes the drive to hold the data in its last state You can set this parameter so that the drive resets the data to zero Precautions should be taken to ensure that the setting of this parameter does not create hazards of injury or equipment damage SL CommLoss Cnfg Default 2 FitCoastStop Enter a value to configure the drive s response to SynchLink communication loss Refer Options 0 Ignore to Par 1229 SL Error Status for possible causes of communication loss 1 Alarm 0 Ignore Configures the drive to continue running as normal when this event 2 FitCoastStop 000419 3 Fit RampStop e 1 Alarm Configures the drive to continue running and set the appropriate alarm bit 4 FitCurLimStp when this event occurs e 2 FitCoastStop Configures the drive to perform a coast stop and set the appropriate fault bit in response this event e 3 Fit RampStop Configures the drive to perform a ramp stop and set the appropriate fault bit in response this event e 4 FitCurLimStp Configures the drive to perform a current limit stop and set the appropriate fault bit in response this event ATTENTION Risk of injury or equipment damage exists Parameter 384 SL CommLoss Cnfg
262. ate fault bit in response this event e 4 FitCurLimStp configures the drive to perform a current limit stop and set the appropriate fault bit in response this event SL Node Cnfg Set bits to configure the SynchLink node Setting bit 0 Time Keeper configures the local node as the Time Master Setting bit 2 Sync Now configures the node to synchronize with the Time Master immediately 1 25 per node on power up or recovery If you do not set bit 2 the node will stay in the fast mode taking up to 36S per node to synchronize on power up or recovery Options 5 JT JT S B 2 2 222 gt 2 2 5 5555 55555 5 8 8 o 5 Default 0 0 0 o 0 0 0 D 0 Bit 15 14 13 12 11109 8 7 6 5 43 2 1 0 1 True SynchLink Rev Default 04 16 bit Indicates the current revision of the local SynchLink Programmable Logic Firmware Min Max 0 1 999 9 Integer Comm Scale x 10 SL System Rev Default 0 001 32 bit Indicates the system revision of the SynchLink network To be compatible on the network Min Max 0 001 999 999 Integer all nodes must have the same major revision Comm Scale x 1000 Interp Synchinput Bit 0 Sync Pulse A this parameter is used as the synchronization pulse for he Interpolator This parameter is linked to Par 919 Motn Posit Syn
263. ays measured RMS motor current with a resolution of 1 10 amperes lapsed Run Time splays the total time that the drive has been running inverter power devices active Elapsed MWHrs Displays the total energy the drive has consumed or produced Calculated from the absolute magnitude of the product of motor speed and motor torque power accumulated over time This value will increase in both regen and motoring modes of operation Motor Spd Fdbk Displays motor speed information from the selected feedback device Motor Speed Ref Displays the speed reference value after the limit function This is the input to the error calculator and speed regulator Spd Reg PI Out Displays the output of the speed regulator This is the input to torque control A value of 1 0 represents base torque of the motor Motor Torque Ref Displays the reference value of motor torque The actual value of the motor torque is within 5 of this value ith a resolution of 1 10 hour This parameter is saved in power EE non volatile memory Values Default Options Units Default Min Max Units Default Min Max nits efault Min Max nits efault Min Max Comm Scale 15 fault in Max D o 15 fault in Max o gt 3 eo 5 Scale Scale mm Scale mm Scale Programming and Parameters Linkable Read Wr
264. back and drive parameter If drive parameter is selected a parameter of the appropriate data format integer or real must be linked to Parameter 1141 SL Dir Int Tx0 or Parameter 1142 SL Dir Real Tx0 Configure the selection by using the Peer Communication window in the DriveExecutive programming software SL Tx DirectSel1 Determines the source type for the data transmitted by direct transmit word 1 The source type selections are no data event feedback and drive parameter If drive parameter is selected a parameter of the appropriate data format integer or real must be linked to Par 1143 SL Dir Int Tx1 or Par 1144 SL Dir Real Tx1 Configure the selection by using the Peer Communication window in the DriveExecutive programming software SL Tx DirectSel2 Determines the source type for the data transmitted by direct transmit word 2 The source type selections are no data event feedback and drive parameter If drive parameter is selected a parameter of the appropriate data format integer or real must be linked to Parameter 1145 SL Dir Int Tx2 or Parameter 1146 SL Dir Real Tx2 Configure the selection by using the Peer Communication window in the DriveExecutive programming software Values Default Options Default Options Options Default Options Default Options Default Options Value ON SQ
265. bit in response this event e 4 FitCurLimStp Configures the drive to perform a current limit stop and set the appropriate fault bit in response this event when this event occurs 2 FitCoastStop Configures the drive to perform a coast stop and set the appropriate fault bit in response this event 3 Fit RampStop Configures the drive to perform a ramp stop and set the appropriate fault bit in response this event 4 FitCurLimStp Configures the drive to perform a current limit stop and set the appropriate fault bit in response this event occurs e 1 Alarm Configures the drive to continue running and set the appropriate alarm bit when this event occurs e 2 FitCoastStop Configures the drive to perform a coast stop and set the appropriate fault bit in response this event amp 5 2 55858 Description Values SL MultErr Cnfg Default 2 FitCoastStop Enter a value to configure the Drive Module s response to SynchLink Multiplier error feas Options 0 Ignore Refer to Par 1034 SL Mult State for possible causes for multiplier errors 1 Alarm 0 Ignore Configures the drive to continue running as normal when this event 2 FitCoastStop occurs 3 Fit RampStop e 1 Alarm Configures the drive to continue running and set the appropriate alarm bit 4 FitCurLimStp ATTENTION Risk of injury or equipment damage
266. ble connection for a handheld HIM or Port Expander Splitter Frame 1 shown 5 5 To 6 er N No Connector Description DPI Port 1 HIM connection when installed in cover DPIPort2 Cable connection for handheld and remote options DPIPort3or2 Splitter cable connected to DPI Port 2 provides additional port D 2 HIM Overview LCD Display Elements ALT Functions Display EW Stopped_ 0 0 RPM Main Menu ales Device Select Description Direction Drive Status Alarm Auto Manual Information Commanded or Output Frequency Programming Monitoring Troubleshooting To use an ALT function press the ALT key release it then press the programming key associated with one of the following functions Table D A ALT Key Functions ALT Key and then Function not available Esc S M A R T Allows the selection of how parameters will be viewed or View detailed information about a parameter or component Not Functional at this time Function not available Auto Man Allows HIM removal without causing a fault if the HIM is Remove _ Not the last controlling device and does not have Manual control of the drive Exp Allows the val
267. bles Power 1 6 SHLD Terminal 1 5 Signal Wire 1 19 Spare Connectors A 18 F 1 Specifications A 1 Speed Control Reference B 2 Speed Control Regulator B 2 Speed Position Feedback B 2 Start Up 2 1 Assisted 2 3 Checklist 2 1 Stegmann High Resolution E 1 Support Encoders E 1 Stegmann Hi Resolution Connection Examples E 3 Stegmann Hi Resolution Specifications E 1 Supplemental Information A 1 Supply Source 1 3 SynchLink 1 33 SynchLink Cables and Connector Parts A 19 T 1 Row B Bottom Terminals 1 24 1 Row Top Terminals 1 21 TB2 Row B Bottom Terminals 1 30 TB2 Row T Top Terminals 1 26 Terminal Block 1 8 Wire Size Index 4 Power 1 11 Thermistor Ratings A 17 Torque Control B 2 Transformer Tap Access 1 10 U Unbalanced Ungrounded Supply 1 3 Ungrounded Distribution Systems 1 16 Unshielded Power Cables 1 6 W Web Sites see WWW World Wide Web Wire Signal 1 19 Wiring Access Panel Removal 1 8 Cable Entry Plate Removal 1 8 Power 1 6 Wiring Examples Row Bottom 1 25 Row T Top 1 22 TB2 Row R Top 1 27 WWW World Wide Web P 1 www rockwellautomation com Power Control and Information Solutions Headquarters Americas Rockwell Automation 1201 South Second Street Milwaukee WI 53204 2496 USA Tel 1 414 382 2000 Fax 1 414 382 4444 Europe Middle East Africa Rockwell Automation Vorstlaan Boulevard du Souverain 36 1170 Brussels Belgium Tel 32
268. c for a Motion Servo axis It is linked to Par 786 Xsync Status for SynchLink application Options o e l l oa a a l l lo 2 2 else 2 o o o o o o o o o g g 8 8 8 8 5 CC Default 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 jO 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Io jo 0 0 0 jo j 10 Bit 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 109 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 0 1 True SL Comm Frmt Defines the node s communication format for receiving SynchLink data This determines Value A xis D rect B uffered the number of axis data direct data and buffered data words received Configure the Options 0 0 0 0 format by using the Peer Communication window in the DriveExecutive programming P software 6 1 2 4 7 0 2 18 9 0 4 8 16 1 4 4 17 0 4 18 SL Rx DirectSel0 Default 0 No Data Determines the destination for the data received at word 0 of direct received data Options 0 No Data 6 Reserved Configure the selection by using the Peer Communication window in the DriveExecutive 1 SL Multiply 7 Beserved programming software 2 Event PO 8 Event 3 Reserved 9 Reserved
269. c ja Default 0 jo lo l0 lo lo Jo o 0 0 l0 Jo jo o o Jo o o jo o 0 0o J n 1 0 1 O False Bit 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 1211 109 8 7 6 5 4 8 2 1 0 Table 236A Trigger Source Settings Table 236D Filter Settings Bit 2 1 Bit 11 10 9 8 Filter Setting 0 0 Digital Input 2 AND Encoder 0 Primary Encoder Z Phase 0 0 0 0 Filter disabled 0 1 Digital Input 3 default setting 0 0 0 1 100ns filter 1 0 Digital Input 2 0 0 1 0 200ns filter 1 1 Encoder 0 Primary Encoder 2 Phase 0 0 1 1 300ns filter 3 0 0 1 1 300ns filter Table 236B Edge Selection Settings x 3 5 0 1 0 0 400nsfiter 0 0 Capture position on rising edge 2 Aena 0 1 Capture position on falling edge dE ds 0 1 1 1 700ns filter 1 0 Capture position on both edges 1 0 0 0 800nsfiter default setti 1 1 Disable capture er default setting 1 0 0 1 900nsfiler Table 236C Trigger Source Settings 1 0 1 0 1000nsfilter Bt6 5 1 0 1 1 1100 ns filter 0 0 Disable capture 1 1 0 0 1200 filter 0 1 Capture position during Reverse rotation 1 1 0 1 1300 ns filter 1 0 Capture position during Forward rotation 1 1 1 0 1400 ns filter 1 1 Capture position during either rotation 1 1 1 1 1500 ns filter Port Regis Ctrl Set bit 0 Arm Request to arm the registration logic for the next trigger event The particular latch will be armed and ready to be strobed on the next control is sele
270. card Bit Armed indicates the registration latch is armed e Bit 1 Found indicates the registration event has triggered the latch Options 3 3 5 5 5 le la le le 2 2 8 8 le 8 8 8 8 le o j jo jo jo jo jo jo jo jo jo jo jo jo jo jo jo jo jo jo jo jo jo jo 818 818 o 81818 9 9 8 3 lt Default 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 jo JO 0 0 JO Io 0 0 10 jo 0 0 o 0 Jo Jo 0 False Bit 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 109 8 7 6 5 4 8 2 1 0 1 259 ResO Config Specifies the configuration options for the Hi Resolution Encoder Feedback Option Bit 5 Hi Res Dir determines the counting direction If clear the direction is forward or up If set the direction is reverse or down Bits12 SmplRate 010 15 SmplRate bt3 configure the sample interval for measuring speed See Table 259 Encoder Sample Interval Increasing the encoder sample interval improves speed measurement near zero speed Decreasing allows the speed control regulator to perform with high gains at high speeds Options
271. cates the data type of each Direct Transmit word If the word s bit is set the data type is floating point real If the word s bit is not set the data type is integer Use the Peer Communication window to configure this selection Options 5 5 8 99 56 gt e egg bb 81818 8 5 5 5 1818 2 S la o CC jn ie Default 0 O O 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 jO 0 0 O 0 JO jo 0 0 01010 0 Bit 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 1211 109 8 76543210 SL Dir Int 0 Default 0 Provides integer data for Direct Transmit word 0 if the data type for word 0 indicated Min Max 2147483648 Par 1140 Tx Dir Data Type is integer SL Dir Real Tx0 Default 0 0000 Provides floating point real data for Direct Transmit word 0 if the data type for word 0 Min Max 2200000000 0000 indicated in Par 1140 Tx Dir Data Type is real SL Dir Int Tx1 Default 0 Provides integer data for Direct Transmit word 1 if the data type for word 1 indicated Min Max 2147483648 Par 1140 Tx Dir Data Type is integer SL Dir Real Tx1 Default 0 0000
272. ce this limit to the level required to prevent additional heating of the inverter This level could be as low as the continuous rating of the drive If the inverter temperature decreases the function will raise the limit to a higher level Disable this protection by setting bit 13 OL ClsLpDsbl of Par 153 Control Options Values Default Options Default Min Max Default Options Units Default Min Max Comm Scale Units Default Min Max Units Default Min Max Units Default Min Max Units Default Min Max Units Default Min Max Units Default Min Max Units Default Min Max Programming and Parameters g a tr 0 Zero 0 Zero 12 Mtr OL Input 1 Abs OverSpd 13 Mtr OL Outpt 2 EE Pwr State 14 MtrStallTime 3 Inv DataStat 15 MC Handshake 4 Run Time Er 16 VPL Handshak 5 LowBus Thres 17 Diag 6 LowBus Detc 18 PwrLossState 7 PwrLosBusVIt 19 12 volt loss 8 MCPLosBusVit 20 PwrEE Chksum 9 MC Fit Reset 21 Db Read Ont 10 VPLFItReset 22 Db Read 11 VPLTaskEr 23 Db Read Cnt3 0 2200000000 0 Ignore 0 Ignore 3 Fit RampStop 1 Alarm 4 FitCurLimStop 2 FitCoastStop RPM 352 8000 0 0000 1750 0000 Par 4 Motor NP RPM 1 0 PU A 1 1500 1 0000 2 0000 PU 0 5000 0 0500 2 0000 1 0000 0 05
273. cing High Speed Inputs Used for 3 Wire Control using an external power supply EXTERNAL POWER SUPPLY POWER COMMON MATT VR RETURN ee 6666666666666 14 5 6 Start alo Stop Note 12V and 24V are also available from 1 10 amp 11 Installation Wiring 1 29 Table 1 0 TB2 Row Top Wiring Examples Input Output Connection Examples 2 Wire Control Required Parameter Changes High Speed Inputs Sourcing High Speed Inputs Used for 2 Wire Control using Setthe value of Parameter 839 DigIn2 Sel to a 12 or 24V DC the internal power supply value of 3 Run 0 10 AAA I LIU 6000000000000 T 5 2 oo Run Stop Sourcing High Speed Inputs Used for 2 Wire Control using an external power supply 12 or 24V DC Power Supply Common fm aaa aan am m eu ANA 555886455555 5 6 gt gt oo Run Stop Set Parameter 153 Control Options bit 9 2W Coast Stop to make the drive coast stop when input 2 goes low e Reset Parameter 153 Control Options bit 9 2W Coast Stop to make the drive ramp stop when input 2 goes low e Reset Parameter 153 Control Options bit 8 3Wire Control for two wire control Note 12V and 24V are also availabl
274. cted revolution of the encoder shaft Used by the VPL to close the position loop if the position Options B BISISIBIS IBIS ISISISISIS ISIS IBIS gt jo o jo jo jo jo jo jo jo jo jo jo jo jojo jo jo jo jojo 818 818 9 9 218 88 88818818818 818 5 2 E ja a a lt Defaut 0 00 0 0 j0 0 jo 0 jo j0 o jo j0 jo jo o jo j0 jo 0 jo jo j0 jo j0 0 j0 0 j0 0 0 crie Bit 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11109 876543210 4 True Porto Regis Stat Indicates the registration control status of port 0 e Bit Armed indicates the registration latch is armed Bit 1 Found indicates the registration event has triggered the latch Options 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 9 88 8 8 2 jo jo jo jo jo jo jo jo jo jo jo jo jo jo jo jo jojo jo jojojo jo 8 818 18 8 18 9 1818 8 8 CC CC CC lt Default jo o o jo jp 0 o po jo 0 p
275. d Default 0 00 milliseconds Min Max 0 00 3000 00 Current Units Amps Real measured RMS motor current Default 0 00 Min Max 0 00 10000 00 nits 16 bit efault 100 0 Integer Min Max 0 0 100 0 Scale 100 4096 nits Hz Real efault 0 00 Min Max 250 00 Units Hp Real Default 0 00 the motor flux in of nominal Freq U the motor stator frequency D luxCurr FB Units PU Real the measured per unit motor flux producing current efault 0 0000 Min Max 0 0000 1 0000 oO Programming and Parameters 3 43 26 Name 585 No Description Values 2c 313 Heatsink Temp Units degC Real Displays the measured temperature of the drive s heatsink Default 0 0000 Min Max 30 0000 200 0000 314 Firmware Rev Default 1 16 16 bit Displays the major and minor revision levels of the drive s Velocity Position Loop VPL 0 01 99 99 Integer software Comm Scale x 100 315 Build Number Default 2 16 bit Displays the build number of the drive s Velocity Position Loop VPL software Min Max 1 10000 Integer 316 SynchLinkStatus Indicates status of SynchLink functions e Bit 0 FB Opt Prsnt indicates the presence of an optional feedback daughter card e Bit 1 Prsnt indicates the presence of Encoder 0 e Bit2 Encdr1 Prsnt indicates the presence of Encoder 1 e Bit 3 In Sync indicates SynchLin
276. d only be used if Min M Values Default TestMark71 TestMark72 TestMark73 TestMark74 TestMark75 TestMark76 TestMark76 TestMark78 TestMark79 TestMark7A TestMark7B TestMark7C TestMark7D TestMark7E TestMark7F RWVuOut RWVvOut RWVwOut RWuErr RWvErr RWwErr RWVuOut2 RWVuOut2 RWVuOut2 RWPosState RWNegState BusDropVolts RecoverVolts VdsFdbkFitr VasFdbkFltr VbusFdbkFltr VbusMemory VpEncOVelFbk VpEnc1VelFbk VPOptOVelFbk VPOpt1VelFbk BitSelect1 BitSelect2 Default Default x oO efault ated when the selected feedback is sensorless or Min Max when encoderless ridethrough is enabled A value of 4096 indicates a motor speed Min Max 0 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 0 Programming and Parameters MulgsRef2 SrLssWeEst2 SrLssPrportl SrLssPI SrLssQAWeEst SLWeGainFwk SrLssWsFf SrLssWsEst SrLssWsCmd SrLssVdsErr SLVdsErrComp SrLssStrtTmr SrLssWsMxLim SrLssWeAve SrLssWeEst SrLssKpMonit SrLssKiMonit SLWeKScale SrLssWrAve SrLssWrCmd SLWeKC2Mon SLWrKA2Mon SrLssVdsCmd SrLssGnMon WskKff WskffBst SLQAWeEstAve SLWeEstErr SrLssIntMon SLWePosLmt SLWeNegLmt SLWrScale SLErrNoCoher SLIntLmtPosM SLIntLmtNegM RsEst RsEstCosPhi RsEstFltr RsEstlgsCmdP 42147483648 00000000000000000000000000000000 000000000000000000000
277. d that the user install a minimum amount of impedance between the drive and the source This impedance could come from the supply transformer itself the cable between the transformer and drive or an additional transformer or reactor The impedance can be calculated using the information supplied in either the PowerFlex Reference Manual Vol 2 or the technical document Wiring and Grounding Guidelines publication DRIV ES IN001 The drive Safety Ground PE must be connected to system ground Ground impedance must conform to the requirements of national and local industrial safety regulations and or electrical codes The integrity of all ground connections should be periodically checked Recommended Grounding Scheme A single point PE only grounding scheme should be used Some applications may require alternate grounding schemes refer to the Wiring and Grounding Guidelines for PWM AC Drives publication number DRIVES INOOI for more information These applications include installations with long distances between drives or drive line ups which could cause large potential differences between the drive or line up grounds For installations within a cabinet a single safety ground point or ground bus bar connected directly to building steel should be used AII circuits including the AC input ground conductor should be grounded independently and directly to this point bar 1 5 Installation Wiring Figure 1 1 Typical Grounding Required
278. dScale 60 FB Spd Fdbk 277 DigIn ConfigStat 159 Fdbk Option ID 249 DigIn1 Bit 827 Filtered Spd Ref 44 Digini Data 826 Filtered SpdFdbk 71 Debounce 829 Flux Current 488 Digln1 Sel 838 Flux Rate Limit 425 Digln1 User Data 828 Flux Ratio Ref 424 DigIn2 Bit 831 Flux Reg Gain 444 DigIn2 Data 830 Flux Reg P Gaint 443 DigIn2 Debounce 833 Flux Reg P Gain2 470 DigIn2 Sel 839 Fix LpassFilt BW 361 DigIn2 User Data 832 FOC Mode Config 510 DigIn3 Bit 835 FOC2 Mode Config 511 DigIn3 Data 834 Freq Reg FF Gain 473 DigIn3 Debounce 837 Freq Reg Gain 449 Digln3 Sel 840 Freq Reg P Gain 450 DigIn3 User Data 836 Freq Reg We BW 474 DigOut 1 Bit 844 Freq Reg Wr BW 475 DigOut 1 Data 843 FricComp Rated 144 DigOut 2 Bit 846 FricComp Setup 141 DigOut 2 Data 845 FricComp Slip 143 Direction Mask 696 FricComp Spd Ref 140 Direction Owner 703 FricComp Stick 142 DLink OutDataTyp 723 FricComp TorgAdd 145 DPI Baud Rate 692 Fwd Speed Limit 31 DPI CommLoss Cfg 391 Heatsink Temp 313 DPI Ref Select 691 Hi Res0 Config 259 Drive Logic Rslt 158 Hi Res0 Status 260 Drive OL JnctTmp 345 Hi TP Data 262 Drive OL Status 346 Hi Res0 TP Sel 261 Drive OL TP Data 348 Ids Command 537 Drive OL TP Sel 347 Ids Feedback 540 Elapsed MWHrs 299 Ids Integ Freq 429 Elapsed Run Time 298 Ids Reg P Gain 430 En In Debounce 825 In Posit BW 782 Programming and Parameters 3 97
279. ded adequate free air space and or conduit fill rates limits are provided Do not use THHN or similarly coated wire in wet areas Any wire chosen must have a minimum insulation thickness of 15 Mils and should not have large variations in insulation concentricity Shielded Armored Cable Shielded cable contains all of the general benefits of multi conductor cable with the added benefit of a copper braided shield that can contain much of the noise generated by a typical AC Drive Strong consideration for shielded cable should be given in installations with sensitive equipment such as weigh scales capacitive proximity switches and other devices that may be affected by electrical noise in the distribution system Applications with large numbers of drives in a similar location imposed EMC regulations or a high degree of communications networking are also good candidates for shielded cable Shielded cable may also help reduce shaft voltage and induced bearing currents for some applications In addition the increased impedance of shielded cable may help extend the distance the motor can be located from the drive without the addition of motor protective devices such as terminator networks Refer to Reflected Wave in Wiring and Grounding Guidelines for PWM AC Drives publication DRIVES INOO1 Consideration should be given to all of the general specifications dictated by the environment of the installation including temperature flexibility moisture ch
280. designations include CC FNQ R Type J JKS LPJ Type T JUS JUN Supplemental Information A 8 AC input Protection Devices VN 007 082 082 058 098 ose 017 S0 90221 661 99 007 009 009 092 097 092 068 982 092 616 5 99 9 0928002 S 092 008 008 Gee 056 Gee 806 992 44L 1091 791 09 VN 007 009 009 00 097 00 802 eve 1052 09 802 SZ 9 2614003 052 057 005 002 006 002 00 Scc 091 605 089 092 008 008 Scc 056 Gee 992 96 11 09 29 09 9 7919906 VN E 091 006 007 Scl Sec Scl 921 99 VOL 6956 86 Or 092 GLE 009 Sl 9 6 921 Sl 061 Lvv 0S S 0819003 YN 0006 NINO INOT 09 002 ose Sel 002 Scl SLL 881 66 902 78 06 091 ose 927 091 092 091 Sl cel 0011707 ebb 0r S 7019900 VN 0006 0 gt m 091 ose 056 002 08 99 66 902 8 96 08 0808002 VN 0006 00 00 00 06 Sl 06 vel 6 282 692 01 0 Sc v 0208002 VN 009 NINO INOT 00 002 002 08 Scl 08 98 79 GIS Sk 05 2408002 VN 0089 SpO 383 INOY 0 Sl SL 09 001 09 Gel kes 69 091 Str OL SL 08002 YN 0007 c 0 383 INOv 08 Scl Sel 07 0 Or 9 08 88 0051701 962 SZ 01 z 8208002 VN
281. e DriveLogix Controller User Manual Publication Available Firmware Release Notes DriveLogix Controller firmware revision 10 15 Firmware Release Notes DriveLogix Controller firmware revision 10 16 Firmware Release Notes DriveLogix Controller firmware revision 11 14 Logix5000 Controllers Common Procedures 20D UM002 20D RN001 20D RN002 www rockwellautomation com literature 20D RN003 1756 001 Manual Conventions Drive Frame Sizes Title Installation Instructions DriveLogix Controller for PowerFlex 700S Drives Overview p 3 Publication Available 20D IN003 Logix5000 Controllers General Instructions 1756 RM003 ControlNet Daughtercard Installation Instructions 1788 002 ControlNet Daughtercard Installation Instructions 1788 005 www rockwellautomation com Logix5000 Controllers Process Control and Drives Instructions 1756 RMO06 jterature RSLogix 5000 Getting Results 9399 RLD300 GR RSNetworx for ControlNet Getting Results 9398 CNETGR RSLinx Getting Results Guide 9399 LINXGR The following publications provide information that is useful when planning and installing communication networks Title Publication ContolNet Coax Tap Installation 1786 5 7 Instructions Available ControlNet Cable System Planning 1786 6 2 1 and Installation Manual www rockwellautomation com literature C
282. e C 2 Field Oriented Comte i 20 a a Een C 2 Permanent Magnet 1 3 Motor Overload ss Sars Be GOSS se en neh nee C 3 Mtr DT Spd ses EON PC e nd C 3 Overspeed Limit ey bea Dy pe ees Scu ne bee u C 4 Stop Dwell Time israel ea OR Sent Oe ER E ER C 5 inne han Palla Seaway dae C 6 Setpt 2 D ta 2 uo be carat cies Ree ns ea el C 6 iv Table of Contents Appendix D Appendix E Appendix F Appendix G Appendix H Appendix I Index HIM Overview External and Internal D 1 LCD Display Elements 2 tac oe ae Rd gh D 2 FPutctionsz ire N re Y ERU Fe eig D 2 Removing Installing the D 3 PowerFlex 7005 Stegmann Hi Resolution Encoder Feedback Option Chapter Objectives sede a RR AEN VERRE E EHE E 1 Specifications m HR ERE Lebe d aoe Reels Georg aang 1 Stegmann Hi Resolution Feedback Option Card E 1 Supported Encoders eie er Belt Swed ote Ma wre le E 1 Wiring the Stegmann Hi Resolution Feedback Option Card to an Encoder E 2 Recommended
283. e Command Number e Mode e Number of turns e Number of Sine Cos cycles e Checksum Customer I O plug P1 Allen Bradley PN 594262912 Weidmuller PN BL3 50 90 12BK Supported Encoders Table E A specifies which encoders are supported by the 7005 Hi Resolution Stegmann Encoder Feedback Option module Important Please note that encoders must be ordered as Single Ended This will ensure that the RS 485 channel has the proper termination network installed at the factory 2 PowerFlex 7005 Stegmann Hi Resolution Encoder Feedback Option Wiring the Stegmann Hi Resolution Feedback Option Card to an Encoder Table Supported Stegmann Encoders Model SINCOS SCS 60 SCS 70 SCM 60 and SCM 70 Resolution 512 sine cycles per revolution Comment SCM 60 and SCM 70 have built in mechanical turns counter SINCOS SCS KIT 101 and SCM KIT 101 1024 sine cycles per revolution SCM 60 and SCM 70 have built in mechanical turns counter SINCOS SRS 50 SRS 60 SRM 50 and SRM 60 1024 sine cycles per revolution SRM 50 and SRM 60 have built in mechanical turns counter SINCOS SRS M 25 1024 sine cycles per revolution SRS25 and SRM25 have built in mechanical turns counter IP65 Protection Class Size 25 square flange mounting SINCOS SRS660 1024 sine cycles per revolution Hollow shaft up to 14 mm diameter SINCOS SHS 170 512 sine cycles per revolution While the software supports this
284. e Inertia Compensation function affects the value of Par 59 Inertia Use in center winder and unwind applications to compensate for roll diameter build up Virt Encoder EPR Equivalent Edges Per Revolution EPR or line count of a virtual encoder A virtual encoder is a position reference whose input comes from speed reference It accumulates pulses at the same rate as a real encoder of identical Pulses Per Revolution PPR Enter the equivalent PPR For example Enter 1024 EPR to match an encoder with 1024 PPR Virt Encdr Posit A 32 bit pulse accumulator of the virtual encoder The accumulated pulse count is equivalent to the hardware accumulator of a real encoder It accumulates at a rate of 4x the value placed in Par 61 Virt Encoder EPR The accumulator starts at zero upon position enable Virt Encdr Dlyed One sample period delayed output of Par 62 Virt Encdr Posit Used in some applications to phase synchronize position reference through SynchLink The master is delayed one sample while the downstream drives update their position references then all drives sample position simultaneously The downstream drives do not select a delay MtrSpd Sim Posit The motor position output of the motor simulator The simulator provides motor position information during setup and troubleshooting when actual motor control is not desired or possible To use the motor simulator enter a value of 4 in Par 222 Motor Fdbk Sel Fi
285. e Time 38 EO 2 19 EO dEdge 39 E1 Delta2Err RPM Real 0 0000 14112 0000 Comm Scale Par 4 Motor RPM 1 0 3 20 Programming and Parameters No 79 80 81 82 84 85 86 87 89 Name Description Spd Fdbk TP Data Displays the value selected in Par 77 Spd Fdbk TP Sel This display should only be used if Min Max the selected value is integer data Values Default 0 32768 Speed Reg Cirl Enter or write a value to configure the speed regulator integrator Refer to Appendix Speed Control on page B 4 Options 5 8 l gt 5 g Zee 8 e 2 2 8 8882929 aia Default 0 0000000 o False Bt 01 2 3 4 5 6 7 1 True Spd Reg P Gain Sets the proportional gain of the speed regulator It s value is automatically calculated based on the bandwidth setting in Par 90 Spd Reg BW Proportional gain may be manually adjusted by setting Par 90 to a value of zero Units are per unit torque per unit speed Adjustments to Par 474 Freq Reg We BW and Par 475 Freq Reg Wr BW may be necessary when using sensorless feedback Spd Reg Gain Sets the integral gain of the speed regulator It s value is automatically calculated based on the bandwidth setting in Par 90 Spd Reg BW Integral gain may be manually adjusted by setting Par 90 to a value of zero Units are per unit torque sec per unit speed Adjustments to Par 474 Freq Reg We BW and 4Par 75 Freq R
286. e control with Par 615 Real 1107 which disp Real In07 Displays input word 07 of the contro Paired with Par 614 Integer In07 w Integer In08 Displays input word 08 of the control with Par 617 Real 1108 which disp Real In08 Displays input word 08 of the contro Paired with Par 616 Integer In08 w Integer In09 Displays input word 09 of the control with Par 619 Real 1109 which disp Real In09 Displays input word 09 of the contro Paired with Par 618 Integer 1109 w Integer In10 Displays input word 10 of the control with Par 621 Real In10 which disp Real In10 Displays input word 10 of the contro Paired with Par 620 Integer In10 w Integer In11 Displays input word 11 of the control with Par 623 Real In11 which disp er communicat hich displays th er communicat er communicat hich displays th er communicat er communicat hich displays th er communicat er communicat hich displays th er communicat er communicat hich displays th er communicat er communicat hich displays th er communicat er communicat hich displays th er communicat er communicat hich displays th er communicat er communicat hich displays th er communicat er communicati hich displays th er communicat er communicat hich displays th er communicat ion format in floating point format e same data in integer format ion format in integer format Paired ays the same da
287. e from 1 Top 10 amp 11 1 30 Installation Wiring Table 1 P TB2 Row B Bottom Terminals CX KK X 4 elated Parameter Terminal Signal Description B13 Encoder Signal A Secondary encoder interface 222 240 812 Encoder Signal Not 5 er selectable Nomina 244 51 encoder Sera B current draw per channel 245 246 12V DC 45 mA 5V DC 32 247 248 B9 Encoder Signal Z mA B8 Encoder Signal Not Z Maximum input frequency for Encoders 0 amp 1 is 500 kHz B7 Shield Connection point for encoder shield B6 Unused B5 Relay Output Relay contact output 824 841 B4 Relay Output Return Rating 5A 24V DC 842 Resistive 2A 24V DC Inductive B3 Unused B2 Power Supply 12V DC B 15 2V DC power supply for B1 Power Supply 12V DC Return B Secondary encoder interface Rating 300 mA 9 1 Refer to Encoder Input Settings on page 1 32 for necessary dip switch settings This power supply supports only the secondary encoder interface Do not use it to power circuits outside of the drive To enable 5V supply set Jumper J6 located in the Main Control Board to positions T2 and T3 Default 12V supply is set to T1 and T2 Installation Wiring 1 31 Table 1 0 TB2 Row Bottom Wiring Examples Input Output Connection Example Required Paramet
288. e is above 95C for ratings 1 1 11A 105C for 14 or 90C for 40 52A Bit 4 IT Trip indicates the drive has exceed the 3 second rating of either the 150 normal duty rating or 200 of the heavy duty rating Bit 5 IT Pending indicates the drive OL integrator is at 50 of the time out time Bit 6 IT Foldback indicates the drive closed loop current limit is in a fold back condition The value of the fold back is proportional to the calculated junction temperature Bit 7 Jnc Over Temp indicates the junction temperature has exceeded the maximum temperature for the power semiconductor device Options hs 518 E 5 965 2 852 5 26 o 22 22 Sle le ee cC fe 5 JE II 2 2 Default 0 0 0 jo jo jo jo jo jo jo Bit 15 14 13 12 11109 8 7 6 5 4 3 210 1 True Drive OL TP Sel Default 0 Zero Enter or write a value to select the drive overload data displayed in Par 348 Drive OL TP Options 0 Zero 23 flgbtJuncase Data 1 fAbslsSCur 24 figbtWatts 2 fDelta 25 ilgbtPerMod 3 fAbslqCurr 26 fFdThres 4 OLP 27 fFdSlope 5 28 fFdJunCase 6 29 fFdWatts 7 401 20 fMaxHsDegc 8 fOL_intg 31 9 32 fCsFltr 10 flnvOLClim 33 fPwmHz 11 HJuncDegc 34 fElecHz 12 35 fModidex
289. e to the controller closing the Controller to Options 0 Ignore Drive connection P Ignore Configures the dri i i when thi 2 e 0 Ignore Configures the drive to continue running as normal when this event FltCoastStop occurs 3 RampStop 1 Alarm Configures the drive to continue running and set the appropriate alarm bit 4 FitCurLimStp Lgx LinkChngCnfg Default 2 Enter a value to configure the drive s response to Controller to Drive default links being Options 0 removed A default link is a link automatically set up when a communication format is 1 selected for the Controller to Drive connection 2 FitCoastStop 0 Ignore Configures the drive to continue running as normal when this event 3 4 occurs 1 Alarm Configures the drive to continue running and set the appropriate alarm bit when this event occurs 2 FitCoastStop Configures the drive to perform a coast stop and set the appropriate fault bit in response this event 3 Fit RampStop Configures the drive to perform a ramp stop and set the appropriate fault bit in response this event 4 FitCurLimStp Configures the drive to perform a current limit stop and set the appropriate fault bit in response this event ATTENTION Risk of injury or equipment damage exists Parameter 388 Lgx Closed Cnfg lets you determine the action of the drive if communications are disrupted By default th
290. e used as Datalink inputs Entering a parameter of this type will Disable the link Refer to the manual that came with your communications option for datalink information Data In D1 Real Default 0 0000 Real Link D Word 1 Real or Floating Point Parameters that can only be changed while the 2200000000 0000 drive is stopped cannot be used as Datalink inputs Entering a parameter of this type will Disable the link Refer to the manual that came with your communications option for datalink information Data In D2 Int Default 0 32 bit Link D Word 2 Integer Parameter number whose value will be written from a Min Max 2147483648 Integer communications device data table Parameters that can only be changed while the drive is stopped cannot be used as Datalink inputs Entering a parameter of this type will Disable the link Refer to the manual that came with your communications option for datalink information Data In D2 Real Default 0 0000 Real Link D Word 2 Real or Floating Point Parameters that can only be changed while the 2200000000 0000 drive is stopped cannot be used as Datalink inputs Entering a parameter of this type will Disable the link Refer to the manual that came with your communications option for datalink information DLink OutDataTyp Set bits to configure each Datalink output word for real floating point data transfer Reset bits to configure each Datalink output word for in
291. eached the positive Motor Current Limit set by Par 356 Mtr Current Lim B 5 OM indicates that the current reference has reached the positive current limit set by the Open Loop Inverter Overload shown in Par 343 OL pnLp CurrLim Bit 6 DriveProtCL indicates that the current reference has reached the positive current limit set by the Closed Loop Inverter Overload shown in Par 344 OL CurrLim Bit 8 Limit indicates that the torque reference has reached the Positive Torque Limit set by Par 125 Torque Pos Limit Bit 9 Mtrng PwrLim indicates that the torque reference is being limited by the Motoring Power Limit set by Par 127 Mtring Power Lim Torq CurLim indicates that current reference has reached the Actual Torque Producing Current Limit set by Par 353 Iq Actual Lim Atune Tq Lim indicates that the torque reference is being limited by Par 129 Atune Torq Ref 0 Torq indicates that the torque reference is limited to zero because Par 157 Logic Ctrl State bit 9 Ref En is off 0 Curr Ena indicates that the current reference is limited to zero because Par 157 Logic Ctrl State bit 11 CurrRef En is off MCS Iq Lim indicates that torque producing current is at its negative limit MCS Ws Lim indicates that flux producing torque is at its negative limit 0 Iq from indicates that torque producing current is limited to zero from the negative direction refer to Par 353 Iq Actual
292. eceiving multiplying nodes Enter a value that will not produce an overflow the product of this value and the inputs to the conversion and multiply functions must be less than 65 536 SL Mult Out Default 0 0000 Real Displays the output of the SynchLink Multiply function as a floating real value The value Min Max 0 0000 65535 0000 is the result of the formula Par 1030 SL Mult A In source integer x Par 1031 SL Mult B In Par 1032 SL Mult Base Par 1030 SL Mult A In x Par 1031 SL Mult In Note the SynchLink Multiply function produces an output that is always positive SL Mult State Displays the status of the SynchLink Multiply function e Bit 0 Local Ovflow indicates a math overflow due to local multiply e Bit 1 Rx Overflow indicates a math overflow in received data e Bit 3 Ftol Ovflow indicates a math overflow in the real to integer conversion function Options 3 5 gt 5575 S S S S S S S S S S S 55 5 S S 5755 S S S S 2 gt lt 8 I jn Default 0 o o jo 0 jo jo jo jo jo jo o o jo jo jo o jo p jo o jo jo jo jo jo o o o 0 0 re Bit 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 109 8 7 6 5
293. ed Data for word 20 Data transmitted from one node to another must be the same data type This parameter is paired with Par 1114 SL Buf Real 20 Values Default Default Default Default Default Default Default Default Default Default Default Default Default Default Default Default Default Default Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Max 0 0000 2200000000 0000 0 2147483648 0 0000 2200000000 0000 0 2147483648 0 0000 2200000000 0000 0000 0 2147483648 0 0000 2200000000 0000 0 2147483648 0 0000 2200000000 0000 0 2147483648 0 0000 2200000000 0000 0 2147483648 0 0000 2200000000 0000 0 2147483648 0 0000 2200000000 0000 0 2147483648 0 0000 2200000000 0000 0 2147483648 Linkable Read Write Data Type ZU eal 32 bit Integer Real 32 bit Integer Real 32 bit Integer Real 32 bit Integer Real 32 bit Integer Real 32 bit Integer Real 32 bit Integer Real 32 bit Integer Real 32 bit Integer 1114 1115 1116 1117 1118 1119 1120
294. ed at this percent of rated speed over 0 5 msec will cause a tach switch from the primary to alternate feedback device This feature is enabled when bit 16 Auto Tach Sw in Par 153 Control Options is selected Setting this level lower will make the tach switch detection more sensitive and lower the minimum speed at which a tach switch can occur Setting this level higher will make the tach switch less sensitive and raise the minimum speed for tach switch detection Virtual Edge Rev Set the EPR Edges Per Revolution scaling for calculating motor position Used in the calculation of the position feedback such as Par 70 MtrSpd Sim Spd Obs Trq Gain Multiplication factor for the inertia input to the Speed Observer If the specified inertia differs from actual this value is used to fine tune the inertia value input to the observer Normally set to 1 Encdr0 Position Displays the position feedback accumulator from encoder 0 The value changes by a value of 4 times the Pulses Per Revolution PPR rating of the encoder for each full revolution of the encoder shaft Used by the Velocity Position Loop VPL to close the position loop if the position control is selected Encdr0 Spd Fdbk Displays the speed feedback from encoder 0 Calculated from the change of Par 230 EncdrO Position and Par 232 Encoder0 PPR Sets the PPR rating of the feedback device connected to the Encoder 0 input Values U
295. ed by the autotune procedure Scaled to percent of rated motor impedance Do not change this value eak Inductance isplays the sum of the motor stator rotor leakage and motor cable inductances in per nit percent representation as determined by the autotune procedure Scaled to ercent of rated motor impedance Do not change this value eak Indc Sat 1 isplays the leakage inductance correction for the first overload level as determined by e autotune procedure eak Indc Sat 2 isplays the leakage inductance correction for the first overload level as determined by the autotune procedure Bus Util Limit Sets the maximum allowed bus voltage utilization for the Motor Control Do not change this value Higher values may result in control instability or over current faults For ssor Torque En Sets the delay between the time the drive is enabled and the time the Motor Control applies torque Rotor Resistance Displays rotor resistance as determined by the autotune procedure Scaled to percent of rated motor impedance Do not change this value Values Default Min Max Default Min Max Units Default Min Max Units Default Min Max Default Options Units Default Min Max nits efault Min Max nits efault Min Max nits efault Min Max Units Default Min Max nits efault Min Max nits efault Min Max nits efault Min Max Comm Scale
296. efau Min M Defau Min M Defau Min M Defau Min M Defau Min M Defau Min M t ax ax Programming and Parameters 0 0000 2200000000 0000 0 2147483648 0 0000 2200000000 0000 0 2147483648 0 0000 2200000000 0000 0 2147483648 0 0000 2200000000 0000 0 2147483648 0 0000 2200000000 0000 0 2147483648 0 0000 2200000000 0000 0 2147483648 0 0000 2200000000 0000 0 2147483648 0 0000 2200000000 0000 0 2147483648 0 0000 2200000000 0000 0 2147483648 Linkable Read Write Data Type 3 87 D eal 32 bit Integer Real 32 bit Integer Real 32 bit Integer Real 32 bit Integer Real 32 bit Integer Real 32 bit Integer Real 32 bit Integer Real 32 bit Integer Real 32 bit Integer 3 88 Programming and Parameters No 1132 1140 1141 1142 1143 1144 1145 1146 1147 1148 1160 1161 1162 1163 1164 1165 1166 Name Description SL Buf Real Rx29 Displays the floating point real value of the Buffered Received Data for word 29 Data transmitted from one node to another must be the same data type This parameter is paired with Par 1131 SL Buf Int Rx29 Tx Dir Data Type Values Default 0 0000 Min Max 2200000000 0000 Linkable Read Write Data Type ZU eal Indi
297. eg Wr BW may be necessary when using sensorless feedback SpdReg AntiBckup By setting this parameter to 0 3 the drive will not over shoot to a step response This parameter has no affect on the drive s response to load changes Recommended setting is 0 1000 to 0 5000 Over Shoot Reference Feedback SpdReg AntiBckup 0 0 Feedback SpdReg AntiBckup 0 3 Under Shoot Servo Lock Gain Sets the gain of an additional integrator in the speed regulator The effect of Servo Lock is to increase stiffness of the speed response to a load disturbance It behaves like a position regulator with velocity feed forward but without the pulse accuracy of a true position regulator The units of Servo Lock are rad sec Gain should normally be set to less than 1 3 speed regulator bandwidth or for the desired response Set to zero to disable Servo Lock Spd Reg Droop Specifies the amount of base speed that the speed reference is reduced when at full load torque Use the droop function to cause the motor speed to decrease with an increase in load The units are per unit speed per unit torque SReg Preset When the drive is not enabled this parameter presets integrator output Par 101 SpdReg Integ Out to specified a torque level This ensures that the torque command will be at the preset value when the drive is enabled and run Par 80 Speed Reg Ctrl bit 1 Preset Sel 0 enables this preset Spd Err Filt BW Sets the band
298. ental Information Figure A 9 PowerFlex 700S Bottom View Dimensions continued Frame 4 Frame 5 75 HP 480V 55 kW 400V Normal Duty Drive 47 0 1 85 Dia 169 0 6 65 34 9 1 37 Dia 760039 s 1582 8 29 inu 65 3 2 57 54 1 2 13 Dia E 22 2 0 87 Dia 2 Places al 86 n SAU x AS 627 247 Dia Q n C42 eo N m aa A e g ran 958 2295 ey 1 I 5 179 uw 7 00 8 66 o o 1579 184 0 7 24 5 6 21 1 I 141 9 159 5 5 Ze 559 6 28 N ESESESE Jerez 105 1 60 4 14 78 m Ye 65 0 2
299. er Changes Secondary Encoder Interface Supports 12V DC differential encoders with internal power supply 5V DC differential encoders require external power supply and special jumper settings Refer to Main Control Board I O Configuration Settings on page 1 32 for external power supply and jumper settings For 5V DC differential encoders with internal power supply set Jumper J6 to positions T2 and T3 Secondary Encoder using internal power supply aN Vo ve vi Y yy dumm ZZBBAA Return Case Ground Secondary Encoder using external power supply 0000000000000 7 8 911011112113 Shield Power r D Common Return lt lt tp VY Power 7 7 Return Case Ground e Set the value of Parameter 222 Motor Fdbk Sel to a value of 1 Encoder 1 so the drive will use this encoder as the primary motor speed feedback device e Set the value of Parameter 242 Encoder1 PPR to match the encoder s resolution Auxiliary Output Relay contact output Auxiliary Output Used to Indicate Running EXTERNAL 24V DC common 4 5 Vw LS
300. eration Switches SW2 2 4 and 6 are for the primary encoder Set these switches to match the encoder output specifications Open these switches for 12V DC operation close them for 5V DC operation Connecting SynchLink J8 Transmit Installation Wiring 1 33 Switches SW2 1 3 and 5 are for the secondary encoder Set these switches to match the encoder output specifications Open these switches for 12V DC operation close them for 5V DC operation SynchLink provides high speed synchronization and communication between multiple PowerFlex 7005 drives or other products with SynchLink capability Refer to The SynchLink Design Guide publication 1756 TD008 when planning and connecting the SynchLink network Class 1 LED Product using optical transmission equipment This product emits intense light and invisible radiation Do not look into module ports or fiber optic cable connectors ATTENTION Hazard of permanent eye damage exists when Figure 1 1 SynchLink Connections J9 Receive Connect cables to J9 receive and J8 transmit connectors on the bottom of the Main Control Board Push the plug into the socket until it produces an audible click Important Do not overtighten tie wraps 1 34 Installation Wiring Table 1 5 SynchLink Cables and Accessories Description Cat No 2 x 25 cm Fiber Optic Link 1403 CF000 2 x 1 Fiber Optic Link 140
301. error is within specified limits In Posit Dwell Position error must be within the value specified by Par 782 In Posit BW for this amount of time before the In Position detector sets bit 10 In Position of Par 741 Position Status A momentary out of position indication will reset the internal timer and clear the In Position status bit Posit Detct1 In Provides the input variable for Position Watch 1 Position Watch 1 is enabled and configured with Par 740 Position Control bits 16 amp 17 Position Watch 1 compares this value with Par 780 PositDetct1 Stpt and sets bit 8 Posit Watch1 of Par 741 Position Status when the appropriate condition is satisfied A default link connects this parameter to Par 763 Act Motor Posit Posit Detct2 In Provides the input variable for Position Watch 2 Position Watch 2 is enabled and configured with Par 740 Position Control bits 18 amp 19 Position Watch 2 compares this value with Par 781 PositDetct2 Stpt and sets bit 9 Posit Watch2 of Par 741 Position Status when the appropriate condition is satisfied A default link connects this parameter to Par 763 Act Motor Posit Xsync Status Values Default Min Max Units Default Min Max Default Min Max Default Min Max 200 0 1000000 Sec 0 0040 0 0000 10 0000 0 2147483648 0 2147483648 lt Linkable Xsync Gen Period Options 2 als g 88 al a 8 g gele
302. ertia Time in seconds for a motor coupled to a load to accelerate from zero to base speed at rated motor torque Calculated during autotune Speed Ref 1 Sets the speed reference that the drive should use when selected by Par 16 Speed Ref Sel A value of 1 0 represents base speed of the motor Spd Divide Par 10 Speed Ref 1 is divided by this number This number can be used to scale the value of Par 10 Speed Ref 1 Speed Ref 2 Sets the speed reference that the drive should use when selected by Par 16 Speed Ref Sel A value of 1 0 represents base speed of the motor Spd Ref2 Multi Par 12 Speed Ref 2 is multiplied by this number This number can be used to scale the value of Par 12 Speed Ref 2 Speed Ref 4 Sets the speed reference that the drive should use when selected by Par 16 Speed Ref Sel Speed Ref 5 Sets the speed reference that the drive should use when selected by Par 16 Speed Ref Sel Speed Ref Sel Selects the source of the speed reference to the drive Jog Speed 1 Sets the speed reference that the drive should use when responding to bit 18 1 of Par 152 Applied LogicCmd Jog Speed 2 Sets the speed reference that the drive should use when responding to bit 23 2 of Par 152 Applied LogicCmd Atune Spd Ref Sets the maximum speed of the motor during the Flux current and inertia tests Values Units Default Min Max in Max D M U D Min Max U
303. es only the speed magnitude The direction is determined by Par 153 Applied LogicCmd bits 20 UniPol Fwd and 21 UniPol Rev The forward reverse direction button on the HIM is one possible source for the Applied Logic Command direction bits The following chart explains the effect that the direction button on the HIM has based on the condition of the Bipolar SRef bit Bipolar Reference Controlled By HIM Direction Button Changes the motor direction due to a HIM supplied or command signal Enabled Yes Enabled Has no effect on motor direction Direction determined by sign of Par 40 Selected Spd Ref Disabled Yes Changes the motor direction due to a HIM supplied Forward or Reverse Logic Command bit Disabled Changes the motor direction due to a HIM supplied Forward or Reverse Logic Command bit In either Bipolar or Unipolar mode the selected direction be determined from the sign of Par 41 Limited Spd Positive values indicate forward rotation and negative values indicate reverse rotation Enables Speed Reference Lead Lag Filter reset disables Setting this bit will enable the speed regulator filter as a single order low pass filter Overrides Par 110 Spd Torq setting when jog command received Bypasses the Speed Reference Ramp and S Curve Overrides Par 110 Spd Torq setting when stopping Configures for 3 wire control Enables Torque Current Delay opt
304. escription of the HIM Human Interface Module For Information on See Page Prepare for Drive Start Up 2 1 Assisted Start Up 2 3 the following start up procedure Some of the voltages present at incoming line potential To avoid electric shock hazard or damage to equipment only qualified service personnel should perform the following procedure Thoroughly read and understand the procedure before beginning If an event does not occur while performing this procedure Do Not Proceed Remove Power including user supplied control voltages User supplied voltages may exist even when main AC power is not applied to then drive Correct the malfunction before continuing ATTENTION Power must be applied to the drive to perform Prepare for Drive Start Up Before Applying Power to the Drive Important If you have a DriveLogix application you must first connect the battery before starting this section 0 1 Confirm that motor wires are connected to the correct terminals and are secure Confirm Frame 5 transformer connections refer to page 1 9 J 2 Confirm that encoder wires are connected to the correct terminals and are secure 3 Confirm that all control inputs are connected to the correct terminals and are secure 4 Verify that AC line power at the disconnect device is within the rated value of the drive 5 Verify that control power voltage is correct The remainder of this procedure requires
305. et low or the trend data has been completely collected This bit should be cleared following either the Triggered status or Complete status bit 1 and 2 respectively in Par 1251 Trend Status in order to complete the trend sequence This bit can also be cleared at any time to force the trend data sampling to stop and set the Complete status bit Setting bit 1 In1 Real specifies the Real data type for Trend Input 1 The source for Real data is Par 1265 Trend In1 Real Clearing the bit specifies the Integer data type The source for Integer data is Par 1264 Trend In1 Int Setting bit 2 In2 Real specifies the Real data type for Trend Input 2 The source for Real data 15 Par 1267 Trend In2 Real Clearing the bit specifies the Integer data type The source for Integer data is Par 1266 Trend In2 Int Setting bit 3 In3 Real specifies the Real data type for Trend Input 3 The source for Real data is Par 1269 Trend In3 Real Clearing the bit specifies the Integer data type The source for Integer data is Par 1268 Trend In3 Int Setting bit 4 In4 Real specifies the Real data type for Trend Input 4 The source for Real data is Par 1271 Trend In4 Real Clearing the bit specifies the Integer data type The source for Integer data is Par 1270 Trend In4 Int Setting bit 15 Auto Output causes the trend output Typically you link the output to an analog output for Auto output is accomplished by
306. exists Parameter 390 SL MultErr Cnfg lets you determine the action of the drive if communications are disrupted By default this parameter causes the drive to fault and coast to a stop You can set this parameter so that the drive continues to run Precautions should be taken to ensure that the setting of this parameter does not create hazards of injury or equipment damage DPI CommLoss Cfg Default 2 FitCoastStop Enter a value to configure the drive s response to the failure of a DPI port Fangs gt 4 Options 0 Ignore e 0 Ignore Configures the drive to continue running as normal when this event 1 Alarm occurs e 1 Alarm Configures the drive to continue running and set the appropriate alarm bit 5 when this event occurs 4 FitCurLimStp ATTENTION Risk of injury or equipment damage exists Parameter 391 DPI CommLoss Cfg lets you determine the action of the drive if communications are disrupted By default this parameter causes the drive to fault and coast to a stop You can set this parameter so that the drive continues to run Precautions should be taken to ensure that the setting of this parameter does not create hazards of injury or equipment damage NetLoss DPI Cnfg Default 2 FltCoastStop Enter a value to configure the drive s response to communication fault from a network Options 0 Ignore card at a DPI port Ignore Configures the dri i i when thi
307. f personal injury and or equipment damage exists if codes are ignored during installation 1 2 Installation Wiring Opening the Cover Frames 1 6 Opening Control Assembly Step Description Loosen captive screw Push down on cover Pull cover away from assembly Mounting Clearances Frames 1 6 8 wende 3 2 No Adhesive Label AYAR 4 0 in see below With Adhesive Label 50 8mm 2 0 in see below opa sh x 101 6mm 4 0 in e e f fr il 1 Refer to the PowerFlex Reference Manual Vol 2 for detailed 50 8mm 2 0 in dimension information _ Te A ww Frames 1 4 Locate the slot in the upper left corner Slide the locking tab up and swing the cover open Special hinges allow cover to move away from drive and lay on top of adjacent drive if present See page 1 8 for frame 4 access panel removal Frame 5 Slide the locking tab up loosen the right hand cover screw and remove See page 1 8 for access panel removal Frame 6 Loosen 2 screws at bottom of drive cover Carefully slide bottom cover down and out Loosen the 2 screws at top of cover and remove 4 101 6mm 4 0 in Oe 7 101 6mm 4 0 in Nr I AC Supply Source Considerations Installation Wiring 1 3 Operating Temperatures
308. f the controller communication format in floating point format Paired with Par 656 Integer Out12 which displays the same data in integer format Integer Out13 isplays output word 13 of the controller communication format in integer format Paired ith Par 659 Real Out13 which displays the same data in floating point format Real Out13 Displays output word 13 of the controller communication format in floating point format Paired with Par 658 Integer Out13 which displays the same data in integer format Integer Out14 Displays output word 14 of the controller communication format in integer format Paired with Par 661 Real Out14 which displays the same data in floating point format Real Out14 Displays output word 14 of the controller communication format in floating point format Paired with Par 660 Integer Out14 which displays the same data in integer format Integer Out15 Displays output word 15 of the controller communication format in integer format Paired with Par 663 Real Out15 which displays the same data in floating point format Real Out15 Displays output word 15 of the controller communication format in floating point format Paired with Par 662 Integer Out15 which displays the same data in integer format Lax Comm Format Indicates the Controller to Drive communication format 16 Velocity Control 0 Custom Format 16 Position Control 2 a Values 5g Default 0 00
309. figure the process control regulator enable or disable the regulator enable or disable the time function generator and limit generator Options 5 2 2 5 2 S S S S S 5 o jo jo jo jo jo E CC jc ja Default oO 0 o 0 0 jo jo o o o 0 O 00 False Bit 15 14 13 12 11109 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 14 Lpass Filt BW Units R S V v Sets the bandwidth of a single pole filter applied to the error input of the Process Control Default 0 0000 regulator The input to the filter is the difference between Par 181 Pl Reference and Par Min Max 0 0000 500 0000 182 Feedback The output of this filter is used as the input to the process control regulator PI Preload Units PU 4 v Presets the integrator of the Process Control regulator Default 0 0000 Min Max 8 0000 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 200 201 204 205 206 207 208 Description PI Prop Gain Controls the proportional gain of the Process Control regulator If the proportional gain is 1 0 the regulator output equals 1 pu for 1 pu error PI Integ Time Controls the integral gain of the Process Control regulator If the integrator time is 1 0 regulator output equals 1 pu in 1 second for 1 pu error
310. figures the registration latch at port 0 e RL Encdr1 Sel selects the encoder for the input source of latched data Setting bit 0 selects Encoder 1 resetting the bit to zero selects Encoder 0 Bits 1 RL Trig Src0 and 2 RL Trig Src1 select the trigger source see Table 236A Trigger Source Settings Linkable Read Write Data Type Configures the registration control for port 0 occurrence of the trigger input e Set bit 1 DisArm Req to disarm the registration logic for next trigger event Bits 3 RL Trig Edg0 and 4 RL Trig Edg1 select which edges signal the position see Table 2368 Edge Selection Settings Bits 5 RL Dir Rev and 6 RL Dir Fwd set the direction of position capture see Table 236C Trigger Source Settings e Bits 8 DI Filt 00 9 DI Filt bit1 10 DI Filt bt2 and 11 DI Filt bit3 configure a filter for the digital input 1 and 2 see Table 2360 Filter Settings The filter requires the input signal to be stable for the specified time period Input transitions within the filter time setting will be ignored Options 8 5 5 8 IDG lS lS lS lS lS lS lS l l l l l gt l gt 2 j do l 5 2 2 222 2 2 S S lt 2 2 2 S 2 5 2 5 SIE 8888 5188 88188 888 5 ae ge BER ESSEN 5 jo ja ja c
311. g 20 vzg era xny iaa u an 8 gt 6 uowwoN 668 952460 71 191 6589 540199195 7 18 d uj Ie M erg Lino qeq 91 181 219 3 ae smeig 2907 xny vee 00 vee smeis 16901 18 D NW 928 gt eous L ugno K alo k sgzgl 2 2 Bwa auiquiog Jopejeg eounoqaq U JE gt 828 9 18 1 nord 68 Aejay 1ndino 57186 12007 leg ndino SMEIS ON 16907 10 K vee 10 K veg M 8689 sad 88 105 1 21601 pZ sug o Qa sindino 9 sindu 9 3 2 B 13 Control Block Diagrams Id 3 6 zu Buy ano _ wowizw pos ggg aleas ano gt zul ssal 1921 __ beper u 608 7
312. g Speed 2 18 Leak Inductance 492 Lgx Closed 388 Lgx Comm Format 664 Lgx CommLossData 385 Name Number Name Number Lgx LinkChngCnfg 389 Mtr NP Pwr Units 6 Lgx OutOfRunCnfg 386 Mtr OL Pend Cnfg 372 Lgx Timeout Cnfg 387 Mtr OL Trip 371 LimGen X axis In 206 Mtr Posit Fdbk 762 LimGen Y axis Mn 205 Mtr TorqCurr Ref 305 LimGen Y axis Mx 204 Mtr Vds Base 434 Limit Gen Hi Out 207 Mtr Vqs Base 435 Limit Gen Lo Out 208 Mtring Power Lim 127 Limit Status 304 MtrSpd Est Posit 75 Limited Spd Ref 41 MtrSpd Sim Posit 70 Lin1 Update Rate 289 MtrSpd Simulated 76 Line Undervolts 409 NetLoss DPI Cnfg 392 Lineari CPR 290 Notch Filt Freq 118 Linear1 Status 286 Notch Filt Mode 117 Lineari TP Data 288 OL ClsLp CurrLim 344 Linear1 TP Sel 287 OL OpnLp CurrLim 343 Load Estimate 221 Opt 0 Regis Cnfg 254 Local I O Status 824 Opt 0 Regis Ctrl 255 Logic Command 151 Opt 0 Regis Ltch 253 Logic Ctrl State 157 Opt 0 Regis Stat 256 Logic Mask 693 Opt 1 Regis Cnfg 280 Logic State Mach 150 Opt 1 Regis Ctrl 281 Logic Status 155 Opt 1 Regis Ltch 279 Logic TP Data 162 Opt 1 Regis Stat 282 Logic TP Sel 161 Output Curr Disp 297 MC Build Number 526 Output Current 308 MC Cmd Lim Cnfg 382 Output Freq 310 MC Diag Done 551 Output Power 311 MC Diag Error 1 552 Output Voltage 307 MC Diag Error 2 553 ParamAccessLevel 850 MC Diag Error 3 554 Peak Ctrl Status 211 MC Diag Status 550 PeakDetect1 Out 215 MC Firmware Rev 527 PeakDetect2 Out 219 MC Status 555 PeakDtct Ctrl In 2
313. gital Output 1 The bit within the selected word that will control Digital Output 1 is set by Par 844 DigOut 1 Bit Values Default Min Max Comm Scale Units Default Min Max Default Min Max Default Min Max Default Min Max Units Default Min Max Default Options Default Options Default Options Default Min Max Default Min Max Default Min Max Programming and Parameters 3 77 o 8 S t 00000000000000000000000000000000 32 bit 00000000000000000000000000000000 Boolean 11111111111111111111111111111111 Inputs 8 Outputs Digital Inputs mSec V heal 8 0000 0 000015 5000 00000000000000000000000000000000 32 0 00000000000000000000000000000000 Boolean 11111111111111111111111111111111 0 V 16 0 32 31 Integer 00000000000000000000000000000000 32 bit 00000000000000000000000000000000 Boolean 11111111111111111111111111111111 mSec V 8 0000 0 0000 15 5000 0 Not Used 0 Not Used 8 Fwd Reverse 1 Normal Stop 9 Stop 2 Start 10 Coast Stop 3 Run 11 Aux Fault 4 Clear Faults 12 AuxFault Inv 5 Stop CF 13 User Select 6 Jog 1 14 PreChrg Disc 7 Jog 2 4 Not Used 0 Not Used 14 Reserved 1 Normal Stop 15 Reserved 2 Start 16 Reserved 3 Run 17 Reserved 4 Clear Faults 18 Reserved 5 Stop CF 19
314. gnostics tab of the Peer Communication window SL CRC Error Default 0 32 bit Displays the number of CRC errors that occurred during the last test last 8 mS This Min Max 0 4294967296 nteger data is visible on the SynchLink diagnostics tab of the Peer Communication window SL BOF Err Accum Default 0 32 bit Displays the total accumulated number of BOF errors Clearing a BOF fault resets this Min Max 0 4294967296r nteger accumulator This data is visible on the SynchLink diagnostics tab of the Peer Communication window SL BOF Error Default 0 32 bit Displays the number of BOF errors that occurred during the last test last 8 mS This data Min Max 0 4294967296 nteger is visible on the SynchLink diagnostics tab of the Peer Communication window SL CRC Err Limit Default 2 32 bit The number of CRC errors per test per 8 mS allowed before the drive declares a Min Max 0 256 nteger SynchLink CRC Error exception event Set this limit on the SynchLink diagnostics tab of the Peer Communication window SL BOF Err Limit Default 2 32 bit The number of BOF errors per test per 8 mS allowed before the drive declares a Min Max 0 256 nteger SynchLink BOF Error exception event Set this limit on the SynchLink diagnostics tab of the Peer Communication window Trend Control Set bits to configure the Data Trend function e Bit 0 Enbl Collect Trend data collection begins on the rising edge of this bit and continues until either this bit is s
315. hanical turns counter SINCOS SRS 50 SRS 60 1024 sine cycles per revolution SRM 50 and SRM 60 have built in SRM 50 and SRM 60 mechanical turns counter SINCOS SRS M 25 1024 sine cycles per revolution SRS25 and SRM25 have built in mechanical turns counter IP65 Protection Class Size 25 square flange mounting SINCOS SRS660 1024 sine cycles per revolution Hollow shaft up to 14 mm diameter SINCOS SHS 170 512 sine cycles per revolution While the software supports this encoder the SHS 170 draws excessive current and should only be used with an external power supply SINCOS SINCODER and LINCODER are registered trademarks of Stegmann Inc Recommended Cables If you are using this motor and feedback device Use this cable Temposonics 11 Linear sensors with MTS part Mating MTS molded extension cable for RG connector or integral P numbers ending in 15261102 cable Allen Bradley 1326AB BXXXX 21ML and Allen Bradley 1326 CECU XXL XXX 21MKXL motors with embedded Stegmann rotary encoder Allen Bradley 1326AB BXXXX M2L M2KXL Allen Bradley 2090 CDNFDMP SXX S2L and S2KXL motors with embedded Stegmann rotary encoder Any other motor with external Stegmann Stegmann 6 411562 XX cables with 10 Pin MS connector assembly SRS SRM25 rotary encoder 6 430080 00 Any other motor with other external Stegmann Stegmann 6 411682 XX cables with C12 FUR connectors rotary encoders Important Please n
316. he floating point real value of the Buffered Received Data for word 23 Data transmitted from one node to another must be the same data type This parameter is paired with Par 1119 SL Buf Int Rx23 SL Buf Int Rx24 Displays the integer value of the Buffered Received Data for word 24 Data transmitted from one node to another must be the same data type This Par is paired with Par 1122 SL Buf Real Rx24 SL Buf Real Rx24 Displays the floating point real value of the Buffered Received Data for word 24 Data transmitted from one node to another must be the same data type This parameter is paired with Par 1121 SL Buf Int Rx24 SL Buf Int Rx25 Displays the integer value of the Buffered Received Data for word 25 Data transmitted from one node to another must be the same data type This parameter is paired with Par 1124 SL Buf Real 25 SL Buf Real Rx25 Displays the floating point real value of the Buffered Received Data for word 25 Data transmitted from one node to another must be the same data type This parameter is paired with Par 1123 SL Buf Int Rx25 SL Buf Int Rx26 Displays the integer value of the Buffered Received Data for word 26 Data transmitted from one node to another must be the same data type This parameter is paired with Par 1126 SL Buf Real Rx26 SL Buf Real Rx26 Displays the floating point real value of the Buffered Received Data for word 26 Data transmitted from one node to another must be the s
317. he rise of Par 1250 Trend Control bit 0 Enbl Collect The trend outputs will be forced to zero while this bit is clear Options 9 2 8 8 838 9E 515 5 228g gt gt gt gt gt P 2 5 5 5 s is 5 s is 555 s 5 Tec IE Default o 0 o 0 0 0 0 False Bit 15 14 13 12 11109 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 1 True 1252 Trend State Default 0 Wait Enable Value indicates the state of the Data Trend function Mai 0 Wait Enable indicates the trend function is ready and waiting to begin data Gallons 1 a granie collection Setting bit 0 Enbl Collect of Par1250 Trend Control will cause data 2 Pre trigger collection to begin In this state Par 1283 TrendBuffPointer and the Trend Output 3 Post trigger parameters are active 4 Wait Disable e 1 First Scan indicates the Trend function is executing the first pass through the trend sample buffer This takes 512 ms 0 5 ms x 1024 samples When it enters this state the Trend function clears bit 1 Triggered and bit 2 Complete of Par 1251 Trend Status While in this state the Trend function refreshes the data Also while in this state the function forces the Trend Output parameters to zero When done it enters the Pre trigger state 2 Pre trigger indicates the Trend function is sampling the t
318. he speed regulator when sensorless motor speed feedback is used Units are in rad sec Bandwidth is also referred to as the crossover frequency Small integral time response is approximately 1 BW and is the time to reach 63 of set point A change to this parameter will cause an automatic update of Parameters 104 SrLss Spd Reg Kp and 105 SrLss Spd Reg To disable the automatic gain calculation set this parameter to zero The maximum limit for this parameter is determined by Par 354 Iq Rate Limit the ratio of Par 8 Motor Inertia to Par 9 Total Inertia and Par 107 SrLss Kp Max SrLss Kp Max Places a limit on the maximum value of proportional gain in Par 104 SrLss Spd Reg for use when sensorless motor speed feedback is used When gains are autmatically calculated this parameter is necessary to limit the amplification of noise with increased inertia Spd Reg TP Sel Enter or write a value to select speed regulator data displayed in Par 109 Spd Reg TP Data Spd Reg TP Data Displays the data selected by Par 108 Spd Reg TP Sel Spd Torq ModeSel Selects the source for the drive torque reference Torque Ref 1 Supplies an external motor torque reference to the drive This parameter is divided by the value in Par 112 Ref1 Div A value of 1 0 represents rated torque of the motor Jorg Div Par 111 Torque Ref 1 is divided by this number Use this parameter to scale the value of Par 111 Torque Ref 1
319. his is the final value after conversion offsetting Min Max 2200000000 0000 scaling and filtering 801 Anlg Ini Volts Units Volt Rea Displays the sum of Par 803 Anlg In1 Offset and the analog to digital conversion of Default 0 0000 Analog Input 1 The display range is 10V If switch SW1 1 is closed set for 1 0V the Min Max 10 0000 value is scaled and displayed as 10V 802 Anlg In1 Scale Units V v Scales the range of Analog Input 1 to the range of Par 800 Anlg In1 Data Par 801 Anlg Default 0 0000 In1 Volts is multiplied by this number to produce the input to the lead lag filter function Min Max 2200000000 0000 Par 802 1 and Par 800 10 when 10V is applied 803 Ang Ini Offset Units Volt v Rea Applies an offset to Analog Input 1 The output of the analog to digital conversion is Default 0 0000 summed with this number to produce Par 801 Anlg In1 Volts This is used to zero out the Min Max 20 0000 analog input 804 Al1Filt Gain Default 1 0000 v Provides the lead term for the Analog Input 1 filter A values greater than 1 will result in a Min Max 5 0000 lead function and a value less than 1 will result in a lag function 805 Ini Filt BW Units R S V v Sets the frequency for the Analog Input 1 filter Default 0 0000 Min Max 0 0000 3760 00001 806 Anlg In2 Data Units Rea Dispfays the value of Analog Input 2 This is the final value after conversion offse
320. his parameter is paired with Par 1105 SL Buf Int Rx16 SL Buf Int Rx17 Displays the integer value of the Buffered Received Data for word 17 Data transmitted from one node to another must be the same data type This parameter is paired with Par 1108 SL Buf Real Rx17 SL Buf Real Rx17 Displays the floating point real value of the Buffered Received Data for word 17 Data transmitted from one node to another must be the same data type This parameter is paired with Par 1107 SL Buf Int Rx17 SL Buf Int Rx18 Displays the integer value of the Buffered Received Data for word 18 Data transmitted from one node to another must be the same data type This parameter is paired with Par 1110 SL Buf Real Rx18 SL Buf Real Rx18 Displays the floating point real value of the Buffered Received Data for word 18 Data transmitted from one node to another must be the same data type This parameter is paired with Par 1109 SL Buf Int Rx18 SL Buf Int Rx19 Displays the integer value of the Buffered Received Data for word 19 Data transmitted from one node to another must be the same data type This parameter is paired with Par 1112 SL Buf Real Rx19 SL Buf Real Rx19 Displays the floating point real value of the Buffered Received Data for word 19 Data transmitted from one node to another must be the same data type This parameter is paired with Par 1111 SL Buf Int Rx19 SL Buf Int Rx20 Displays the integer value of the Buffered Receiv
321. ia 28 7 1 13 Dia 2 places 170 3 6 70 159 7 6 29 Frame 2 Supplemental Information A 27 22 4 0 88 Dia 28 7 1 13 Dia 2 Places 3 Places 187 6 7 39 AES Y Y 153 7 114 9 4 52 877 3 45 94 0 87 0 131 0 5 16 162 0 6 38 202 2 7 96 252 0 9 92 Dimensions are in millimeters and inches 65 0 2 56 104 3 4 11 122 2 4 81 137 7 5 42 Frame 3 50 HP 480V 37 kW 400V Normal Duty Drive i 171 0 6 73 4 201 4 7 93 242 4 9 54 170 3 6 70 eden la 37 3 1 47 Dia 287 1 13 Di 7 159 7 6 29 2 Places 2places 28 2 _ 46 7 1 84 Dia i o 2 Places eS 162 9 641 1873 167 9 162 9 fe 1873 087 661 641 737 130 5 5 14 1 Hy IE 87 7 8 45 94 0 3 70 131 0 5 16 202 2 7 96 252 9 92 A 28 Supplem
322. ibrat Reduce mechanical load 18 Ext Fault Input A digital input has detected an external fault Enter a value of 11 Aux Fault or 12 AuxFault Inv in one of the following parameters to configure an input to detect an external fault 838 Digin 1 Sel 839 Digin 2 Sel 840 Digin 3 Sel 19 DSP Memory Error Flash memory does not match the SRAM memory 20 DSP Device Error A DSP VPL interrupt task has not been completed in the allotted time 21 Err Inertia Test Not Used 22 Over Frequency Fault Encoderless algorithm fails to converge on correct speed Two possible causes Velocity regulator is attempting to run below motor s slip speed Frequency regulator pulls out and commanded motor frequency slows to maximum frequency limit 23 MC Commissn Fail The drive has failed to complete either the Motor Autotuning procedure or the Power Circuits Diagnostics test Parameters 552 MC Diag Error 1 553 MC Diag Error 2 and 554 MC Diag Error 3 display Motor Autotuning and Power Circuit Diagnostic faults 24 DC Bus Overvolt Bus voltage has exceeded 815V dc in 400volt class drives or 405V dc for 200 volt class drives 1 Verify the AC Line 2 Verify that either Par 414 Brake Bus Cnfg the brake or bus regulator is enabled 3 Verify that Par 128 Regen Power Lim is set properly 4 If Par 414 bit 0 Brake Enable is set verify braking resistor is
323. ic input for the Trend Trigger Function A trigger will occur on the rise of the 00000000000000000000000000000000 Boolean specified bit in this word The bit will be specified by Par 1259 Trend Trig Bit Max 11111111111111111111111111111111 1259 Trend Trig Bit Default 0 V v 16 bit Specifies the bit in Par 1258 Trend Trig Data that will cause a Trend Trigger to occur 32 31 Integer Positive numbers specify rising edges and negative numbers specify falling edges 1260 Trend PreSamples Default 511 V v 16 0 Specifies the number of pre trigger samples in the trend buffer Pre trigger samples are Min Max 0 1022 Integer the samples that occur before the trigger and remain in the buffer The remainder of the trend buffer will contain post trigger samples 1264 Trend In1 Int Default V v 32 0 Provides integer input to the Trend 1 function The Trending function samples this Min Max 2147483648 Integer parameter for Trend Buffer 1 if bit 1 In 1 Real of Par 1250 Trend Control is cleared 3 94 1265 1266 1267 1268 1269 1270 1271 1280 1281 1283 1284 1285 1286 1287 1288 1289 1290 1291 1300 1301 1315 1316 Programming and Parameters Name Description Trend In1 Real Provides real input to the Trend 1 function The Trending function samples this parameter for Trend Buffer 1 if bit 1 In 1 Real of Par 1250 Trend Co
324. ides floating point real data for Direct Transmit word 24 if the data type for word 24 indicated in Par 1160 Tx Buf Data Type is real SL Buf Int Tx25 Provides integer data for Direct Transmit word 25 if the data type for word 25 indicated in Par 1160 Tx Buf Data Type is integer SL Buf Real Tx25 Provides floating point real data for Direct Transmit word 25 if the data type for word 25 indicated in Par 1160 Tx Buf Data Type is real Value Defau Min M Defau Min M efau Min M Defau Min M Defau Min M Defau Min M Defau Min M Defau Min M Defau Min M Defau Min M Defau Min M oO efau Min M Defau Min M Defau Min M oO efau Min M Defau Min M Defau Min M Defau Min M Defau Min M Defau Min M Defau Min M Defau Min M Defau t Min Max 0 0000 2200000000 0000 0 2147483648 0 0000 2200000000 0000 0 2147483648 0 0000 2200000000 0000 0 2147483648 0 0000 2200000000 0000 0 2147483648 0 0000 2200000000 0000 0 2147483648 0 0000 2200000000 0000 0 2147483648 0 0000 2200000000 0000 0 2147483648 0 0000 2200000000 0000 0 2147483648 0 0000 2200000000 0000 0 2147483648 0 0000 2200000000 0000 0 2147483648 0 0000 2200000000 0000 0 2147483648 0 0000 2200000000 0000 Comm Scale x 1 lt Linkable
325. if the data type for word 15 indicated in Par 1160 Tx Buf Data Type is integer SL Buf Real Tx15 Provides floating point real data for Direct Transmit word 15 if the data type for word 15 indicated in Par 1160 Tx Buf Data Type is real SL Buf Int Tx16 Provides integer data for Direct Transmit word 16 if the data type for word 16 indicated in Par 1160 Tx Buf Data Type is integer SL Buf Real Tx16 Provides floating point real data for Direct Transmit word 16 if the data type for word 16 indicated in Par 1160 Tx Buf Data Type is real SL Buf Int Tx17 Provides integer data for Direct Transmit word 17 if the data type for word 17 indicated in Par 1160 Tx Buf Data Type is integer SL Buf Real Tx17 Provides floating point real data for Direct Transmit word 17 if the data type for word 17 indicated in Par 1160 Tx Buf Data Type is real SL Buf Int Tx18 Provides integer data for Direct Transmit word 18 if the data type for word 18 indicated in Par 1160 Tx Buf Data Type is integer SL Buf Real Tx18 Provides floating point real data for Direct Transmit word 18 if the data type for word 18 indicated in Par 1160 Tx Buf Data Type is real SL Buf Int Tx19 Provides integer data for Direct Transmit word 19 if the data type for word 19 indicated in Par 1160 Tx Buf Data Type is integer SL Buf Real Tx19 Provides floating point real data for Direct Transmit word 19 if the data type for word 19 indicated in Par 1160
326. imit 500 BusReg Brake Ref 415 BusUndervoltCnfg 393 Control Options 153 Curr Ref TP Data 364 Curr Ref TP Sel 363 Current Reg BW 503 Data In 1 Int 707 Data In A1 Real 708 Data In A2 Int 709 Data In A2 Real 710 Data In B1 Int 711 Data In B1 Real 712 Data In B2 Int 713 Data In B2 Real 714 Data In C1 Int 715 Data In C1 Real 716 Name Number Name Number Data In C2 Int 717 EncdrO Config 233 Data In C2 Real 718 Error 234 Data In D1 Int 719 Encdr0 Loss 365 Data In D1 Real 720 Position 230 Data In D2 Int 721 Encdr0 Spd Fdbk 231 Data In D2 Real 722 Encdr1 Config 243 Data Out A1 Int 724 Encdr1 Error 244 Data Out A1 Real 725 Encdr1 Loss 366 Data Out A2 Int 726 Encdr1 Position 240 Data Out A2 Real 727 Encdr1 Spd Fdbk 241 Data Out B1 Int 728 PPR 232 Data Out B1 Real 729 Encoder PPR 242 Data Out B2 Int 730 Est Speed Fdbk 548 Data Out B2 Real 731 Est Theta Delay 477 Data Out C1 Int 732 Exception Event 320 Data Out C1 Real 733 Exception Event2 321 Data Out C2 Int 734 Ext Fit Alm 379 Data Out C2 Real 735 Fault Clr Mask 697 Data Out D1 Int 736 Fault Clr Owner 704 Data Out D1 Real 737 Fault Status 1 323 Data Out D2 Int 738 Fault Status 2 324 Data Out D2 Real 739 Fault TP Data 330 DC Bus Voltage 306 Fault TP Sel 329 Dead Time 404 FB Opt0 Posit 250 Dead Time Comp 405 FB Spd Fdbk 251 Decel Time 33 FB LossCnfg 368 Delayed Spd Ref 45 FB Posit 276 DeltaSpee
327. in Linear List or File Group Parameter format Viewing the parameters in File Group Parameter format simplifies programming by grouping parameters that are used for similar functions There are twelve files Each file is divided into multiple groups of parameters Metering Control Status Motor Ctrl Data Data 300 Motor Spd Fabk 150 Logic State Mach 533 Stator Frequency 400 Rated Amps 72 Scaled Spd Fabk 155 Logic Status i Command 401 Rated Volts 762 Mtr Posit Fdbk 157 Logic Ctrl State 434 Mtr Vds Base 404 Dead Time 310 Output Freq 156 Run Inhibit Stat 435 Mtr Vqs Base 692 DPI Baud Rate 307 Output Voltage 166 Motor Ctrl Cmmd 441 Vds Fdbk Filt 314 VPL Firmware Rev 308 Output Current 167 Motor Ctrl Ackn 442 Vqs Fdbk 315 VPL Build Number 297 Output Curr Disp 555 MC Status 541 Vqs Command 527 MC Firmware Rev 311 Output Power 346 Drive OL Status 542 Vds Command 526 MC Build Number 309 Motor Flux 159 Digln ConfigStat 535 195 Command 1001 SynchLink Rev 547 Estimated Torque 165 Test Status 537 Ids Command 1002 SL System Rev 306 DC Bus Voltage 317 SL System Time 539 195 Feedback 312 MotorFluxCurr FB 540 Ids Feedback 313 Heatsink Temp 345 Drive OL JnctTmp 824 Local I O Status 168 StdDig I O State 801 In1 Volts 807 Anlg In2 Volts 816 Anlg Out1 Volts 821 Anlg Out2 Volts 298 Elapsed Run Time 299 Elapsed MWHrs 3 4 Programming and Parameters
328. in M Defau Min M Defau Min M oO efau Min M Defau Min M Defau Min M Defau Min M ax ax Programming and Parameters 0 2147483648 0 0000 2200000000 0000 0 2147483648 0 0000 2200000000 0000 0 2147483648 0 0000 2200000000 0000 0 2147483648 0 0000 2200000000 0000 0 2147483648 0 0000 2200000000 0000 0 2147483648 0 0000 2200000000 0000 0 2147483648 0 0000 2200000000 0000 0 2147483648 0 0000 2200000000 0000 0 2147483648 0 0000 2200000000 0000 0 2147483648 0 0000 2200000000 0000 0 2147483648 0 0000 2200000000 0000 0 2147483648 lt Linkable lt lt Read Write 3 89 32 bit Integer Real 32 bit Integer Real 32 bit Integer Real 32 bit Integer Real 32 bit Integer Real 32 bit Integer Real 32 bit Integer Real 32 bit Integer Real 32 bit Integer Real 32 bit Integer Real 32 bit Integer 3 90 1190 1191 1192 1193 1194 1195 1196 1197 1198 1199 1200 1201 1202 1203 1204 1205 1206 1207 1208 1209 1210 1211 1212 Programming and Parameters Name Description SL Buf Real Tx14 Provides floating point real data for Direct Transmit word 14 if the data type for word 14 indicated in Par 1160 Tx Buf Data Type is real SL Buf Int Tx15 Provides integer data for Direct Transmit word 15
329. inear1 TP Options 0 Zero 4 L1 EPR om 1 LiEdgeTime 5 1 Edge Mode e 0 2 Displays a value of zero 2 L1 dEdge 6 L1 dTheta e 171 Edge Time Displays the latency or edge time the time since the last update of 3 L1 dTime 7 11 Delta2err Par 276 FB e 211 dEdge Displays the change in Par 276 FB since the last feedback sample e 3711 DTime Displays the change in time since the last feedback sample Note the sample rate is 10 000 counts per second 10 Mhz e 411 EPR Displays the change in edges per motor revolution This number is the same value in Par 290 Linear1 CPR e 6 L1 dTheta Displays the numerator term for speed calculation This number divided by change in time 3 L1 DTime is the calculated per unit speed for the linear feedback sensor 288 Lineari TP Data Default 0 16 bit Displays the data selected by Par 287 Linear1 TP Sel Min Max 32768 Integer 289 290 297 298 299 300 301 302 303 Description Lin1 Update Rate Sets the sample rate for the linear channel on the Multi Device Interface MDI feedback option Linear1 CPR Specifies the change Par 276 FB Posit for one revolution of the motor shaft This value is used to scale the calculated speed based on the change in feedback position Units are count per motor revolution CPR Qutput Curr Disp Displ
330. ing external power supply Common 24V DC Return 7 Precharge n Enable In sinking configuration this circuit must connect to 24V DC return for drive to run Precharge Precharge control is used in common bus configurations and is not required for AC fed drives If precharge control is not required reprogram Par 838 DigIn 1 Sel to a value of zero or replace the contact shown with a jumper from Terminal 8 to Terminal 11 If precharge is needed in sinking configuration this circuit must connect to 24V DC return for drive to complete the precharge cycle Digital Outputs 24V DC outputs 25 mA maximum per output Digital Output 1 Indicating Alarm and Digital Output 2 Indicating Fault in sourcing configuration 11 10 0 a Link Parameter 155 Logic Status the source to Parameter 843 DigOut 1 Data the sink e Set Parameter 844 DigOut 1 Bit to a value of eight so that parameter 155 Logic Status bit 8 Al
331. input from the Motion Planner This is linked as the source to the Min Max 2147483648 interpolator s coarse position target specified in Par 748 CoarsePosit Trgt 918 Speed Cmmd Units PU Real Speed command input from the Motion Planner This is linked as the source to the Default 0 0000 interpolator s coarse speed target specified in Par 750 Coarse Spd Trgt Min Max 8 0000 919 Motn Posit Sync Synchronization input signal from the Motion Planner Pulse received once per coarse update period This is linked as the course to Par 1003 Interp SyncInput c Home 0 gt gt Wndw Regis2 Regis1 gt Watch X Rev afo DWord DWord Options Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved lt OlReserved lt gt OlReserved O Reserved OlReserved OlReserved lt OlReserved gt Reserved N 9 Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Default 0 0 0 Bit 31 30 29 28 920 FdbkAxis FdbkSel Selection for the Motion Feedback Only Axis feedback source Note Selections 5 and 6 are only available when compatible feedback option card is installed 0 False 1 True m n2
332. ion Configures speed regulator s integrator to hold when jogging Enables use of Aux Power Supply When set to 1 Main Control Board examines internal 12V DC power to see when energized When set to 0 examines voltage of DC Bus This bit enables Main Control Board and DriveLogix Controller to remain energized when 3 0 voltage is de energized 3 26 Programming and Parameters o 8 S e Name 25858 No Description Values 154 Stop Dwell Time Units Sec v Sets an adjustable delay time between detecting zero speed and disabling the speed and Default 0 0000 torque regulators when responding to a stop command For more information please Min Max 0 0000 10 00001 see Stop Dwell Time on 5 Important Consult industry and local codes when setting the value of this parameter 155 Logic Status Displays the status condition of the drive Options 5 5 ra gle g amp oo a 2 5151 0 5 2 5 50 s 2 3 5 5 0 918 5 55 2 2 55 25759 5 zo ala NM S 52 825 8 5 5 5 s 5 68 5 la Q Qla 2 S 55 lt 88 5 5 5 5 O a o gt gt x lt lt lt Fit ei lt 5 OO let Sm Defaut 0 0 0 o o o o o o o p jo o po p jo o p p p p p p p po p p o o o p 00 Bit 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20
333. ion circuits equipment or software described in this manual Reproduction of the contents of this manual in whole or in part without written permission of Rockwell Automation Inc is prohibited Throughout this manual when necessary we use notes to make you aware of safety considerations circumstances that can cause an explosion in a hazardous environment which may lead to personal injury or death property damage or economic loss WARNING Identifies information about practices or Important Identifies information that is critical for successful application and understanding of the product circumstances that can lead to personal injury or death property N ATTENTION Identifies information about practices or damage or economic loss Attentions help you e identify a hazard e avoid the hazard e recognize the consequences Shock Hazard labels may be located on or inside the equipment e g drive or motor to alert people that dangerous voltage may be present e g drive or motor to alert people that surfaces may be at dangerous temperatures Burn Hazard labels may be located on or inside the equipment PowerFlex is a registered trademark of Rockwell Automation Inc DriveExplorer DriveExecutive and SCANport are trademarks of Rockwell Automation Inc PLC is a registered trademark of Rockwell Automation Inc Summary of Changes This information summarizes the changes to the PowerFlex 700S User Manual p
334. ion format in floating point format ler communication format in integer format Paired ler communication format in floating point format ler communication format in integer format Paired ler communication format in floating point format ler communication format in integer format Paired ler communication format in floating point format ler communication format in integer format Paired Values Default Default oO efault oO efault efault efault Default g efault z Default Default Default Default Default Min Max Default Default Default Default Default Default Default Default Default Min Max Min Max in Max in Max in Max in Max Min Max in Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Max 0 0000 2200000000 0000 0 2147483648 0 0000 2200000000 0000 0 2147483648 0 0000 2200000000 0000 0 2147483648 0 0000 2200000000 0000 0 2147483648 0 0000 2200000000 0000 0 2147483648 0 0000 2200000000 0000 0 2147483648 0 0000 2200000000 0000 0 2147483648 0 0000 2200000000 0000 0 2147483648 0 0000 2200000000 0000 0 2147483648 0 0000
335. ip frequency allowed in the motor control Scaling is in hertz x 256 This value is determined during the autotune procedure Do not change this value Slip Reg P Gain Sets the Proportional P gain for the slip regulator Do not change this value Slip Reg Gain Seb the Integral 1 gain for the slip regulator Do not change this value Freq Reg Gain Sets the integral gain of the Frequency Regulator which estimates motor speed when sensorless feedback is selected Do not change this value Freq Reg P Gain Sets the proportional gain of the Frequency Regulator which estimates motor speed when sensorless feedback is selected Do not change this value SrLss Preset Spd Motor speed at which to start the sensorless frequency search lu Offset Sets the current offset correction for the phase U current Value is set automatically when the drive is not running and Motor Control MC is not faulted Do not change this value Iw Offset Sets the current offset correction for the flux producing d axis current regulator This value is set automatically when the drive is not running and Motor Control MC is not faulted Do not change this value Statorinduc Gain Displays the current regulator feedforward compensation Do not change this value Flux Reg P Gain2 Displays the additional proportional gain used at the start of Bus voltage limited field weakening Do not change this value PreCharge Delay Adjusts a delay between
336. is configured as a torque follower If the mechanical connection to the load is severed the torque command to the drive will probably be greater than the motor unloaded will require to maintain the system speed This will cause the motor speed to increase until the torque command is met Setting parameter 335 Abs OverSpd Lim to the safe motor speed will cause the fault to occur when the motor speed increase beyond this limit Application Notes C 5 Stop Dwell Time Sets an adjustable delay time between detecting zero speed and disabling the speed and torque regulators when responding to a stop command Important Consult industry and local codes when setting the value of this parameter Figure C 3 Drive Operation When Parameter 154 Stop Dwell Time Equals Zero Speed When Parameter 154 Stop Dwell Time equals zero the drive turns off the velocity and torque regulators when it detects zero speed P 160 Zero Speed Lim 0 Time Drive Detects Zero Speed and Turns Off Regulators 5 2 2 2 5 3 o 5 Figure 4 Drive Operation When Parameter 154 Stop Dwell Time Equals Zero Speed When Parameter 154 Stop Dwell Time is greater than zero the drive delays turning off the velocity and torque regulators for the amount of time specified by Parameter 154 P 154 Stop Dwell Time P 160 Zero Speed Lim Time Drive Receives Stop Command Drive Detects Zero Speed Drive Tur
337. is parameter causes the drive to fault and coast to a stop You can set this parameter so that the drive continues to run Precautions should be taken to ensure that the setting of this parameter does not create hazards of injury or equipment damage FitCoastStop Ignore Alarm Fit RampStop FitCurLimStp ATTENTION Risk of injury or equipment damage exists Parameter 389 Lgx LinkChngCnfg lets you determine the action of the drive if communications are disrupted By default this parameter causes the drive to fault and coast to a stop You can set this parameter so that the drive continues to run Precautions should be taken to ensure that the setting of this parameter does not create hazards of injury or equipment damage 3 52 390 391 392 393 Programming and Parameters when this event occurs 2 FitCoastStop Configures the drive to perform a coast stop and set the appropriate fault bit in response this event 3 Fit RampStop Configures the drive to perform a ramp stop and set the appropriate fault bit in response this event 4 FitCurLimStp Configures the drive to perform a current limit stop and set the appropriate fault bit in response this event e 2 FitCoastStop Configures the drive to perform a coast stop and set the appropriate fault bit in response this event e 3 Fit RampStop Configures the drive to perform a ramp stop and set the appropriate fault
338. isplays the value selected by Par 98 Spd Gain TP Sel Speed Error The error difference between the motor speed reference and the filtered motor speed feedback SpdReg Integ Out The output value of the Speed Regulator Integral channel Spd Reg Pos Lim Sets the positive limit of the Speed regulator output value The output of the Speed regulator is limited by adjustable high and low limits Spd Reg Neg Lim Sets the limit of the Speed regulator output value The output of the Speed regulator is limited by adjustable high and low limits SrLss Spd Reg 9 Sets the proportional gain of the speed regulator when sensorless motor speed feedback is used Value is automatically calculated based on the bandwidth set in Par 106 5155 Spd Reg BW Proportional gain may be manually adjusted by setting Par 106 to zero This gain setting has no units per unit torque per unit speed error Values Units Default Min Max Default Min Max Units Default Min Max Units Default Min Max Default Options e 6 Programming and Parameters 2 5 tr RIS 10 0000 0 0000 500 0000 Min Max limited by AutoTune calculations 1 0000 Vv 0 5000 3 0000 100 0000 Vv 0 0000 600 0000 1 0000 Vv 5 0000 20 0000 RIS 35 0000 0 0000 3760 0000 0 7000 Vv 5 0000 RIS 30 0000 0 0000 3760 0000 5 10 0000 0 0000 500 0000 0 Zero 0
339. ite Data Type 2 1 0 msec 1 0 5 msec 3 1 5 msec 2 1 0 msec 4 2 0 msec CPR 1000 10 100000 Amps 0 0 0 0 9999 9 x 10 Hrs 0 0 0 0 429496736 0 10 MWHrs 0 0 0 0 429496736 0 x10 RPM 0 0000 14112 0000 Par 4 Motor NP RPM 1 0 RPM 0 0000 14112 0000 4 1 0 PU 0 0000 8 0000 PU 0 0000 8 0000 3 41 32 bit Integer 32 bit Integer 32 bit Integer 32 bit Integer Real Real Real Real 3 42 Programming and Parameters No 304 305 306 307 308 309 310 311 312 Bit 10 Bit 11 Bit 12 Bit 13 Bit 16 Bit 17 Bit 18 Bit 19 Bit 20 Bit 21 Bit 22 OL Bit 24 Bit 25 Bit 26 Bit 27 OL OpnLp CurrLim 8 25855 Description Values 2 Limit Status Displays the limit status of conditions that may be limiting the current reference or torque reference e Bit 0 MCS Iq Lim indicates that torque producing current is at its positive limit Bit 1 MCS Ws Lim indicates that flux producing torque is at its positive limit Bit 2 0 la from indicates that torque producing current is limited to zero from the positive direction refer to Par 353 4 Actual Lim Bit 3 Iq Calc indicates the calculation for torque producing current has reached its positive limit Bit 4 Current Lim indicates that the current reference has r
340. its Default Min Max Default Options Alarm Alarm FitCoastStop Fit RampStop FitCurLimStp ONO Alarm Ignore Alarm FitCoastStop Fit RampStop FitCurLimStp 0 gt FitCoastStop Ignore Alarm FitCoastStop Fit RampStop FitCurLimStp lt gt Alarm Ignore Alarm FitCoastStop Fit RampStop FitCurLimStp 1 0000 0 1000 3000 0000 Ignore Ignore Alarm FitCoastStop Fit RampStop FitCurLimStp Linkable V Read Write Data Type V Real 375 376 377 378 379 381 Name Description Inv OT Pend Cnig Enter a value to configure the drive s response to a Inverter Over Temperature OT Pending exception event This event is triggered when the Inverter NTC Temperature protection function detects the heat sink temperature reaches to the overload warning level 0 Ignore Configures the drive to continue running as normal when this event occurs e 1 Alarm Configures the drive to continue running and set the appropriate alarm bit when this event occurs 2 FitCoastStop Configures the drive to perform a coast stop and set the appropriate fault bit in response this event e 3 Fit RampStop Configures the d
341. ive is constantly monitored Any changes will be indicated through the front panel LEDs and or the HIM if present DRIVE 4 2 Troubleshooting LED Indications Figure 4 1 Drive Status Indicators Table Drive Status Indicators Frame 1 Shown Description Action PWR Green Steady Illuminates when power is applied to the drive No action no faults present Power o Green Flashing Drive ready but not running amp no faults are No action no faults present STS Status present gt Steady Drive running no faults are present No action no faults present Yellow Flashing A type 2 non configurable alarm condition inhibit exists Refer to Table 4 B a exists drive continues to run 2 Steady A type 1 user configurable alarm condition exists but drive continues to run Red Flashing A fault has occurred Refer to Table for faults Steady non resettable fault has occurred Red Flashing The drive is in flash recovery mode The only Complete Flash Upgrade Yellow Alternately operation permitted is flash upgrade o Status of DPI port internal communications if Refer to the present MOD Communication Status of communications module when Adapter User installed Manual Status of network if connected Status of secondary network
342. jo jo jo jo jo jo jo jo jojo ee oe es es os os os jn z Default 0 0 0 O O 0 0 0 O 0 0 0 O 00 0 0 0 0 0 0 j0 0 0 00 0 O 00 0 o False Bit 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 109 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 1 True Fdbk Option ID Options Displays information about the Feedback Option e Bits 15 11 indicate Module ID Number NNNNN NNNNN N NNN Bits 10 6 indicate Version Number e Bits 5 3 indicate Revision Number High e Bits 2 0 indicate Revision Number Low Revision No Low H m Te Module ID exadecimal 1000 indicates resolver hexadecimal 2000 indicates old high resolution board and hexadecimal 2040 indicates new high resolution board Version No Revision No High FB 0 Posit Default 0 32 bit Displays the position feedback accumulator from the feedback option card port 0 Min Max 2147483648 Integer FB Opt0 Spd Fdbk Units RPM Floating Displays the speed feedback from the feedback option card port 0 Default 0 0000 Point Min Max 14000 0000 Comm Scale Par 4 Motor NP RPM 1 0 Opt 0 Regis Ltch Default 0 32 bit Displays the registration data of the feedback option card port 0 The registration data is Min Max 2147483648 Integer the position reference counter value latched by the ex
343. jo jo o jo Io jo 00 0 0 Bit 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 1211110981765 4 3 2 1 0 1 True Encdr1 Position Default 0 32 bit Displays the position feedback accumulator from Encoder 1 The value changes 2147483648 Integer value of 4 times the Pulses Per Revolution PPR rating of the encoder for each ful 3 34 Programming and Parameters eo amp 25855 No Description Values IgA 241 Encdri Spd Fdbk Units RPM Real Displays ine speed feedback from Encoder 1 Calculated from the change of Par 240 Default 0 Position and Par 242 Encoder1 Min Max 14112 0000 Comm Scale Par 4 Motor NP RPM 1 0 242 Encoderi Units PPR 16 bit Sets the PPR rating of the feedback device connected to the Encoder 1 input Default 1024 Integer Min Max 10 20000 243 Encdri Config ae the vor figuration options for the Encoder 1 Bits 0 Enc Filt 010 1 Enc 2 Enc Filt bt2 and Enc Filt bt3 configure encoder input filter see Table 243A Trigger Source Settings The filter requires the input signal to be stable for the specified time period Input transitions within the filter time setting will be ignored e Bits 4 Encdr 4x and 5 Encdr A Phs determine how the encoder channel A and B signals will be interpreted Typically both encoder phases A and B are used so that direction information is available The Par 240 E
344. k communications is synchronized e Bit 4 Tx Active indicates TX frames are being transmitted downstream from this node e Bit Active indicates RX frames are being received from nodes upstream Bit 15 Rx Data Enbl indicates received data is being updated Options o 2 5 3 eco a 2 813 82 800 ils 2 isis is lt lt l 5 O jo o jo jo jo jo jo jo jo jo jo jo jo jo jo jo jo jo jojo x R Ice ces ces cc es oe os os s u Default 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 jo JO 0 0 00 JO 0 0 0 jo 0 0 0 0 Jo Jo 0 False Bit 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11109 8 76543210 1 4 True 317 ISL System Time Units uSec 32 bit Displays the SynchLink system time counter Default 0 Integer Min Max 0 1048575 318 Spd Output Units RPM Real Final output of the position regulator Default 0 0000 Min Max 14112 0000 Comm Scale Par 4 Motor RPM 1 0 320 Exception Event Indicates the presence of certain drive anomalies Configure the drive s response to these events by entering values in the parameters of the Fault Alarm Configuration group of the Utility file Options be 25 5 2 _ le ls xi 21
345. ken as a result of that fault Abs OverSpd Lim Sets an incremental speed above Par 31 Fwd Speed Limit and below Par 30 Rev Speed Limit that is allowable before the drive indicates its speed is out of range Service Factor Sets the minimum level of current that causes a motor overload trip under continuous operation Current levels below this value will not result in an overload trip For example a service factor of 1 15 implies continuous operation up to 115 of nameplate motor current Mtr 127 Curr Min Sets the minimum current threshold for the motor overload PT function The value indicates the minimum current at the minimum speed Par 338 Mtr 127 Spd Min and these are the first current speed breakpoint From this point the current threshold is linear to the value specified by Par 336 Service Factor Mtr 127 Spd Min Sets the minimum speed for the motor overload PT function The value indicates the minimum speed below the minimum current threshold Par 337 Mtr I2T Curr Min and these are the first current speed breakpoint From this point the current threshold is linear to the value specified by the motor service factor Par 336 Service Factor For more information please see Motor Overload on page C 3 Mtr I2T Calibrat Sets the current calibration level for the motor overload IT function The value indicates the current level that the drive will fault at this current in 60 seconds Mtr 121 Trp ThrH Displays the
346. l when this event occurs e 1 Alarm Configures the drive to continue running and set the appropriate alarm bit when this event occurs e 2 FitCoastStop Configures the drive to perform a coast stop and set the appropriate fault bit in response this event e 3 Fit RampStop Configures the drive to perform a ramp stop and set the appropriate fault bit in response this event e 4 FitCurLimStp Configures the drive to perform a current limit stop and set the appropriate fault bit in response this event Mtr OL Trip Cnfg Enter a value to configure the drive s response to a Motor Overload OL Trip exception event 0 Ignore Configures the drive to continue running as normal when this event occurs e 1 Alarm Configures the drive to continue running and set the appropriate alarm bit when this event occurs e 2 FitCoastStop Configures the drive to perform a coast stop and set the appropriate fault bit in response this event e 3 Fit RampStop Configures the drive to perform a ramp stop and set the appropriate fault bit in response this event e 4 FitCurLimStp Configures the drive to perform a current limit stop and set the appropriate fault bit in response this event Mtr OL Pend Cnfg Enter a value to configure the drive s response to a Motor Overload OL Pending exception event 0 Ignore Configures the drive to continue running as normal when this event occurs
347. larations of Conformity are available online at http www ab com certification ce docs Low Voltage Directive 73 23 EEC EN50178 Electronic equipment for use in power installations EMC Directive 89 336 EEC EN61800 3 Adjustable speed electrical power drive systems Part 3 EMC product standard including specific test methods General Notes e If the adhesive label is removed from the top of the drive the drive must be installed in an enclosure with side openings less than 12 5 mm 0 5 in and top openings less than 1 0 mm 0 04 in to maintain compliance with the LV Directive e The motor cable should be kept as short as possible in order to avoid electromagnetic emission as well as capacitive currents Use of line filters in ungrounded systems is not recommended PowerFlex drives may cause radio frequency interference if used in a residential or domestic environment The user is required to take measures to prevent interference in addition to the essential requirements for CE compliance listed below if necessary Conformity of the drive with CE requirements does not guarantee an entire machine or installation complies with CE EMC requirements Many factors can influence total machine installation compliance PowerFlex drives can generate conducted low frequency disturbances harmonic emissions on the AC supply system More information regarding harmonic emissions can be found in the PowerFlex Refe
348. le 30 Bus VitScale 31 Sml PS Watts 32 Sml PS Min V 33 Lrg PS Watts 34 LrgPSMinV 35 SW OverC Amp 41 DCBusCap 42 Min PWM Khz 43 Max PWM Khz 44 Khz 45 PWM Deadus 46 Drive Frame 47 IGBT Sw Engy 53 JC Tres 54 GBTJCTc 55 GBT CS Tres 56 GBTCSTc 57 Diode V Thrs 58 Diode SlopeR 59 DB ohms DB Jo degC DB EB C Wat DB Jo degC 68 DB BA C Watt 69 DB Elem Tmax 70 DB Body Tmax 71 65 66 67 Power EE TP Data Displays the data selected by Par 412 Power EE TP Sell Brake Bus Cnfg Configures the brake and bus operation of the drive Set bit 0 Brake Enable to enable the operation of the internal brake transistor e Set bit 1 Brake Extern to configure the brake to use an external resistor Default Min Max Options olo lo lo lo lo lula lu 2 2 2 2 xw uiu 5 5 5 5 lt lt 9 35 Defaut 0 j0 j1 1 o JO 0 00 0 O 0 JO 0 0 0 0 False Bit 15 14 13 12 11 109 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 1 True BusReg Brake Ref Units Sets the turn on voltage for the bus regulator and brakes Enter a percentage of the _ Default high voltage setting for the voltage class For example on a 400 480V drive Min Max 111 x 2 x 480 VDC Brake PulseWatts Units Limits the power delivered to the external Dynamic Brake DB resistor for
349. lets you determine the action of the drive if communications are disrupted By default this parameter causes the drive to fault and coast to a stop You can set this parameter so that the drive continues to run Precautions should be taken to ensure that the setting of this parameter does not create hazards of injury or equipment damage Lgx CommLossData Default 1 Last State Enter a value to configure what drive does with the data received from the DriveLogix Options 0 Zero Data controller when the connection is closed or times out 1 Last State e 0 Zero Data Resets data to zero e 1 Last State Holds data in its last state ATTENTION Risk of injury or equipment damage exists Parameter 385 Lgx CommLossData lets you determine the action of the drive if communications are disrupted By default this parameter causes the drive to hold the data in its last state You can set this parameter so that the drive resets the data to zero Precautions should be taken to ensure that the setting of this parameter does not create hazards of injury or equipment damage when this event occurs e 2 FitCoastStop Configures the drive to perform a coast stop and set the appropriate fault bit in response this event e 3 Fit RampStop Configures the drive to perform a ramp stop and set the appropriate fault bit in response this event e 4 FitCurLimStp Configures the drive to perform a current limit stop and set the
350. log input shield 2 NI B8 Analog Input 2 10 0V DC or 1 0V DC bipolar 806 808 SE 2 B7 Analog Input 2 differential input 2713 bit sign 809 810 Nr 2 20k ohm input impedance 811 B6 Analog Output 1 10 0V DCDC bipolar differential 812 814 5 Analog Output 1 Return output 11 bit sign 2k ohm 815 817 SU o minimum load 818 IN B4 Analog Output Shield Optional connection point for BA analog output shield B3 Analog Output 2 10 0V DC bipolar differential 813 819 B2 Analog Output 2 Return output 11 bit sign 2k ohm 820 822 minimum load 823 B1 Analog Output Shield Optional connection point for analog shields Analog shields should connect to common at the signal source if possible Shields for signals from ungrounded devices such as analog tachometers should connect to an analog shield terminal point at the drive Installation Wiring 1 25 Table 1 TB1 Row B Bottom Wiring Examples Input Output Connection Example Required Parameter Changes Analog Inputs 10V DC or 1 0V DC DIP switch selectable Terminate shields at the analog source if analog common is available Used for Speed Reference and Speed Trim Analog Inputs for Speed Reference and Speed Trim shield terminated at source f Analog Input 1 ii y 2 Common Speed Ref Return eference 8 A 7 H 9 Analog Input 2 1 0 Speed T Common Return
351. ltered SpdFdbk Displays the motor speed feedback value output from the feedback Lead Lag filter Scaled Spd Fdbk Displays the product of the speed feedback and Par 73 Spd Fdbk Scale This parameter is for display only Spd Scale user adjustable scale factor multiplier for speed feedback It is multiplied with speed feedback to produce Par 72 Scaled Spd Fdbk Motor Spd Est Displays estimated motor speed calculated when the selected feedback is sensorless or when encoderless ridethrough is enabled MtrSpd Est Posit Summation or integration of Par 74 Motor Spd Est scaled by the value in Par 226 Virtual Edge Rev MtrSpd Simulated The motor speed output of the motor simulator The simulator provides motor speed information during setup and troubleshooting when actual motor control is not desired or possible To use the motor simulator enter a value of 4 in Par 222 Motor Fdbk Sel Spd Fdbk TP Sel Enter or write a value to select the data displayed in Par 78 Spd Fdbk TP RPM and Par 79 Spd Fdbk TP Data Spd Fdbk TP RPM Displays the value selected in Par 77 Spd Fdbk TP Sel in RPM This display should only be used if the selected value is floating point data Values Units Default Min Max Default Min Max Units Default Min Max Default Min Max Default Min Max Default Min Max Units Default Min Max Comm Scale Default Min Max Default Min Max U
352. lue Vqs Max Displays the maximum torque producing q axis voltage allowed on the motor Adaptation is disabled below this voltage This value is determined during the autotune procedure Do not change this value Vds Max Displays the maximum flux producing d axis voltage allowed on the motor Adaptation is disabled below this voltage This value is determined during the autotune procedure Do not change this value Vqs Min Displays the minimum torque producing q axis voltage required for motor control adaption Adaptation is disabled below this voltage This value is determined during the autotune procedure Do not change this value Vds Min Displays the minimum flux producing d axis voltage required for motor control adaption Adaptation is disabled below this voltage This value is determined during the autotune procedure Do not change this value Vds Fdbk Filt Displays measured filtered motor flux producing d axis voltage Vqs Fdbk Filt Displays measured filtered motor torque producing q axis voltage Flux Reg P Sets the Proportional P gain for the flux regulator Do not change this value Flux Reg Gain Sets the Integral I gain for the flux regulator Do not change this value Slip Gain Max Displays the maximum slip frequency allowed in the motor control Scaling is in hertz x 256 This value is determined during the autotune procedure Do not change this value Slip Gain Min Displays the minimum sl
353. m Scale Motor P U Units PU Default 0 2000 Min Max 0 0000 8 0000 Comm Scale Motor P U Units PU Default 0 0000 Min Max 8 0000 Comm Scale Motor P U Default 0 Stopped Options 0 Stopped 4 1 Starting 5 2 Running 6 3 Stopping lt Linkable Inertia Test MC Diag Test Done Read Write p Data Type gt lt 16 bit Integer Real Real Real Real The controller drive interface as defined by the Controller Communication Format sets bits to enable and disable various functions and algorithms Bits that ied LogicCmd Note Bits 4 through 9 in Logic Command are NOT recalled from Control EEprom They will be 0 False 1 True Displays Logic Command that is applied to the Regulators and Control Algorithms within the drive Logic Commands come from the 32 bit Logic Command found in a connection with the Logix Controller Options 5 2 el 2 28255865585 5 Also ls 5 515 2 le mu 12 2 5 2 50 552 E 552 ss sa ss 2 2555 Eh als as 208 2 ke 225 5 2 se 2 s se lols 215 5 5 5 o o Default 0 1 0 1 0 10 10 11 JO 0 10 J
354. maximum speed creates a maximum signal if the maximum speed is 100 of motor base speed and the maximum signal is 10V DC enter a value of 0 1 Send the data to the Analog Output Par 815 Anlg Out1 Real the destination linked to Par 300 Motor Spd Fdbk the source Using Analog Out 2 10V to 10V to meter Motor Current e Adjust Parameter 813 Anlg Out2 Offset so that minimum current creates a minimum signal if the minimum current is zero and the minimum signal is zero enter a zero e Adjust Parameter 822 Anlg Out2 Scale so that the maximum current creates a maximum signal if the maximum current is 200 of motor NP FLA and the maximum signal is 10V DC enter a value of 2 0 e Send the data to the Analog Output Par 820 Anlg Out2 Real the destination linked to Par 308 Output Current the source Scale the Output to the source parameter Par 822 Anlg Out2 Scale xx Par2 Motor FLAY10V Output 1 26 Installation Wiring Table 1 N TB2 Row Top Terminals 5 55 Terminal Signal Description co T13 Encoder Signal A Primary encoder interface 5 or 12V 222 230 T12 Encoder Signal Not A DC switch selectable Nominal 231 232 current draw per channel 12V 233 234 17 Encore sone 8 DC 45 mA 5V DC 32 mA 235 236 0 d igna ot Maximum input frequency for 237 238 T9 Encoder Signal Z Encoders 0 amp 1 is 500
355. mne A C Shielded Multi conductor shielded cable 0 750 mm 18AWG 3 ren such as Belden 8770 equiv conductor shielded Standard Belden 8760 9460 or equiv 0 750 mm 18AWG Analog I O twisted pair 100 shield with drain Remote Pot Belden 8770 or equiv 0 750 mm 18AWG 3 cond shielded Encoder Combined Belden 9730 or equivalent 0 196 mm 24 AWG Pulse I O individually shielded Less 30 5 m 100 ft 300V Encoder Signal Belden 9730 9728 or 0 196 mm 24 AWG 75 90 C Pulse 1 0 equivalent 9 individually shielded 167 194 F 30 5 m 100 Power Belden 8790 0 750 mm 18AWG ft to 152 4 Combined Belden 9892 0 330 mm or 0 500 mm m 500 ft 3 Encoder Signal Belden 9730 9728 or 0 196 mm 24 AWG Pulse I O equivalent individually shielded 15241 Belden 8790 27 0 750 mm 18AWG Rs to Combined Belden 9773 9774 0 750 mm 18AWG 850 ft equivalent individually shielded pair EMC Refer to EMC Instructions on page 1 6 for details Compliance 0 Belden 9730 is 3 individual shielded pairs 2 channel plus power If 3 channel is required use Belden 9728 or equivalent Belden 8790 is 1 shielded pair 3 Belden 9892 is 3 individually shielded pairs 3 channel 0 33 22 AWG plus 1 shielded pair 0 5 mm 20 AWG for power 8 Belden 9773 is 3 individually shielded pairs 2 channel plus power If 3 channel is required use Belden 9774
356. n 5 9 G peads TH ona IE v jeg psedg dg 6 ast gt 7 ann ZIY pds 8 X X x 11 a z peeds 15 19 9 mw i d 20 5 p paods Bop D epa yeu pds 0 i Jeu pds peyur Lt pds 19 19 19 L jeu peedg 00 D suondo o0 Masi 2 ez K ast gt fer est leg peeds S 91607 sw paddy H 9 E 3 2 Control Block Diagrams B 4 gog anbioy 1040 18 Wesel bio Bays 0 98 dooig pdg 95 195944 m 10 m9 paads loog N Day 5 o 08 D sin poed Bay pds E 2 08 7 Bay paads ured 6 11 K ESE suondo jonuog beupds s u Mania a Boys u 98 4907 oues
357. n 2 Note 1 per unit position is the distance traveled in 1 sec at base motor speed PositReg Droop Position Droop limits the low frequency gain of the position regulators integral channel to a value of 1 droop It provides a means to fine tune the stability for load mounted feedback devices where lost motion may cause a problem Typically position droop will have a value that is less than 1 position gain perhaps even zero for tightly coupled loads Position droop has a gain value of per unit position per unit speed Note 1 per unit position is the distance traveled in 1 sec at base motor speed XReg Integ LoLim The negative limit of the position integrator XReg Integ HiLim The positive limit of the position integrator XReg Integ Out The output of the position regulator integral channel after application of the limits This output is set to zero if the integral gain is set to zero or the integrator is not enabled XReg Spd LoLim The negative limit of total position regulator output Point to point mode uses this parameter to set the reverse speed reference XReg Spd HiLim The positive limit of total position regulator output Point to point mode uses this parameter to set the forward speed reference Posit TP Select Enter or write a value to select position regulator data displayed in Par 778 Posit TP Data Int and Par 779 TP DataReal PositTP Data Int Displays the data selected by Par 777 Posit
358. n Max 2147483648 Default 1 2 poles x1 Options 1 2 Poles x1 2 4 Poles x2 3 6 Poles x3 Units Hz Default 0 Min Max 0 10000 Units Volt Default 0 0000 Min Max 0 0000 31 0810 Default 0 0000 Min Max 0 0000 4 0950 Default 0 0000 Min Max 0 0000 255 0000 Default 0 Disabled Options 0 Disabled 1 2014 2087 1 2 2014 2087 2 3 2014 2087 5 4 MPL 460 5 Reserved 6 Siemens 1FT6 7 PrkrHn ZX600 Default 0 Min Max 2147483648 Units RPM Default 0 0000 Min Max 14000 0000 Comm Scale Par 4 Motor NP RPM 1 0 Default 0 Min Max 2147483648 3 39 Linkable Read Write Data Type RO EPR RO Edge Mode RO dTheta RO Delta2Err 32 bit Integer 8 Poles x4 10 Poles x5 32 bit Integer Floating Point Floating Point Floating Point Reserved 1326Ax 460v Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved AmciR11XC107 32 bit Integer Floating Point 32 bit Integer 3 40 Programming and Parameters eo 8 25855 No Description Values 2 280 Opt 1 Regis Cnfg Configures the registration latch on the feedback option card Bits 3 RL Trig Edg0 and 4 RL Trig Edg1 select which edges signal the position see Table 280A Edge Selection Settings Bits 5 RL Dir Rev and 6 RL Dir
359. n the numerator of the EGR function that is precision multiplied by the selected position reference A negative value will effect a change in polarity PositRef EGR Div An integer value in the denominator of the EGR function that divides the product of the numerator of the EGR function and the selected position reference Remainders are accumulated and not lost Position Cmmd Final accumulated command to the position regulator When the position regulator is not enabled this parameter is initialized to Par 762 Mtr Posit Fdbk or to the selected position reference as determined by Par 740 Position Control bit 6 ActPosit Rst Thereafter its value will reflect the result of reference and offset changes CoarsePosit Trgt u Input to the interpolator This is a course position target reference Position Input to the interpolator This is a course position target reference Course Spd Trgt Input to the interpolator This is a course speed target reference Interp Speed Output from the interpolator This is a fine speed target reference Interpolated value of Par 750 Course Spd Trgt if available or the first derivative of Par 748 CoursePosit Trgt if not available Interp AccelRate Output from interpolator This is a fine acceleration rate First derivative of Par 750 Course Spd Trgt if available or zero 0 if not available Posit Offset 1 Supplies a position reference offset which is summed after the EGR and used to
360. n this manner ATTENTION Risk of injury or equipment damage exists Parameters 365 Encdr0 Loss Cnfg 394 VoltFdbkLossCnfg let you determine the action of the drive in response to operating anomalies Precautions should be taken to ensure that the settings of these parameters do not create hazards of injury or equipment damage ATTENTION Risk of injury or equipment damage exists Parameters 383 SL CommLoss Data 392 NetLoss DPI Cnfg let you determine the action of the drive if communications are disrupted You can set these parameters so that the drive continues to run Precautions should be taken to ensure that the settings of these parameters do not create hazards of injury or equipment damage Overview p 5 Catalog Number Explanation Important This table is not intended for ordering For a full list of current options refer to publication 20D PL001 PowerFlex 7005 7005 DriveLogix USA Price List Position 1 3 4 5 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 20D 2P1 A 0 E b f i k 2 Drive ND Rating ND Rating Code Type 400V 50 Hz Input 480V 60 Hz Input 20D PowerFlex 700S Code Amps kW Code Amps Hp 2P1 2 1 0 75 2P1 2 1 1 0 b 5 3 5 1 5 3P4 3 4 2 0 Voltage Rating
361. ncdr1 Position counts up for forward rotation and down for reverse rotation If bit 5 is set then the B phase signal is ignored As a result the encoder position will only increase regardless of rotation direction Bits 4 and 5 together also determine the number of edges counted per encoder pulse see Table 243B Encoder Sample Interval Settings 4x sampling counts both rise and fall of both A and B encoder phases hence 4 edges per pulse In 4x mode the encoder position will change by four times the encoder pulses per revolution rating PPR per encoder revolution e g it increments the value in Par 240 Encdr1 Position by 4096 for one revolution of a 1024 PPR encoder Bit 6 Encdr Dir inverts the channel A input thus reversing the direction of the feedback Bit 9 Edge Time configures the method of sampling used by the Velocity Position Loop VPL Setting the bit chooses Edge to Edge sampling while resetting the bit to zero chooses Simple Difference sampling Simple Difference sampling calculates speed by examining the difference between pulse counts over a fixed sample time Edge to Edge sampling adjusts the sample time to synchronize with the position count updates from the daughter card improving the accuracy of the speed calculation Bits 12 SmplRate bt0 through 15 SmplRate bt3 configure the sample interval for measuring speed see Table 243C Channel Interpretation Settings Increasing the encode
362. ncoder POWER 16 DIR x x WH B POWER COMMON Rotary Encoder REFSIN 15 BK REFSIN Rotary Encoder SIN 14 em a D 4SN Rotary Encoder REFCOS 13 mm E REFCOS Rotary Encoder4COS 12 mm BU 4COS Rotary Encoder DATA RS485 11 mm BK 8 gt G DATA 85 485 Rotary Encoder DATA RS485 10 mm GN 1 gt DATA RS 485 Linear Sensor CLOCK 9 D gt SHIELD Linear Sensor CLOCK 8 gt J OVERALL SHIELD Linear Sensor 7 0 Linear Sensor DATA 6 Rotary Encoder REGISTRATIO 5 Tl Rotary Encoder REGISTRATION 4 Linear Sensor REGISTRATION D Linear Sensor REGISTRATION 2 CHASSISGND 1 Ebr Rotary Encoder Connections for 460V Series Motor with 2090 CDNFDMP SXX 2090 XXNFMP SXX cable or 1326AB BXXXX M2L M2KXL S2L and S2KXL motor with 2090 5 cable MDI Feedback Option Board ROTARY ENCODER Rotary Encoder POWER COMMON 17 a a gt SIN Rotary Encoder POWER 16 4 WH OR BKWH REFSIN Rotary Encoder REFSIN 15 DE lie 008 Rotary Encoder SIN 14 m BK XX WHIRD REECOS Rotary Encoder REFCOS 13 i WIURD GN E DATA RS 485 Rotary Encoder COS 12 07 B RD xX WHIGN E RS 485 Rotary Encoder DATA 95485 11 i GN OR POWER Rotary Encoder DA
363. nd Parameters 2 2 Name Description Values SL Rx 1 Regis Default 0 Displays received port 1 registration data if direct received data is configured to be port 1 Min Max 2147483648 registration data by the Rx Direct Data Selector Pars 1011 1014 Configure this selection by using the Peer Communication window in the DriveExecutive programming software SL Rx 0 Regis Default 0 Displays received registration data from feedback option 1 high resolution encoder Min Max 2147483648 daughter card if direct received data is configured to be feedback option 1 registration data by the Rx Direct Data Selector Pars 1011 1014 Configure this selection by using the Peer Communication window in the DriveExecutive programming software SL Clr Events Set these bits to clear the corresponding event latches indicated in Par 1040 SL Rev Events Options 5 o o o o o o o lo o 9 9 l 9 le l la lela la Oo o 8 8 6 8 8 6 8 jm O Default 0 jO 0 0 jO 0 0 O 0 0 0 0 0 JO jo O 0 jo 0 0 jo 0 0 JO 0 0 JO JO 0 Bit 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 1211 109 8 76
364. ne node to another must be the same data type This parameter is paired with Par 1058 SL Dir Int Rx2 SL Dir Int Rx3 Default 0 Displays the integer value of the Direct Received Data for word 3 Data transmitted from Min Max 2147483648 one node to another must be the same data type This parameter is paired with Par 1061 SL Dir Real Rx3 SL Dir Real Rx3 Default 0 0000 Displays the floating point real value of the Direct Received Data for word 3 Data Min Max 2200000000 0000 transmitted from one node to another must be the same data type This parameter is paired with Par 1060 SL Dir Int Rx3 SL Buf Int Rx00 Default 0 Displays the integer value of the Buffered Received Data for word 0 Data transmitted Min Max 2147483648 from one node to another must be the same data type This parameter is paired with Par 1074 SL Buf Real 00 SL Buf Real Rx00 Default 0 0000 Displays the floating point real value of the Buffered Received Data for word 0 Data Min Max 2200000000 0000 transmitted from one node to another must be the same data type This parameter is paired with Par 1073 SL Buf Int Rx00 SL Buf Int Rx01 Default 0 Displays the integer value of the Buffered Received Data for word 1 Data transmitted Min Max 2147483648 from one node to another must be the same data type This parameter is paired with Par 1076 SL Buf Real Rx01 SL Buf Real Rx01 Default 0 0000 Displays the floating poin
365. ng and Grounding for PWM AC Drives DRIVES INO01 Safety Guidelines for the Application SGI 1 1 Installation and Maintenance of Solid State Control www rockwellautomation com literature A Global Reference Guide for Reading 100 2 10 Schematic Diagrams Guarding Against Electrostatic Damage 8000 4 5 2 The following publications provide specific PowerFlex drive information Title Installation Instructions Hi Resolution Encoder Feedback Option for PowerFlex 700S Drives Installation Instructions Resolver Feedback Option for PowerFlex 700S Drives Firmware Release Notes PowerFlex 7005 Drive firmware revision 2 06 amp 2 07 For detailed PowerFlex 700S information Title PowerFlex Reference Manual PowerFlex 700S and 700H Adjustable Frequency Drives for Frames 9 11 Publication Available 200 001 20D IN002 www rockwellautomation com literature 20D RN0016 Publication Available www rockwellautomation com PFLEX INO06 literature For Allen Bradley Drives Technical Support Title Online at Allen Bradley Drives Technical Support www ab com support abdrives For Automation and Control Technical Support Title Online at Rockwell Automation Technical Support http support rockwellautomation com knowledgebase The following publications provide necessary information when applying the DriveLogix Controller Titl
366. nits Default Min Max Units Default Min Max Default Min Max Default Min Max Units Default Min Max Comm Scale Units Default Min Max Programming and Parameters 10 0000 5 0000 25 0000 4096 10 16777216 1 0000 0 0000 2 0000 0 2147483648 RPM 0 0000 14112 0000 Par 4 Motor NP RPM 1 0 PPR 1024 10 20000 Linkable Read Write 3 31 Data Type 32 bit Integer Real 32 bit Integer Real 16 bit Integer 3 32 Programming and Parameters eg 25855 No Description Values 2 233 Encdr0 Config Specifies the vor figuration options for the Encoder 0 e Bits 0 Enc Filt bt0 1 Enc Filt bt1 2 Enc Filt bt2 and 3 Enc Filt bt3 configure the encoder input filter see Table 233A Encoder Input Filter Settings The filter requires the input signal to be stable for the specified time period Input transitions within the filter time setting will be ignored e Bits 4 Encdr 4x and 5 Encdr A Phs determine how the encoder channel A and B signals will be interpreted Typically both encoder phases A and B are used so that direction information is available Par 230 Position counts up for forward rotation and down for reverse rotation If bit 5 Encdr A Phs is set then the B phase signal is ignored As a result the encoder p
367. not change this value 430 ds Reg P Gain Default 1 0 V 16 bit Sets the proportional gain of the flux producing d axis current regulator Set by the Min Max 0 0 100 0 Integer autotune procedure Do not change this value Comm Scale x 10 431 Test Current Ref Units 96 16 bit Sets the current reference used for Motor Control MC Test Mode Default 50 0 Integer Min Max 0 0 799 9 Comm Scale x 10 432 TestFreq Ref Units 9 V 16 bit Sets the frequency reference used for Motor Control MC Test Mode Default 10 0 Integer Min Max 799 9 Comm Scale x 10 its IS 16 bit fault 5 0 Integer Min Max 0 0 1000 0 Comm Scale x 10 434 Vds Base Default 0 16 bit Displays the motor flux producing d axis voltage command when running at nameplate Min Max 8192 0 Integer motor speed and load This value is determined during the autotune procedure Do not change this value 433 Test Freq Rate U Sets the rate of change of frequency reference used for Motor Control MC Test Mode D 5 3 56 435 437 438 439 440 441 442 443 444 445 446 447 448 449 450 451 453 454 469 470 472 473 Programming and Parameters Name Description Mtr Vqs Base Displays the motor torque producing q axis voltage command when running at nameplate motor speed and load This value is determined during the autotune procedure Do not change this va
368. ns Off Regulators C 6 Application Notes 1 Data Provides data for comparison of Par 172 Setpt 1 Data to Par 173 Setpt1 TripPoint driving bit 16 At Setpt 1 of Par 155 Logic Status Figure C 5 At Setpoint 1 Status P172 Setpt 1 Data bit 16 At Setpt 1 turns off bit 16 At Setpt 1 turns on bit 16 At Setpt 1 turns off bit 16 At Setpt 1 turns on bit 16 At Setpt 1 turns off bit 16 At Setpt 1 turns on bit 16 At Setpt 1 turns off bit 16 At Setpt 1 turns on bit 16 At Setpt 1 turns off o E o 5 P173 Setpt1 TripPoint 2 x P174 Setpt 1 Limit P173 Setpt1 TripPoint P174 Setpt 1 Limit P173 Setpt1 TripPoint P173 Setpt1 TripPoint P174 Setpt 1 Limit P173 Setpt1 TripPoint 2 x P174 Setpt 1 Limit Setpt 2 Data Provides data for comparison of Par175 Setpt 2 Data to Par 176 Setpt2 TripPoint driving bit 17 Above Setpt 2 of Par 155 Logic Status Figure C 6 Above Setpoint 2 Status P175 Setpt 2 Data bit 17 Above Setpt 2 turns on bit 17 Above Setpt 2 turns off P176 Setpt 2 TripPoint P176 Setpt 2 TripPoint P177 Setpt 2 Limit P176 Setpt 2 TripPoint 2 x P177 Setpt 2 Limit 0 Time External and Internal Connections HIM Overview Appendix D For Information on See Page External and Internal Connections D 1 LCD Display Elements D 2 Removing Installing the HIM D 3 The PowerFlex 7005 provides ca
369. nt Tx23 1207 SL Buf Int Tx24 1209 SL Buf Int Tx25 1211 SL Buf Int Tx26 1213 SL Buf Int Tx27 1215 SL Buf Int Tx28 1217 SL Buf Int Tx29 1219 SL Buf Real Rx00 1074 SL Buf Real Rx01 1076 SL Buf Real Rx02 1078 SL Buf Real Rx03 1080 SL Buf Real Rx04 1082 SL Buf Real Rx05 1084 SL Buf Real Rx06 1086 SL Buf Real Rx07 1088 SL Buf Real Rx08 1090 SL Buf Real Rx09 1092 SL Buf Real Rx10 1094 SL Buf Real Rx11 1096 SL Buf Real Rx12 1098 SL Buf Real Rx13 1100 SL Buf Real Rx14 1102 SL Buf Real Rx15 1104 SL Buf Real Rx16 1106 SL Buf Real Rx17 1108 SL Buf Real Rx18 1110 SL Buf Real Rx19 1112 SL Buf Real Rx20 1114 SL Buf Real Rx21 1116 SL Buf Real Rx22 1118 SL Buf Real Rx23 1120 SL Buf Real Rx24 1122 SL Buf Real Rx25 1124 SL Buf Real Rx26 1126 SL Buf Real Rx27 1128 SL Buf Real Rx28 1130 SL Buf Real Rx29 1132 SL Buf Real Tx00 1162 SL Buf Real Tx01 1164 SL Buf Real Tx02 1166 SL Buf Real Tx03 1168 SL Buf Real Tx04 1170 SL Buf Real Tx05 1172 SL Buf Real Tx06 1174 SL Buf Real Tx07 1176 SL Buf Real Tx08 1178 SL Buf Real Tx09 1180 SL Buf Real Tx10 1182 SL Buf Real Tx11 1184 SL Buf Real Tx12 1186 SL Buf Real Tx13 1188 SL Buf Real Tx14 1190 SL Buf Real Tx15 1192 SL Buf Real Tx16 1194 SL Buf Real Tx17 1196 SL Buf Real Tx18 1198 SL Buf Real Tx19 1200 SL Buf Real Tx20 1202 SL Buf Real Tx21 1204 SL Buf Real Tx22 1206 Name Number Name Number SL Buf Real Tx23 1208 Spd Err Filt BW 89 SL Buf Real Tx24 1210 Spd Fdbk Scale 73 SL B
370. nt reference Scale 100 32767 e When active Par 511 FOC2 Mode Config bit 28 FlxRatRf Use is set Flux Producing d axis Current Reference Par 488 Flux Current x Par 424 Flux Ratio e When inactive Par 511 FOC2 Mode Config bit 28 FIXRatRf Use is cleared Flux Producing d axis Current Reference Par 488 Flux Current below base speed and Flux Producing d axis Current Reference Par 488 Flux Current x motor base speed motor speed above base speed 425 Flux Rate Limit Units 5 V 16 bit Sets the limit of the rate of change for flux producing d axis current Default 1 0 Integer in Max 0 0 195 3 Comm Scale x 10 426 Satur Coef Units This represents the amount of flux current required to compensate for the flux saturation Default 0 0 effect of the motor Min Max 0 0 51 3 Comm Scale x 10 427 Mtr Comp Units 16 bit Provides CEMF compensation for the torque producing q axis current in the permanent Default 0 Integer magnet motor mode Min Max 0 100 428 lReg IGain Fctr Default 1 Adjustment for current regulator integral frequency factor gain Min Max 1 20 429 065 Integ Freq Units R S V 16 bit Sets the break frequency of the flux producing d axis current regulator This and Par Default 10 Integer 430 Ids Reg P Gain determine the integral gain for the d axis current regulator Set by Min Max 0 32767 the autotune procedure Do
371. ntation 4 DriveLogix ControlNet Redundant Code Documents Fiber E Quick Start Guide 5 DriveLogix DeviceNet Open Conn 6 DriveLogix EtherNet IP N No Documentation g Brake Code w Brake IGBT X Yes N No Brake IGBT is standard on Frames 1 3 and optional on Frames 4 9 ONLY Chapter Objectives Installation Wiring Chapter 1 This chapter provides the information needed to mount and wire the PowerFlex 700S AC drive for Frames 1 6 For installation instructions for the PowerFlex 7005 AC drive for Frames 9 12 refer PFLEX IN006 For Information See Page Opening the Cover 1 2 Mounting Clearances 1 2 AC Supply Source Considerations 1 3 Grounding Requirements 1 4 Fuses and Circuit Breakers 1 5 Power Wiring 1 6 Using Input Output Contactors 1 15 Disconnecting MOVs and Common Mode Capacitors 1 16 Wiring 1 19 Connecting SynchLink 1 33 CE Conformity 1 35 Since most start up difficulties are the result of incorrect wiring take every precaution to assure the wiring is correct Read and understand all items in this chapter before beginning installation proper installation Rockwell Automation Inc cannot assume ATTENTION The following information is merely a guide for responsibility for the compliance or the noncompliance to any code national local or otherwise for the proper installation of this drive or associated equipment hazard o
372. ntrol is set Trend In2 Int Provides integer input to the Trend 2 function The Trending function samples this parameter for Trend Buffer 2 if bit 2 In 2 Real of Par 1250 Trend Control is cleared Trend In2 Real Provides real input to the Trend 2 function The Trending function samples this parameter for Trend Buffer 2 if bit 2 In 2 Real of Par 1250 Trend Control is set Trend In3 Int Provides integer input to the Trend 3 function The Trending function samples this parameter for Trend Buffer 3 if bit 3 In 3 Real of Par 1250 Trend Control is cleared Trend In3 Real Provides real input to the Trend 3 function The Trending function samples this parameter for Trend Buffer 3 if bit 3 In 3 Real of Par 1250 Trend Control is set Trend 114 Int Provides integer input to the Trend 4 function The Trending function samples this parameter for Trend Buffer 4 if bit 4 In 4 Real of Par 1250 Trend Control is cleared Trend In4 Real Provides real input to the Trend 4 function The Trending function samples this parameter for Trend Buffer 4 if bit 4 In 4 Real of Par 1250 Trend Control is set Trend Marker Int Marks the start of data for trend buffers that are using integer data The Trend Marker can be used to provide a scope trigger signal for Auto Output function Trend Marker Real Marks the start of data for trend buffers that are using real data The Trend Marker can be used to provide a scope trigger signal for
373. nue running and set the appropriate alarm bit when this event occurs e 2 FitCoastStop Configures the drive to perform a coast stop and set the appropriate fault bit in response this event User Data Int 01 General purpose parameter available for storage of 32 bit enumerated data by the operator This value will be retained through a power cycle User Data Int 02 General purpose parameter available for storage of 32 bit enumerated data by the operator This value will be retained through a power cycle User Data Int 03 General purpose parameter available for storage of 32 bit enumerated data by the operator This value will be retained through a power cycle User Data Int 04 General purpose parameter available for storage of 32 bit enumerated data by the operator This value will be retained through a power cycle Rated Amps This displays the currenting rating of the inverter The drive automatically sets this at power up Rated Volts This displays the name plate voltage rating of the inverter The drive automatically sets this at power up PWM Frequency Sets the carrier frequency for the PWM output of the drive Drive derating may occur at higher carrier frequencies For derating information refer to the PowerFlex 700S Phase Control Reference Manual publication PFLEX RM002 The default is dependant on the power structure of the drive Voltage Class Sets the drive configuration for high or low voltage class
374. o 670 671 672 673 691 692 693 694 695 Name Description Pwr Strct Mode Options Used Used Used Used Used Used le xmi Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used lt O Not Used Used Default 3 Se e No No gt c Star Coupler 9 Hi Pwr Stret gt S Lo PwrStrct Bit HiHP Dri Options lt EE Incompati lt gt HW Incompati e Prchrg cntct Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used uPrc Wtchdg O Drive OvrLd O FAN Alarm gt S VBus Wtchdg Default Bit GndFIt Cur Determines the current level for the ground fault detection Note The default value was changed from 125A to 13 05A and the maximum value was changed from 500A to 200A for firmware version 2 07 o e e ae Se o VBus CRC Err S VBus Lnk Lst VBus Com Dly Values Linkable Read Write Data Type Bit 0 PowerFlex 700S Bit 1 Vacon HiHP 0 False 1 True Units Default Min Max Units Amps 13 0500 10 0000 200 0000 mSec HiHP GndFIt Dly Determines the time delay for the ground fault detection Note The default value for this parameter changed from 1 ms to 200 ms for firmware version 2 07 DPI Ref Select Selects which DPI port can provide a reference to the dri
375. o longer exists A fault indicates a malfunction that must be corrected and can only be reset after cycling power Table 48 Common Causes of a Pre Start Alarm Examine Parameter 156 Run Inhibit Status Bit Description Action 1 No power is present at the Enable Terminal TB1 T7 Apply the enable 2 3 4 stop command is being issued Close all stop inputs 5 loss event is in progress indicating loss of the input voltage Restore AC power 6 Data supplied by the power structure EEprom is invalid or corrupt Cycle the power If problem persists replace the power structure 7 Flash Update in Progress Complete Flash Procedures 8 Drive is expecting a Start Edge and is receiving a continuous Open all start buttons and remove all start commands signal 9 Drive is expecting a Jog Edge and is receiving a continuous Open all jog buttons and remove all jog commands signal 10 conflict exists between the Encoder PPR programming Verify encoder data and reprogram Parameter 232 or 242 and the encoder configuration for edge counts Parameter 233 or 243 bits 4 amp 5 11 The drive cannot precharge because a precharge input is Reprogram the input or close the precharge control contact programmed and no signal is present Start input configured but stop not configured Program Par 838 840 to include a stop button rewire the drive Run input
376. obtains the following information via the Hiperface RS 485 interface shortly after power up e Address e Command Number e Mode e Number of turns e Number of Sine Cos cycles e Checksum Registration Inputs high speed 12 24V de sinking digital inputs Customer I O plug P1 Allen Bradley PN 94274917 Weidmuller PN 67601782 Supported Linear Sensors Temposonics Linear sensors with MTS part numbers ending in 15261102 work with the MDI Option Part Number Character Characteristic 1 Input Voltage 24Vdc 5 SSI output 2 Data Length 24 Bits G Output Format Gray Code 1 Resolution 0 005 mm 1 Performance Standard 02 Scale Orientation Forward acting Synchronized Temposonics is a registered trademark of MTS Systems Corporation H 2 PowerFlex 7005 Multi Device Interface Option Card Supported Rotary Encoders Table H A specifies which encoders work with the MDI Option Important Please note that encoders must be ordered as Single Ended This will ensure that the RS 485 channel has the proper termination network installed at the factory Table H A Supported Stegmann Rotary Encoders Model Resolution Comment SINCOS SCS 60 SCS 70 512 sine cycles per revolution SCM 60 and SCM 70 have built in SCM 60 and SCM 70 mechanical turns counter SINCOS SCS KIT 101 and 1024 sine cycles per revolution SCM 60 and SCM 70 have built in SCM KIT 101 mec
377. occurs e 1 Alarm Configures the drive to continue running and set the appropriate alarm bit when this event occurs e 2 FitCoastStop Configures the drive to perform a coast stop and set the appropriate fault bit in response this event e 3 Fit RampStop Configures the drive to perform a ramp stop and set the appropriate fault bit in response this event e 4 FitCurLimStp Configures the drive to perform a current limit stop and set the appropriate fault bit in response this event PreChrg Err Enter value to configure the drive s response to a Precharge Error exception event e 0 Ignore Configures the drive to continue running as normal when this event occurs e 1 Alarm Configures the drive to continue running and set the appropriate alarm bit when this event occurs 2 FitCoastStop Configures the drive to perform a coast stop and set the appropriate fault bit in response this event Values Default Options Default Options Default Options Default Options Default Options Default Options Programming and Parameters 3 49 Linkable Read Write Data Type Alarm Ignore Alarm FitCoastStop Fit RampStop FitCurLimStp Alarm Ignore Alarm FitCoastStop Fit RampStop FitCurLimStp
378. ode equals 2 PMag Motor Provides a delay for the function that compares the estimated rotor position and the data from the position sensor Motor Ctrl Mode Enter a value to select the operating mode for the Motor Control MC e 0 FOC Field Oriented Control is induction motor control with voltage adaptation e 1 FOC 2 Field Oriented Control 2 is induction motor control with temperature adaptation e 2 Motor Permanent Magnet Motor Control is permanent magnet motor operation e 4 Test Is the test mode Rated Slip Freq Displays the control slip frequency determined from Par 3 Motor NP Hertz and Par 4 Motor NP RPM Measured by the autotune procedure Do not change this value Motor NTC Coef Defines a coefficient used to calculate the rotor temperature from the measured stator temperature Used only in Field Oriented Control 2 FOC2 mode Flux Current Specifies the magnetizing current that produces rated flux in the motor in a per unit percent representation Measured by the autotune procedure Do not change this value Statorinductance Displays the sum of the stator and cable inductances of the motor in per unit percent representation as determined by the autotune procedure Scaled to percent of rated motor impedance Do not change this value StatorResistance Displays the sum of the stator and cable resistances of the motor in per unit percent representation as determin
379. oder DATA RS485 Linear Sensor CLOCK Linear Sensor CLOCK 22 GN _ WH gt gt DATA RS 485 SIN PK Y COS Linear Sensor DATA Linear Sensor DATA o lt Rotary Encoder REGISTRATION Rotary Encoder REGISTRATION Linear Sensor REGISTRATION Linear Sensor REGISTRATION CHASSIS GND ARNO Rotary Encoder Connections with Stegmann pre attached shielded twisted pair cable M c D if ROTARY ENCODER BU Rotary Encoder POWER COMMON 17 POWER COMMON RD Rotary Encoder POWER 16 POWER BN Rotary Encoder REFSIN 15 REFSIN WH SIN Rotary Encoder SIN 14 BK Rotary Encoder REFCOS 13 REFCOS PK Rotary Encoder COS 12 Rotary Encoder DATA 5485 11 Rotary Encoder DATA RS485 10 Linear Sensor CLOCK 9 Linear Sensor CLOCK COS GY Linear Sensor DATA Linear Sensor DATA M j Rotary Encoder REGISTRATION Linear Sensor REGISTRATION Linear Sensor REGISTRATION CHASSIS GND 8 7 6 Rotary Encoder REGISTRATION 5 4 3 2 1 L3 E3 ELEC L3 E3 SS EJ E E3 ES E3 E3 E3 E3
380. oint real value of the Buffered Received Data for word 13 Data transmitted from one node to another must be the same data type This parameter is paired with Par 1099 SL Buf Int R13 SL Buf Int Rx14 Displays the integer value of the Buffered Received Data for word 14 Data transmitted from one node to another must be the same data type his parameter is paired with Par 1102 SL Buf Real R14 SL Buf Real Rx14 Displays the floating point real value of the Buffered Received Data for word 14 Data transmitted from one node to another must be the same data type This parameter is paired with Par 1101 SL Buf Int R14 SL Buf Int Rx15 Displays the integer value of the Buffered Received Data for word 15 Data transmitted from one node to another must be the same data type This parameter is paired with Par 1104 SL Buf Real R15 SL Buf Real Rx15 Displays the floating point real value of the Buffered Received Data for word 15 Data transmitted from one node to another must be the same data type This parameter is paired with Par 1103 SL Buf Int R15 SL Buf Int Rx16 Displays the integer value of the Buffered Received Data for word 16 Data transmitted from one node to another must be the same data type This parameter is paired with Par 1106 SL Buf Real Rx16 SL Buf Real Rx16 Displays the floating point real value of the Buffered Received Data for word 16 Data transmitted from one node to another must be the same data type T
381. ol you can use to view internal drive parameters Est Speed Fdbk Displays estimated motor speed calcu Wr2 FluxRatio1 VbusFdbk FluxRatio2 FluxRatio3 FluxRatio4 MuFIxRtioRef RepFlxRatio1 MulfluxRef MultestRef MotVntc BaseSlip VbusFdbk2 VdsFdbk2 VqsFdbk2 VdsSpdVItFIt WrEst1 MuTestFrqRef TestFrqRef FluxFItrN 1 PrchgDlayCtr PrchTimOutCr PrchPilotCtr TrqEnableCtr MuTscan1 ErStatFromCp FlxCurRteOut ThetaE SinThetaE1 SinThetaE2 SinThetaE3 SinThetaE4 SinThetaE5 SinThetaE6 ThetaEcor SinThtaEcor SinThtaEcor2 SinThtaEcor3 equal to the value in Par 4 Motor RPM TP Sell This di MC TP Sel This di 76 SinThtaEcor4 77 MulRef2B 78 SpdFdbk 79 Spdintegral 80 SpdPrportnal 81 SpdPI 82 SpdRef 83 SlipGainEst 84 SlipGainFf 85 Ws2 86 SlipGain 87 SlipGainFltr 88 SlipVdsCmd 89 SlpVdsCmdFIt 90 VdsLastError 91 VdsPrportnal 92 VdsintMnitor 93 MotorVits 94 BusUtil 95 FieldlnitTm 96 IqsLimit 97 VgsCmdMotor 98 We2FieldWeak 99 VqsFldWkBase 100 VasldsCmd 101 VqsMaxMotor 102 VqsMaxVbus 103 CalcPUMtrFIx 104 FldWklnitTim 105 FluxldsFfFit 106 FixVqsCmdFit 107 VqsError 108 VqsFluxPl 109 Vasintegral 110 VasPrportl 111 VqsPrportnl2 112 DbDuty 113 TestMark70 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 181 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 splay should only be used if splay shoul
382. one second Default without exceeding the rated element temperature You may change the value of this Min Max parameter only if you have selected an external DB resistor set bit 1 Brake Extern of Par 414 Brake Bus Cnfg If this rating is not available from the resistor vendor you can approximate it with this equation Par 416 Brake PulseWatts 75 000 x Weight where Weight equals the weight of the resistor wire element in pounds not the entire weight of the resistor Another equation you can use is Par 416 Brake PulseWatts Time Constant x Brake Watts where Time Constant equals the amount of time to reach 63 of its rated temperature the maximum power applied and Brake Watts is the maximum power rating of the resistor Brake Watts Units Sets the maximum continuous power reference for the Dynamic Brake DB You may Default change the value of this parameter only if you have selected and external DB resistor set Min Max bit 1 Brake Extern of Par 414 Brake Bus Cnfg 1 Enbl PrChrg 0 Hold PrChrg 1 Enbl PrChrg 0 Zero DB Ambt Tmax 72 Mtr IR 84 Convt Type 73 Mtr Id Ref 85 DC Bus Induc 74 HH Data Rev 86 ACInpInduc 75 HH Dev 87 Precharg Res 76 HH Serial 88 PrechThrm Tc 77 HH Test Date 89 Mtr NP Units 78 HH Vcn Code 90 Mtr NP Power 79 HH CrsCnc ID 91 Mtr NP Volts 80 HHP BID 92 Mtr Amps 81 HHS WID 93 MtrNP Freq 82 HHP BRev 94 Mtr NP RPM 83 HH S W Rev 42200000000 111 0000
383. ontolNet Fiber Media Planning CNET INOO1 and Installation Guide SynchLink Design Guide 1756 TD008 Inthis manual we refer to the PowerFlex 7005 Adjustable Frequency AC Drive as drive PowerFlex 700S or PowerFlex 700S Drive To help differentiate parameter names and LCD display text from other text the following conventions will be used Parameter Names will appear in brackets after the Parameter Number For example Parameter 307 Output Voltage Display text will appear in quotes For example Enabled e The following words are used throughout the manual to describe an action Word Meaning Can Possible able to do something Cannot Not possible not able to do something May Permitted allowed Must Unavoidable you must do this Shall Required and necessary Should Recommended Should Not Not recommended Similar PowerFlex 7008 drive sizes are grouped into frame sizes to simplify spare parts ordering dimensioning etc A cross reference of drive catalog numbers and their respective frame size is provided in Appendix A p 4 Overview General Precautions Class 1 LED Product gt gt gt D ATTENTION Hazard of permanent eye damage exists when using optical transmission equipment This product emits intense light and invisible radiation Do not look into module ports or fiber optic cable connectors ATTENTION This drive contains ESD Electrostatic Di
384. or rating cannot exceed a 2 1 ratio Category Control Specification Supplemental Information A 3 Method Induction Motor Brushless Motor Frames 1 6 690V Drive frames 5 amp 6 only Sine coded PWM with programmable carrier frequency Indirect Self Organized Field Oriented Control Current regulated Ratings apply to all drives Refer to the PowerFlex 700S Phase Control Reference Manual publication PFLEX RM002 for derating guidelines The drive can be supplied as 6 pulse or 12 pulse in a configured package Frames 9 amp up Sine coded PWM with programmable carrier frequency Indirect Self Organized Field Oriented Control Current regulated Ratings apply to all drives Refer to the PowerFlex 700S Phase Control Reference Manual publication PFLEX RM002 for derating guidelines The drive can be supplied as 6 pulse or 12 pulse in a configured package Carrier Frequency Drive rating 4 kHz Settings 2 4 8 10 kHz Drive rating 2 kHz Settings 2 4 8 10 kHz Output Voltage Range 0 to rated motor voltage 0 to rated motor voltage Output Frequency Range 0 320 Hz 0 320 Hz Speed Control Speed regulation without feedback Speed regulation without feedback 0 1 of base speed across 120 1 speed range 120 1 operating range 50 rad sec bandwidth 0 1 of base speed across 120 1 speed range 120 1 operating range 50 rad sec bandwidth Speed regulation with feedback 0 001 of b
385. ord 2 if the data type for word 2 Min Max 2200000000 0000 indicated in Par 1160 Tx Buf Data Type is real 0 False 1 True 32 bit Integer Real 32 bit Integer Real 32 bit Integer Real 1167 1168 1169 1170 1171 1172 1173 1174 1175 1176 1177 1178 1179 1180 1181 1182 1183 1184 1185 1186 1187 1188 1189 Description SL Buf Int Tx03 Provides integer data for Direct Transmit word 3 if the data type for word 3 indicated in Par 1160 Tx Buf Data Type is SL Buf Real Tx03 Provides floating point real integer data for Direct Transmit word 3 if the data type for word 3 indicated in Par 1160 Tx Buf Data Type is real SL Buf Int Tx04 Provides integer data for Dir 1160 Tx Buf Data Type is SL Buf Real Tx04 Provides floating point real ect Transmit word 4 if the data type for word 4 indicated in Par integer data for Direct Transmit word 4 if the data type for word 4 indicated in Par 1160 Tx Buf Data Type is real SL Buf Int Tx05 Provides integer data for Direct Transmit word 5 if the data type for word 5 indicated in Par 1160 Tx Buf Data Type is SL Buf Real Tx05 Provides floating point rea integer data for Direct Transmit word 5 if the data type for word 5 indicated in Par 1160 Tx Buf Data Type is real SL Buf Int Tx06 Provides integer data for Direct Transmit word 6 if the data t
386. ormal when this event occurs e 1 Alarm Configures the drive to continue running and set the appropriate alarm bit when this event occurs 2 FitCoastStop Configures the drive to perform a coast stop and set the appropriate fault bit in response this event Interp Fit Cnfg Enter a value to configure the drive s response when a Synchronization input to the Interpolator has been lost or has become excessively irregular e 0 Ignore Configures the drive to continue running as normal when this event occurs e 1 Alarm Configures the drive to continue running and set the appropriate alarm bit when this event occurs 2 FitCoastStop Configures the drive to perform a coast stop and set the appropriate fault bit in response this event e 3 Fit RampStop Configures the drive to perform a ramp stop and set the appropriate fault bit in response this event e 4 FitCurLimStp Configures the drive to perform a current limit stop and set the appropriate fault bit in response this event Ext Fit Alm Cnfg Enter a value to configure the drive s response to an External Input exception event The event is triggered by a digital input that is configured for auxiliary fault or auxiliary aux fault by choosing option 11 Aux Fault or 12 AuxFault Inv in Pars 838 DigIn 1 Sel 839 DigIn 2 Sel or 840 Sel 0 Ignore Configures the drive to continue running as normal when this event
387. ormation needed to install start up and troubleshoot the PowerFlex 7005 Adjustable Frequency AC Drive Frames 1 6 Refer to PFLEX INO06 for information on installing starting and troubleshooting the PowerFlex 700S and 700H Adjustable Frequency Drives for Frames 9 11 For information on See page Who Should Use This Manual Preface 1 What Is Not In This Manual Preface 1 Recommended Documentation Preface 2 Manual Conventions Preface 3 Drive Frame Sizes Preface 3 General Precautions Preface 4 Catalog Number Explanation Preface 5 This manual is intended for qualified personnel You must be able to program and operate Adjustable Frequency AC Drive devices In addition you must have an understanding of the parameter settings and functions You must also understand programmable controllers for the PowerFlex 700S with DriveLogix Since this User Manual is designed to provide only basic start up information for Frames 1 6 the following topics have not been included e Spare parts information e Installation instructions for frames 9 11 For detailed drive information please refer to publication PowerFlex 700S with Phase I Control Reference Manual publication PFLEX RMO002 This publication is available online at www rockwellautomation com literature p 2 Overview Recommended Documentation The following publications provide general drive information Title Publication Available Wiri
388. ors the following information must be read and understood One or more output contactors may be installed between the drive and motor s for the purpose of disconnecting or isolating certain motors loads If a contactor is opened while the drive is operating power will be removed from the respective motor but the drive will continue to produce voltage at the output terminals In addition reconnecting a motor to an active drive by closing the contactor could produce excessive current that may cause the drive to fault If any of these conditions are determined to be undesirable or unsafe an auxiliary contact on the output contactor should be wired to a drive digital input that is programmed as Enable This will cause the drive to execute a coast to stop cease output whenever an output contactor is opened ATTENTION To guard against drive damage when using Using PowerFlex 7005 If a Regenerative unit i e 1336 REGEN is used as a bus supply or a brake Drives with Regenerative the common mode capacitors should be disconnected see Table 1 F on Power Units page 1 16 1 16 Installation Wiring Disconnecting MOVs and Common Mode Capacitors Regenerative Unit to Drive Connections Regenerative Brake Mode Terminals Frame s 1336 Regen PowerFlex 700S 1 4 DC amp DC amp DC 5 amp 6 DC amp DC DC amp DC Regenerative Bus Supply Mode Terminals Frame s 1336 Regen PowerFlex 700S 1 4
389. osition will only increase regardless of rotation direction Bits 4 and 5 together also determine the number of edges counted per encoder pulse see Table 2338 Multiplier and Direction Settings 4x sampling counts both rise and fall of both A and B encoder phases hence 4 edges per pulse In 4x mode the encoder position will change by four times the encoder pulses per revolution PPR rating per encoder revolution e g it increments the value in Par 230 EncdrO Position by 4096 for one revolution of a 1024 PPR encoder e Bit 6 Encdr Dir inverts the channel A input thus reversing the direction of the feedback Bit 9 Edge Time configures the method of sampling used by the VPL Setting this bit chooses Edge to Edge sampling while resetting this bit to zero chooses Simple Difference sampling Simple Difference sampling calculates speed by examining the difference between pulse counts over a fixed sample time Edge to Edge sampling adjusts the sample time to synchronize with the position count updates from the daughter card improving the accuracy of the speed calculation Bits 12 SmplRate 510 through 15 SmplRate bt3 configure the sample interval for measuring speed see Table 233C Encoder Sample Interval Settings Increasing the encoder sample interval improves speed measurement near zero speed Decreasing allows the speed control regulator to perform with high gains at high speeds Options 23253 2 lala le le
390. ote that encoders must be ordered with the C12 FUR connectors to accommodate these cables PowerFlex 7005 Multi Device Interface Option Card H 3 Wiring the MDI Option Card Terminal Signal Description 17 Rotary Encoder POWER COMMON Power supply for Rotary Encoder interface 16 Rotary Encoder POWER N _ 15 Rotary Encoder REFSIN Positive Sine signal for Rotary Encoder interface N SI 14 Rotary Encoder SIN Negative Sine signal for Rotary Encoder interface N 13 Rotary Encoder REFCOS Negative Cosine signal for Rotary Encoder interface N x 12 Rotary Encoder COS Positive Cosine signal for Rotary Encoder interface I 11 Rotary Encoder DATA 85485 Positive DH485 terminal for Rotary Encoder interface N N 10 Rotary Encoder DATA RS485 Negative DH485 terminal for Rotary Encoder interface N 9 Linear Sensor CLOCK Positive Clock terminal for Linear Sensor interface O 8 Linear Sensor CLOCK Negative Clock terminal for Linear Sensor interface I amp 7 Linear Sensor DATA Positive SSI terminal for Linear Sensor interface N N 6 Linear Sensor DATA Negative SSI terminal for Linear Sensor interface 5 Rotary Encoder REGISTRATION Positive terminal for Rotary Encoder registration strobe B 4 Rotary Encoder REGISTRATION Negative terminal for Rotary Encoder registration strobe I E 3 Linear Sensor REGISTRATION Positive terminal for Linear Sensor registration strobe N 2 Linear Sensor REGISTRATIO
391. otor 10 0 2 0 8 mm 1 7N m 1 4 connections 6 AWG 18 AWG 15 Ib in 12 Ib in 3 Input power motor 25 0mm 12 5mm 13 6N m 18N m connections 3 AWG 14 AWG 32 Ib in 16 Ib in BR1 BR2 100mm 08 2 17 14 6 AWG 18 AWG 15 Ib in 12 Ib in 4 Input power and motor 850mm 10 mm 40N m 40 connections 1 0 AWG 8 AWG 24 Ib in 24 Ib in 5 S BR2 DC 50 0mm 2 5 mm 75 DC U V and W 1 0 AWG 14 AWG PE 500mm 40mm 1 0 ANE 12 au 5 R S T DC DC U V and 70 0 mm 16 0 mm 100 AWG 566 Note Note BR1 BR2 50 0mm 2 5 mm 1 0 AWG 14 AWG PE 50 0mm 4 0 mm 1 0 AWG 12 AWG 6 Input power and motor 120 0 mm 2 5 mm 6 N m 6 N m connections 4 0 AWG 14 AWG 52 Ib in 52 Ib in SHLD Terminal 1 6 Terminating point for wiring 16N m 11 6 M12 shields 14 Ib in 14 Ib in AUX Terminal Block 1 4 Auxiliary Control Voltage 1 5 mm 10 2 2 PS PS 16 AWG 24 AWG 5 6 40mm 0 5mm 0 6N m 0 6 N m 10AWG 22 AWG 5 3 Ib in 5 3 Ib in Fan Terminal Block 5 6 User Supplied Fan Voltage 4 0 mm 0 5 mm 0 6N m 0 6 N m M10 Common Bus Only 120V AC 240V 10 AWG 22 AWG 5 3 Ib in 5 3 Ib in 17 Maximum minimum sizes that terminal block will accept these are not recommendations 2 Ap
392. ounded 1 3 AC Supply Source Consideration 1 3 Access 1 8 Transformer Tap 1 10 Access Panel 1 8 Access Panel Removal 1 8 Ambient Operating Temperatures 1 3 Ambient Temperature 1 3 Armored Cable 1 6 Assisted Start Up 2 3 Auxiliary Power Supply 1 20 Before Applying Power 2 1 Bipolar Inputs 1 19 Bottom Plate Removal 1 8 Bottom View Dimensions A 27 Brake Resistor 1 14 Cable 1 8 Cable Entry Plate Removal 1 8 SHLD Terminal 1 5 Cable Length Motor 1 8 Cable Trays 1 7 Cables Power Armored 1 6 Insulation 1 6 Separation 1 6 Shielded 1 6 Type 1 6 Unshielded 1 6 Catalog Number Explanation P 5 P 6 CE Conformity 1 35 Checklist Start Up 2 1 Circuit Breaker Ratings A 6 Circuitry 1 21 Index Clear Faults Manually 4 4 Common Bus DC Input 1 10 Common Mode Capacitors 1 16 Common Mode Interference 1 19 Communications Programmable Controller Configurations A 4 Compatible Motors Thermistor A 17 Conduit 1 7 Control Assembly 1 2 Control Block Diagrams B 1 Control Block Diagrams Overview B 2 Control Logic B 2 Control Wire 1 19 Conventions P 3 Cooling Fan Voltage 1 9 cover removing G 1 replacing G 2 D Dimensions A 19 Dimensions Frame 1 3 A 20 Dimensions Frame 4 A 21 Dimensions Frame 5 A 22 Dimensions Frame 6 A 23 Distribution Systems Unbalanced 1 3 Ungrounded 1 3 Documentation P 2 DPI Communication Configurations A 4 Drive Frame Sizes P 3 Drive Ratings A 8 A 9 Drive Status 4 1 Dynamic B
393. ower Current or Torque is being limited referto 25 Start Active Start command received amp controlling motor Par 304 12 1055 Failure is detected in primary speed or position feedback 26 Command command received SW device amp drive has switched to secondary device Run 13 At Zero Spd Speed feedback is within limits defined in Par 160 27 31 Reserved 156 Run Inhibit Stat Indicates which condition is preventing the drive from starting or running Options 5 o 8 8 B 8 8 8 25 55 2 5 5 5 9s u 8 e 2 0 2 5 2 21515 5 5 5 5 2 o S S 2 8 9 9 3 9 2 s S S S cc c a je 5 0 o 0 2 ju Defaut 0 0 o 0 o o o op p po op jo o o o o p o jo j0 jo 0 0 jo 00 0 0 0 o Fase Bit 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11109 8 7 6 5 43 2 1 0 4 Te 157 Logic Ctrl State Indicates which logic control functions are enabled Options lt g cgit 5 jw 2 6 2 le Sle 2 Sls g 5 s S s lt lt IE le 5 5 Q 5 Ils 5 ls ls 5 5 3 2
394. ower is de energized This allows the Main Control Board DriveLogix controller and any feedback option cards to continue operation Connect auxiliary power to terminal block See Table 1 D on page 1 11 You must set Par 153 Control Options bit 7 Aux Pwr Sply to enable this feature Hard Enable Circuitry Installation Wiring 1 21 A dedicated hardware enable input is provided for applications that require the drive to be disabled without software interpretation Table 1 TB1 Row T Top Terminals 1 The drive s 24V DC power supply supports only on board digital inputs Do not use it to power circuits outside of the drive Refer to wiring examples of sinking and sourcing outputs 2 5 sg Terminal Signal Description co 11 Power Supply 24V DC Return and for pre charge T10 Power Supply 24V DC and enable inputs Inputs may sink or source 19 Rating 100 mA maximum Noe 0 T8 Digital Input 1 For common DC bus drives Must 824 826 We be high for drive to complete 827 828 Ne Default Precharge pre charge cycle 829 838 151 12 Load 20 mA at 24V DC ISI 7 Enable Input Must be high for drive to run 824 825 Load 20 mA at 24V DC MEZ T6 Digital Output 1 24V DC open collector sinking 824 843 N logic output 844 NIE 0 Rating 25 maximum BA T5 Digital
395. owing Moving the Line Type jumper shown in Figure 1 2 will select single or three phase operation Remove plastic guard to access jumper Important When selecting single phase operation input power must be applied to the R L1 and 5 L2 terminals only Cooling Fan Voltage Common Bus drives require user supplied 120 or 240V AC to power the cooling fans Power source is connected between OV AC and the terminal corresponding to your source voltage see Figure 1 4 on page 1 13 Table 1 C Fan VA Rating Frame Voltage 120V or 240V 5 100 VA 6 138 VA Selecting Verifying Fan Voltage Frames 5 amp 6 Only power to the drive has been removed before performing ATTENTION To avoid a shock hazard ensure that all the following Frames 5 amp 6 utilize a transformer to match the input line voltage to the internal fan voltage If your line voltage is different than the voltage class specified on the drive nameplate it may be necessary to change the transformer taps The taps are shown in the insert of frame 5 below 1 10 Installation Wiring Figure 1 2 Frames 5 amp 6 Jumper and Transformer Locations Frame 5 shown Phase Selection Jumper 3 PH 1 PH LINE TYPE p Xp
396. parameter to an integer source parameter and that source will control Analog 2147483648 1 Anlg Out1 Real Default 0 0000 Link this parameter to a real floating point source parameter and that source will control Min Max 2200000000 0000 0000 Analog Output 1 Out1 Volts Units Volt Displays the voltage reference for Analog Output 1 before the digital to analog Default 0 0000 conversion Min Max 10 0000 Out Scale Units hv Scales the range of the source parameter to the range of Analog Output 1 Par 814 Default 0 0000 AnlgOut1 Integer or Par 815 Anlg Out1 Real is multiplied by this number after the limit Min Max 2200000000 0000 function Anig Zero Units Volt Applies an offset to the scaled value of the Analog Output 1 function This parameter is Default 0 0000 summed with the output of the scaling block This sum produces Par 816 Out1 Min Max 20 0000 Volts Typically this value corresponds to OV for Analog Output 1 AnlgQut2 Integer Default 0 Link this bef to an integer source parameter and that source will control Analog Min Max 2147483648 Output 2 Anlg Out2 Real Default 0 0000 Link his parameter to a real floating point source parameter and that source will control Min Max 2200000000 0000 Analog Output 2 Anlg Out2 Volts Units Volt Displays the voltage reference for Analog Output 2 before the digital to analog Default 0 0000 con
397. phase trim position reference A step in the offset position will be internally rate limited and added to the selected reference position The rate of correction is set by Par 755 Posit Offset Spd The initial value of this parameter is latched upon position enable without causing a change in reference Subsequent changes to the value will be relative to the latched value See Par 740 Position Control bit 5 XOffset ReRef for re referencing the offsets Posit Offset 2 Supplies another position reference offset which is summed directly with Par 753 Posit Offset 1 Used to trim the phase of the selected position reference Position offset will be internally rate limited to a velocity set by Par 755 Posit Offset Spd Posit Offset Spd Sets the speed of position offset A position offset command will not exceed this speed The actual speed of offset is limited to a maximum value of 1 inertia pos gain so as not to cause a torque pulse greater than 1 per unit The speed will change exponentially X Offst SpdFilt Displays the output of a first order filter whose time response is shaped specifically to provide an output that represents the actual speed of offset correction It may be used as feed forward into speed reference to secure minimal position error during changes to offset Values Default Options Default Min Max Default Min Max Default Min Max Default Min Max Default Min Max Default
398. ply counter torque to the nut on the other side of terminations when tightening or loosening the terminal bolt in order to avoid damage to the terminal Not all terminals present on all drives Refer to the terminal block label inside the drive Auxiliary power UL Installation 300V DC 10 Non UL Installation 270 600V DC 10 Frame 1 6 100 W 5 me De 1 12 Installation Wiring Figure 1 3 Typical Power Terminal Block Location Frame 2 Frame 3 amp 4 WISE AILI SM2 TILS eooooopoooooO0 o S Fan Terminal LA Frame 5 75 HP Normal Duty Frame 5 100 HP Normal Duty Figure 1 BRI BR2 DC DC PE Frame 1 1 2 W R L1 L2 T L3
399. port typically a HIM provides this value Speed Trim 1 Provides an additive trim value to Par 46 Scaled Spd Ref Speed Trim 2 Provides an additive speed trim value to Par 47 Spd Trim1 SpdRef with a Lead Lag filter The Position regulator output is linked to this parameter by default This speed trim value affects the speed reference input to the speed regulator Speed Trim 3 Provides a scalable speed trim value that will be added to Par 47 Spd SpdRef Par 24 SpdTrim 3 Scale scales this value prior to the trim value affecting the speed reference SpdTrim 3 Scale Par 23 Speed Trim 3 is multiplied by this number This number can be used to scale the value of Par 23 Speed Trim 3 STrim2 Filt Gain Sets the lead term for the Par 22 Speed Trim 2 filter A value greater than 1 will result in a lead function and a value less than 1 will result in lag function A value of 1 will disable the filter SpdTrim2 Filt BW Sets the frequency for the Speed Trim 2 filter Rev Speed Limit Sets limit on the speed reference in the negative direction This value can be entered as negative value or zero Fwd Speed Limit Sets a limit on the speed reference in the positive direction This value can be entered as a positive value or zero Accel Time Sets the rate of acceleration for all speed increases with time in seconds to base speed Accel Rate Par 4 Motor NP RPM Par 32 Accel Time Decel Time Sets the
400. properly sized 26 Ground Fault current to earth exceeds 35 of the peak drive rating Check the motor and external wiring to the drive output terminals for a grounded condition 27 Inst Overcurrent Instantaneous motor current exceeds 214 of rating 28 VPL MC Comm Fail A communication failure has occurred between the Velocity Position Loop VLP processor and the Motor Control MC processor on the main control board Possible causes are MC has failed to complete or pass diagnostic tests This is Indicated when Fault Test Point 16 equals 1 This test point is viewed in parameter 330 Fault TP Data when parameter 329 Fault TP Sel equals 16 VPL Handshak e VPL has not detected MC handshake activity for over 32 ms This is Indicated when Fault Test Point 16 equals 1 This test point is viewed in parameter 330 Fault TP Data when parameter 329 Fault TP Sel equals 15 MC Handshake e MC has not detected VPL handshake activity for over 32 ms 29 PWM Signal short Description This fault is detected when ever the actual IGBT gate are different than the commanded IGBT states This fault is detected by the Motor Control processor Troubleshooting 4 7 Action 30 MC Firmware One of the following Motor Control MC firmware errors has occurred e MC Task Over Run e Illegal Interrupt e Self Diagnostic Fault e Data Error 31 Precharge Error
401. ption Board ROTARY ENCODER Rotary Encoder POWER COMMON 17 0 BU RD A POWER Rotary Encoder POWER 16 07 B POWER COMMON Rotary Encoder REFSIN 15 BN In A S HN C REFSIN Rotary Encoder SIN 14 em WA TY D REFCOS Rotary Encoder REFCOS 13 BK In RS 485 Rotary Encoder 4COS 12 em HU xX GN RS 485 Rotary Encoder DATA 85485 11 J WH 4SN Rotary Encoder DATA RS485 10 PK acos Linear Sensor CLOCK 9 4 NC Linear Sensor CLOCK 8 41 gt gt J SHIELD Linear Sensor DATA 7 Linear Sensor DATA 6 Rotary Encoder REGISTRATION 5 Rotary Encoder REGISTRATION 4 Linear Sensor REGISTRATION 3 Linear Sensor REGISTRATION 2 CHASSIS GND 1 H 6 PowerFlex 700S Multi Device Interface Option Card Connection Examples Rotary Encoder Connections with Stegmann shielded twisted pair cable and 8 pin Berg style connector MDI Feedback Option Board Rotary Encoder POWER COMMON 5 BU gt ROTARY ENCODER RD D RD X BU POWER Rotary Encoder POWER Rotary Encoder REFSIN a BN POWER COMMON BN WH REFSIN BK gt Rotary Encoder SIN Rotary Encoder REFCOS au REFCOS GY PK DATA RS 485 Rotary Encoder COS Rotary Encoder DATA RS485 Rotary Enc
402. r CEMF Coef 433 Test Freq Rate 477 Est Theta Delay Programming and Parameters 3 5 Configuration Overload Stop Brake Modes Power Loss 151 Logic Command 337 OL OpnLp CurrLim 414 Brake Bus 406 Power Loss Mode 152 Applied LogicCmd 338 OL ClsLp CurrLim 415 BusReg Brake Ref 407 Power Loss Time 153 Control Options 339 Drive OL JnctTmp 416 Brake PulseWatts 408 Power Loss Level 158 Drive Logic Rslt 340 Drive OL Status 417 Brake Watts 160 Zero Speed Lim 343 Drive OL TP Sel 154 Stop Dwell Time 335 Abs OverSpd Lim 344 Drive OL TP Data 3 6 Programming and Parameters Reference 16 Speed Ref Sel 10 Speed Ref 1 11 Spd Divide 12 Speed Ref 2 13 Spd Ref2 Multi 14 Speed Ref 4 15 Speed Ref 5 20 Speed Ref DPI 17 Jog Speed 1 18 Jog Speed 2 40 Selected Spd Ref 30 Rev Speed Limit 31 Fwd Speed Limit 41 Limited Spd Ref 32 Accel Time 33 Decel Time 42 Ramped Spd Ref 34 S Curve Time 43 S Curve Spd Ref 37 Spd Ref Bypass 35 SpdRef Filt Gain 36 SpdRef Filt BW 44 Filtered Spd Ref 38 Speed Ref Scale 46 Scaled Spd Ref 21 Speed Trim 1 47 Spd Trim1 SpdRef 45 Delayed Spd Ref 61 Virt Encoder EPR 62 Virt Encdr Posit 63 Virt Encdr Diyed 56 Inertia SpeedRef 55 Speed Comp 57 InertiaAccelGain 58 InertiaDecelGain 59 Inertia Torq Add 60 DeltaSpeedScale 140 FricComp Spd Ref 141 FricComp Setup
403. r Only Power Board Processor Error a 1 Check fiber optic connections between the microprocessor on the Power Board has detected a communication Power Interface Circuit Board and Voltage error Feedback Circuit Board 2 Check connections between the Main Control Board and the Power Interface Circuit Board 3 Replace the Voltage Feedback Circuit Board 4 Replace the Power Interface Circuit Board 5 Replace the Main Control Board 73 HiHp PrChrg Cntc High Horse Power Only Precharge Contactor Fault proper Check precharge circuit wiring contactor feedback has not occurred The precharge contactor has Check for loose connections on X50 probably failed to pick up or the feedback signal has failed This fault terminal block and or the X9 and X15 only applies to DC input drives connectors on the ASIC Board 74 HiHp PwrEE Error High Horse Power Only Power EEPROM Error the rating of the Replace output power module or program drive and data in the Power EEPROM on the Power Board do not new power board match 75 PwrBd Otemp High Horse Power Only Power Board Over Temperature Check the main cooling fan and fan power temperature of the Power Board on has exceeded 85 C supply replace if necessary 85 Position Error Position feedback exceeds the position error tolerance setting Par 913 Motn PositErrTol 4 10 Troubleshooting Notes Supplemental Information
404. r Tracking Speed 1 11 0 0 6 0 ms max setting Resolution Tracking Speed Tracking Speed Tracking Speed 1111011 60ms for X1 Resolver for X2 Resolver for X5 Resolver 1 1 1 0 6 0 5 10 bit 55 K rpm 27 5 K rpm 11 K rpm 114141460 12 bit 13 8 K rpm 6 9 K rpm 2 76 K rpm 14 bit 3480 rpm 1740 rpm 696 rpm 16 bit 900 rpm 450 rpm 180 rpm 267 269 270 272 273 N 050 gt 277 279 Name Description Reslvr0 Status Indicates the status of the resolver option card port 0 Bit Cable Tune indicates that the cable tuning test is active Bit 1 Tune Result indicates the tuning parameter type When set it indicates the tuning is using the parameter database When cleared it indicates the tuning is using derived data e Bit2 Mtr Turning indicates that the motor is turning Bit4 Energized indicates the resolver is energized Bit 8 Open Wire indicates a problem with the cable open circuit Bit 9 Power Supply indicates a problem with the option card s power supply Bit 10 Diag Fail indicates the option card has failed its power up diagnostics Options 2 lols aslo c B S 8 5 2 84514242 5515 15 15 5 5 5 5 2010 JF 2 8 lg 8 8 5 2 5 als 8 8 Z 5 S 5 S or t o 0 9 Default 0 0 O 1 1 M 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 False Bit 15 14 13 12 11109 8 7 6 5 48 2 1 0 4 True Reslv
405. r box becomes disconnected from the load Also used with motors that have very little inertia that otherwise lack dynamic stiffness even at high bandwidths 1 Load Est When set to 1 on the Load Estimate option removes or greatly reduces load disturbances and gives quicker system response 0 amp 1 This mode enhances stability as well as removing load disturbances Inert Adapt BW This parameter sets the bandwidth of the Inertia Adaptation function when the IAA function is selected Par 132 Inert Adpt Sel bit 0 Inrtia Adapt Typical IAA bandwidths range from 70 to 150 rad sec with 100 rad sec nominal best If the Load Estimate Par 132 Inert Adpt Sel bit 1 load Est function is selected then this parameter sets the natural frequency of a filter in rad sec Typical values range from 10 to 150 rad sec with higher values being more responsive to disturbances but with increased system noise There is no nominal best value but 40 rad sec is a suggested starting point This adjustment may not function well in sloppy geared systems If both Inertia Adaptation and Load Estimate functions are active use a bandwidth setting of 100 rad sec Inert Adapt Gain This parameter sets a multiplier of system inertia when the Inertia Adaptation function is selected Par 132 Inert Adpt Sel bit 0 Inrtia Adapt Higher values may cause high frequency ringing while smaller values may cause fundamental load instability A typical value is 0
406. r sample interval improves speed measurement near zero speed Decreasing allows the speed control regulator to perform with high gains at high speeds Options 2353 2 lo le l le lo lo 2 lo lo l E S S 5 eje je ee e e e e e g 5 5 g e e E e e 5 lt EEE 1 3 5 3 8 2 ss 5 ss s 8 2 5 lela e 3 ls 8 S l5 v oo 5 5 5 5 5 5 joo 9 cc jui Default 0 jO JO 0 0 10 jO JO jo JO Io 1 0001 O False Bit 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 5 14 13 12 11 109 8 7 6 5 4 32 1 0 1 Tue Table 243A Trigger Source Settings Table 243C Channel Interpretation Settings Bt 3 2 1 0 Filter Setting Bit 15 14 13 12 Encoder Sample Interval Settings 0 0 0 0 Filter disabled 0 0 0 0 05ms 0 0 0 1 100 ns filter 0001 0 5 ms min setting 0 0 1 0 200ns filter 0 0 1 0 1 0ms 0 0 1 1 300ns filter 0 0 1 1 15 5 0 0 1 1 300ns filter 0100 20ms default setting 0 1 0 0 400ns filter 0 1 0 1 25ms 0 1 0 1 500ns filter 0110 30ms 0 1 1 0 600ns filter 0 1 1 1 S35ms 0 1 1 1 700ns filter 1 0 0 0 40ms 1 00 0 800ns filter default setting 1001 45ms 1 0 0 1 900ns filter 1 0 1 0 5 0ms 1 0 1 0 1000 ns filter 1 0 1 1 55ms 1 0 1 1 1
407. r0 TP Sel Enter or write a value to select Fault data displayed in Par 269 ReslvrO TP Data ReslvrO TP Data Displays the data selected by Par 268 Reslvr0 TP Sel Reslvr0 SpdRatio _ Specifies the speed ratio for the resolver option card port 0 The speed ratio comes from the following formula Speed ratio electrical revolutions mechanical revolutions pole count 2 Reslvr0 Carrier Specifies the resolver carrier frequency for the resolver option card port 0 0 In Volts Specifies the resolver input voltage for the resolver option card port 0 Rslvr0 XfrmRatio Specifies the resolver transform ratio for the resolver option card port 0 Reslvr0 CableBal Specifies the resolver cable balance for the resolver option card port 0 Reslvr0 Type Sel Specifies the type of resolver used FB Opti Posit Displays the position feedback accumulator from port 1 of the feedback option card FB Spd Fdbk Displays the speed feedback from port 1 of the feedback option card Opt 1 Regis Ltch Displays registration data from port 1 of the feedback option card This data is the value of the position reference counter latched by the external strobes The strobe signal used to trigger the latch is configurable by Par 280 Opt 1 Regis Cnfg Programming and Parameters Default 0 Zero Options 0 Zero 1 RO Edge Time 2 RO dEdge 3 RO dTime Default 0 Mi
408. rake Resistor 1 14 E EMC Directive 1 35 EMC Instructions 1 35 EMI RFI Filter Grounding RFI Filter 1 5 Index 2 Enclosure Rating 1 3 F Fan Voltage 1 9 Fault Descriptions 4 4 Faults Manually Clear 4 4 Faults and Alarms 4 1 Filter 1 5 Frame Sizes P 3 Fuse amp Circuit Breaker Ratings A 6 Fuse Ratings A 8 A 9 Fuse Size A 6 Fuse Type A 7 Fuses 1 5 G General Precautions P 4 Grounding Filter 1 5 Shields 1 5 Grounding Requirements 1 4 H Hard Enable Circuitry 1 21 High Resolution Stegmann Specifications E 1 High Resolution Encoder Interface Board A 18 HIM D 1 ALT Functions D 2 External and Internal Connections D 1 External Connections D 1 Internal Connections D 1 LCD Display Elements D 2 Removing the HIM D 3 HIM Indication 4 4 Hi Resolution Encoder Feedback Option PowerFlex 700S E 1 Wiring 1 19 Input Phase Selection 1 9 Input Power Conditioning 1 4 Input Output Contactors Using 1 15 Inputs amp Outputs Analog B 2 Inputs amp Outputs Digital B 2 Installation 1 1 Installation Wiring Chapter 1 1 1 installing cover G 2 Inverter Overload IT B 2 J Jumper Removal 1 16 L LED Indications 4 2 Logic Command Word A 5 Logic Status Word A 6 M Main Control Board A 18 Terminal Locations 1 20 Main Control Board I O Configuration Settings 1 32 Manual Conventions P 3 Manually Clearing Faults 4 4 Motor 1 8 Motor Cable Lengths 1 8 Motor Control Mode
409. rameter ramps from 0 to 1 at a rate determined by Par 200 Time Axis Rate Conversely when the Function Generator is disabled the value of this parameter ramps from 1 to 0 LimGen Y axis Mx Sets Par 207 Limit Gen Hi Out and Par 208 Limit Gen Lo Out when the absolute value of Par 206 LimGen X axis In is greater than or equal to 1 LimGen Y axis Mn Sets Par 207 Limit Gen Hi Out and Par 208 Limit Gen Lo Out when the absolute value of Par 206 LimGen X axis In is equal to 0 LimGen X axis In The X axis input to the Limit Generator Typically this parameter is linked to a speed reference or to Par 201 Time Axis Output Limit Gen Hi Out Displays the positive output of the Limit Generator When Par 206 Limit Gen X axis In is greater than or equal to 1 this value equals Par 204 LimGen Y axis Mx When Par 206 LimGen X axis In is equal to 0 this value equals Par 205 LimGen axis Mn For values of X Axis input between 0 and 1 the value of this parameter is interpolated from Y axis min and max values Typically this parameter is linked to Par 191 PI High Limit Limit Gen Lo Out Displays the negative output of the Limit Generator The value of this parameter is the negative of Par 207 Limit Gen Hi Out Typically it is linked to Par 192 PI Lower Limit Units Default Min Max Units Default Min Max Default Min Max Units Default Min Max Units Default efault Min Ma
410. rate of deceleration for all speed decreases with time in seconds to base speed Decel Rate Par 4 Motor NP RPM Par 33 Decel Time S Curve Time Sets the S time Round In and Round Out in seconds Half of the time specified is added to the beginning and half to the end of the applied ramp The S time is independent of speed and results in a trapezoidal torque profile For example Speed Time in Seconds 0 5 sec 0 5 sec Accel Time 5 0 seconds S Curve Time 1 0 second Total Ramp Time 6 0 seconds SpdRef Filt Gain Sets the lead term for the Speed Reference filter A value greater than 1 will result in a lead function and a value less than 1 will result in a lag function A value of 1 will disable the filter SpdRef Filt BW Sets the frequency for the Speed Reference filter Spd Ref Bypass The speed command after the limit ramp and s curve blocks Link a source directly to this parameter to bypass these blocks Speed Ref Scale This parameter is multiplied with the value in Par 44 Filtered Spd Ref to produce the value in Par 46 Scaled Spd Values Units Default Min Max Comm Scale Units Default Min Max Comm Scale Units Default U D Min Max Comm Scale nits efault Min Max Comm Scale Default Min Max Default in Max Default Min Max C Defau t Min Max C Default Min Max Units Defa
411. re Min Max Comm Scale Slip Ratio Units Used by the Field Oriented Control 2 FOC2 mode Indicates the present operating slip Default frequency at 100 Torque Producing Current 14 scaled to hertz x 100 Min Max Comm Scale Stator Frequency Units Displays stator frequency as a percentage of Par 3 Motor NP Hertz Default Min Max Comm Scale 145 Command Units Displays the torque producing q axis current command Default Min Max Comm Scale Ids Command Units Displays the flux producing d axis current command Default Min Max Comm Scale 195 Feedback Units Displays torque producing q axis current feedback Default Min Max Ids Feedback Units Displays flux producing d axis current feedback Default Min Max Vqs Command Units Displays the command for initiation of voltage on the torque producing axis q axis Default Min Max Comm Scale Vds Command Units Displays the command for initiation of voltage on the flux producing axis d axis Default Min Max Comm Scale 20 00 0 00 399 99 100 8192 20 00 0 00 399 99 100 8192 1 50 0 00 100 00 100 8192 89 99 0 00 399 99 100 8192 0 0 65535 0 00 0 00 655 35 10 Hz 0 00 0 00 327 67 x 10 0 0 800 0 x 10 0 0 800 0 x 10 0 0 800 0 x 10 PU 0 0000 8 0000 PU 0 0000 8 0000 0 200 100 8192 0 200 100 8192 Linkable Read Write Data Type
412. re 1 3 shows the typical location of the Power Terminal Block in Frame 1 drives The terminal block is located in the bottom section of the drive on Frame 2 5 drives Cable Entry Plate Removal If additional wiring access is needed the Cable Entry Plate on Frame 1 3 drives can be removed Simply loosen the screws securing the plate to the chassis The slotted mounting holes assure easy removal Important Removing the Cable Entry Plate limits the maximum surrounding air temperature to 40 C 104 Power Wiring Access Panel Removal Frame Removal Procedure Replace when wiring is complete 1 286 Part of front cover see page 1 2 3 Open front cover and gently tap slide cover down and out 4 Loosen the 4 screws and remove 5 Remove front cover see page 1 2 gently tap slide panel up and out Access Panel Removal Frame 3 drives utilize a panel cover over the power wiring terminals To remove simply slide it down and out Installation Wiring 1 9 Replace the cover when wiring is complete dangerous voltages on the terminals and negates the enclosure type rating Replace the access panel cover when service is complete Failure to comply may result in personal injury equipment damage ATTENTION Removing the access panel cover exposes AC Input Phase Selection Frames 5 amp 6 Only power to the drive has been removed before performing ATTENTION To avoid a shock hazard ensure that all the foll
413. rence Manual Vol 2 1 36 Installation Wiring Essential Requirements for CE Compliance Conditions 1 6 listed below must be satisfied for PowerFlex drives to meet the requirements of EN61800 3 3 Standard PowerFlex 700S CE compatible Drive 4 Review important precautions attentions statements throughout this document before installing drive 5 Grounding as described on page 1 4 6 Output power control I O and signal wiring must be braided shield cable with a coverage of 75 or better metal conduit or equivalent attenuation 7 All shielded cables should terminate with proper shielded connector 8 Conditions in Table 1 U on page 36 Table 1 0 PowerFlex 7005 61800 3 EMC Compatibility Second Environment First Environment Restricted Distribution Restrict Motor Cable to 30 98 ft Restrict Motor Cable to 150 m 492 ft Drive and Option Any Drive and Option External Filter Required 1 6 v v v 1 External filters for First Environment installations and increasing motor cable lengths in Second Environment installations are available Roxburgh models KMFA RF3 for UL installations and MIF or Schaffner FN3258 and FN258 models are recommended Refer to http Awww deltron emcon com and http www mtecorp com USA or http www schaffner com respectively Chapter 2 Start Up This chapter describes how you start up the PowerFlex 700S Drive Refer to Appendix D for a brief d
414. rend inputs and storing them in memory at a rate determined by parameter 1253 Trend Rate Sampling continues until either the trend trigger event occurs or bit 0 Enbl Collect of Par 1250 Trend Control is cleared While in this state the Trend function forces the Trend Output parameters to zero If the trigger event occurs the function sets bit 1 Triggered of Par 1251 Trend Status and enters the Post trigger state If bit 0 Enbl Collect of Par 1250 Trend Control is cleared the function sets bit 2 Complete of Par 1251 Trend Status and returns to the Wait Enable state 3 Post trigger indicates the Trend function is continuing to sample and save the trend inputs until the buffer is full While in this state the function forces the Trend Output parameters to zero When the buffer is full the function sets bit 2 Complete of Par 1251 Trend Status and enters the Wait Disable state 4 Wait Disable indicates the Trend function is complete and waiting for bit 0 Enbl Collect of Par 1250 Trend Control to be cleared When this is done the trend function returns to the Wait Enable state While in the Wait Disable state Par 1283 TrendBuffPointer and the Trend Output Parameters are active Ent Collect Val 4 Wait Disable Buffer Full Val3 Post Trigger Enbi Collect val2 Pre Trigger Trigger Event 1253 Trend Rate Units mSec V v Sets the sample time for both trend inp
415. rent Iq Rate Limit Units Sec V Rea Enter the maximum rate of change for Current Reference in per unit current sec Par 90 Default 1000 0000 Spd Reg BW will be limited to 2 3 of this value Min Max 5 0000 10000 0000 Iq Rate Limited Units PU Real Displays the current reference output of the rate limiter Default 0 0000 Min Max 8 0000 356 358 359 360 361 363 364 365 366 367 368 Description Mtr Current Lim Sets the largest allowable motor stator current The online maximum value of this parameter is Par 2 Motor NP FLA The online minimum value is 105 of the current indicated in Par 488 Flux Current Iq Ref Limited Sets the limit value for the motor torque producing current Motor Flux Est Q axis motor voltage is divided by the motor frequency while field weakening is active This is used to convert the torque command to a motor current 145 command Min Flux Sets the smallest level of flux used to convert Par 303 Motor Torque Ref to a current reference above base speed Flx LpassFilt BW Sets the bandwidth of the filter that adjusts the response of the flux estimate used in the torque to current conversion Since the field time constant varies between motors a better control response may be obtained by adjusting the filter time constant Normally this parameter is not changed unless a significant disturbance occurs as the motor enters field weakening AN
416. rive 0 221 x 480Vac x 2 150Vdc Line Undervolts Controls the level of bus voltage that is needed to complete precharge and sets the level for undervoltage alarm fault detection Enter a percentage of the bus voltage derived from the value in Par 401 Rated Volts For example on a 480V drive 0 615 x 480Vac x 2 418Vdc PreChrg TimeOut Sets the time duration of precharge If bus voltage does not stabilize within this amount of time a Precharge Error exception event occurs Values Default Options Default Default efault Default Units Default M Units Default Units Default Default Options Units Default Min Max Units Default Min Max Default Options Units Default Min Max Units Default Min Max Units Default Min Max Units Default Min Max Min Max Min Max D Min Max in Max in Max Min Max Min Max Programming and Parameters 2 FitCoastStop 0 Ignore 1 Alarm 2 FltCoastStop 0 2147483648 0 2147483648 0 2147483648 0 2147483648 Amps 22 0000 0 1000 1000 0000 Volt 480 75 690 kHz 2 0000 Fr 5 6 9 4 0000 Fr 1 4 1 0000 15 0000 10 0000 Fr 5 6 9 3 High Voltage 2 Low Voltage 3 High Voltage uSec 5 0000 2 0000 100 0000 0 0 200 Coast Coast Reserved Continue Reserved Reserved
417. rive s characteristic equation and factors in the calculation of the integral gain A damping factor of 1 0 is considered critical damp Lowering the damping will produce faster load disturbance rejection but may cause a more oscillatory response When Par 90 Spd Reg BW is set to zero damping factor has no effect SpdReg g P Gain Mx aces a limit on the maximum value of proportional gain in Par 81 Spd Reg P Gain When gains are automatically calculated this parameter is necessary to limit the amplification of noise with increased inertia B Filt Gain Sets the lead term for the speed feedback filter A value greater than 1 will result in a lead function and a value less than 1 will result in a lag function A value of 1 will disable the filter Seg FB Filt BW Sets the frequency for the Speed feedback filter SRegOut FiltGain Sets the lead term for the Speed Regulator output filter A value greater than 1 will result in a lead function and a value less than 1 will result in a lag function A value of 1 will disable the filter SReg Out Filt BW Sets the frequency for the Speed Regulator output filter Act Spd Reg BW Displays the actual speed regulator bandwidth or crossover frequency The value represents the bandwidth in Par 90 Spd Reg BW after the maximum bandwidth limits have been applied Spd Gain TP Sel Enter or write a value to select the speed gain data displayed in Par 99 Spd Gain TP Data Spd Gain TP Data D
418. rive to perform a ramp stop and set the appropriate fault bit in response this event e 4 FitCurLimStp Configures the drive to perform a current limit stop and set the appropriate fault bit in response this event Inv OL Pend Enter a value to configure the drive s response to an Inverter Overload OL Pending exception event This event is triggered when one of the Inverter Protection Current Over Time functions Open Loop or Closed Loop detects current and temperature at warning levels 0 Ignore Configures the drive to continue running as normal when this event occurs e 1 Alarm Configures the drive to continue running and set the appropriate alarm bit when this event occurs e 2 FitCoastStop Configures the drive to perform a coast stop and set the appropriate fault bit in response this event e 3 Fit RampStop Configures the drive to perform a ramp stop and set the appropriate fault bit in response this event e 4 FitCurLimStp Configures the drive to perform a current limit stop and set the appropriate fault bit in response this event Inv OL Trip Cnfg Enter a value to configure the drive s response to an Inverter Overload OL Trip exception event This event is triggered when one of the Inverter Protection Current Over Time functions Open Loop or Closed Loop detects current and temperature at a fault level 0 Ignore Configures the drive to continue running as n
419. rol regulator to perform with high gains at high speeds Options V V V V V V e L b V lE V lV le lz 6 6 5 S 2 2 2 ISIN 5 SIS le 5 5 5 5 6 6 5 5 5 5 6 oa 5 G 5 5 5 6 25 6 o e 818 818 1818 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 le 8 8 5 8 812 99 1818 j 0 0 0 juu un Default 0 o JO Io Io jo JO 1 0 0 0 0 1 J0 0 jo jo 1 0 1 0 0 O False Bit 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 109 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 1 True Table 266A Resolution Settings Table 266D Encoder Sample Interval Bit 2 Resolution 15 14 13 12 Encoder Sample Interval Settings 0 0 10 bit resolution 0000 0 0 5 0 1 112 bit resolution default setting 010 0 1 0 5 ms min setting 1 0 14 bit resolution 00110 11 0 1 1 16 bit resolution 001 1 1 5ms 0111010 2 0 ms default Table 2668 Resolution Setting and Least Significant Bits Used 02141011 isl ing Resolution LSB Not Used Parameter 250 Increments by 0110 30ms 10 bit All bits used 1 01111111955 12 bit 2LSBnotused 4 1 0 01 0 40ms 14 bit 4LSBnotused 8 1 010 1 45 16 bit 6LSBnotused 16 110110 5 0 5 110111 5 5 Table 266C Resolution and Resolve
420. rom Allen Bradley or directly from the connector manufacturer Main Control Board Phoenix Contact manufactures all four Customer I O connectors for the Main Control Board according to Allen Bradley specifications Allen Bradley specifies custom markings on standard Phoenix Contact plugs Connector Allen Bradley Number Phoenix Contact Standard Number TB1 Row T 305334 001 MCV 1 5 13 ST3 81 27 211 1 Row B 305334 Q02 MCV 1 5 13 ST3 81 27 21 1 TB2 Row T 305335 Q01 MCV 1 5 13 ST3 81 18 03 68 8 TB2 Row B 305335 Q02 1 5 13 ST3 81 18 03 68 8 High Resolution Encoder Interface Board Weidmuller manufactures the Customer I O plug on the High Resolution Encoder Interface Board Connector Allen Bradley Number Weidmuller Number P1 594262912 3 50 90 12 Resolver Interface Board Weidmuller manufactures the Customer I O plug on the Resolver Interface Board Connector Allen Bradley Number Weidmuller Number 1 594262908 BL3 50 90 8BK Supplemental Information A 19 Dimensions Table A A PowerFlex 700S Frames AC Input DC Input 208 240 380 400 480V 600V 690V 540V 650V NDHP HDHP NDHP HDHP NDkW HDkW NDHP NDHP HDHP NDHP HDHP NDHP HDHP HDHP 0 75 0 37 110 075 075 055 1 0 75 11 0 5 1 5 0 75 12 0 1 5 1 5 075 2 15 2 1 2 2 1 5 3 0 2 0 2 2 1 5 3 2 3 2 4 0 22 5 0 3 0 4 0 22 5 3 5 3
421. rque needed to a base friction at base motor speed and with no process loading The friction compensation algorithm assumes a linear or viscous component of friction between Par 143 FricComp Slip and Par 144 FricComp Rated FricComp TorqAdd The torque reference output of the Friction Compensation function A value of 1 0 represents rated torque of the motor Logic State Mach Indicates the logical state of the drive Value 0 Stopped indicates zero speed has been detected and the speed and torque regulators are disabled Logic Command are changed here are reflected in Par 152 Appl cleared upon drive power up or following an EEprom recall operation Options Inertia Comp ProcsTrim En lt 5 Inert En c Mtr Inert En Reserved Reserved PositionEnbl Frict Comp Default Bit 5 14 13 12 11 10 Applied LogicCmd S PM Offset En O Dir Sel En S Pwr Diag En MC Atune En O Time Axis En gt e TachLoss Rst 5 S Crv En gt Dsbl 1 True 0 False Values Units RPM Default 0 0000 Min Max 14112 0000 Comm Scale Par 4 Motor RPM 1 0 Default 325 Min Max 0 999Integer NNN Number of Units Time Steps Hysteresis Units PU Default 0 1500 Min Max 0 0000 8 0000 Comm Scale Motor P U Units PU Default 0 1000 Min Max 0 0000 8 0000 Com
422. rve With Parameter 338 Mtr 2 Spd Min Is Less Than 1 0 When motor current exceeds the value of the curve Mtr OL Output integrates A motor overload exception event occurs when the value in Mtr OL Output reaches 1 0 The value of Mtr OL Output is visible in parameter 330 Fault TP Data when the value of parameter 329 Fault TP Sel equals 13 Speed Base Speed 1 0 Figure C 2 Motor Overload Curve With Parameter 338 Mtr I2T Spd Min Is Equal 1 0 When the value of parameter 338 Mtr 127 Spd Min equals 1 0 the curve is flat at the value of rated motor current times the value of parameter 336 Service Factor If motor current exceeds the value of the curve the value of Mtr OL Output integrates The value of Mtr OL Output is visible in parameter 330 Fault TP Data when the value of parameter 329 Fault TP Sel equals 13 Speed The absolute overspeed limit parameter parameter 335 Abs OverSpd Lim is an adjustable setting This sets a limit tolerance below parameter 30 Rev Speed Lim and above parameter 31 Fwd Speed Lim that is allowable This can be used as a safe working speed limit Example 1 Example 2 Speed reference is set to equal parameter 31 Fwd Speed Lim Based on tuning of the drive the speed could overshoot the commanded speed If parameter 335 Abs OverSpd Lim is set equal to the forward speed limit and an overshoot is speed occurs the drive will fault on an absolute overspeed Drive
423. s a HIM If the drive is configured for 2 wire control the HIM installed on the drive will also act as a 2 wire device In 2 wire mode the drive will start when the HIM Start is pressed and stop when the HIM Start is released The recommended mode of use for the Start Up Routine is 3 wire control Parameter 153 Control Options Bit 8 set to 1 The assisted start up routine asks simple yes or no questions and prompts you to input required information Access Assisted Start Up by selecting Start Up from the Main Menu Step 1 To exit the User Display screen Press Esc 1 Inthe Main Menu use the Down Arrow to scroll to Start Up 2 Press Enter TIP Throughout the Start Up Routine many screens have more selection than shown Use the arrow keys to scroll through all the menu options Key s Example LCD Displays EN Stopped Auto 0 0 Output C EN Stopped 0 0 RPM Main Menu DilACGMmMoOs eles Parameter Device Select 1 Follow the instructions on the screen to complete the Start Up The Start Up routine sets up the drive for basic operation Push Enter Important If using a HIM the following functions are not available e Alt Man e Alt Lang e Alt SMART Start Up PowerFlex 700S Start Up Motor Control Select Motor Control Mode Select DB Resistor Motor Tests Field Oriented Control Measure
424. s according to the configuration of parameter 365 Loss Reconnect encoder or replace encoder Encoder 1 Loss One of the following has occurred on 10 e missing encoder broken wire e quadrature error e phase loss SynchLink report the event status to the VPL which acts according to the configuration of parameter 366 Encdr1 Loss Cnfg Reconnect encoder or replace encoder Opt Port 0 Loss Description A fault on port 0 of the Hi Resolution Encoder Feedback Option Card MDI Option Card or Resolver Feedback Option Card has occurred Parameter 260 Hi ResO Status displays the fault status for port 0 of the Hi Resolution Encoder Feedback Option Card Parameter 267 ResolverO Status displays the fault status for port 0 of the Resolver Feedback Option Card Troubleshooting Action 4 5 Opt Port 1 Loss The Linear sensor portion of the MDI feedback option card has detected a fault condition Parameter 286 Linear1 Status displays the fault status for linear portion of the MDI feedback Option Card Slink Comm Fail A SynchLink communication fault has occurred Parameter 1229 SL Error Status displays SynchLink errors 10 Drive Power Loss DC Bus voltage has fallen below the minimum value e Parameter 306 DC Bus Voltage displays bus voltage e Parameter 330 Fault TP Data displays the minimum value when parameter 329 Fault TP
425. scharge sensitive parts and assemblies Static control precautions are required when installing testing servicing or repairing this assembly Component damage may result if ESD control procedures are not followed If you are not familiar with static control procedures reference A B publication 8000 4 5 2 Guarding Against Electrostatic Damage or any other applicable ESD protection handbook ATTENTION An incorrectly applied or installed drive can result in component damage or a reduction in product life Wiring or application errors such as undersizing the motor incorrect or inadequate AC supply or excessive ambient temperatures may result in malfunction of the system ATTENTION Only qualified personnel familiar with the PowerFlex 700S Drive and associated machinery should plan or implement the installation start up and subsequent maintenance of the system Failure to comply may result in personal injury and or equipment damage ATTENTION To avoid an electric shock hazard verify that the voltage on the bus capacitors has discharged before performing any work on the drive Measure the DC bus voltage at the DC amp DC terminals of the Power Terminal Block refer to Chapter 1 for location The voltage must be zero ATTENTION Risk of injury or equipment damage exists DPI or SCANport host products must not be directly connected together via 1202 cables Unpredictable behavior can result if two or more devices are connected i
426. sets without changing actual position Resetting it makes the position offset relative to the Bit 6 ActPosit Rst is only operational when Bit 8 Xzero Preset is off When bit 6 Rst is set Pars 744 PositRef EGR Out 747 Position Cmmd 763 Act Motor Posit and 765 Posit Load will be set to the value of Par 762 Mtr Fdbk upon drive enable When bit 6 ActPosit Rst is cleared the above Setting bit 8 Xzero Preset presets Pars 744 PositRef EGR Out 747 Position Cmmd 763 Act Motor Posit and 765 Posit Act Load to the value in Par 762 Mtr itDtct1 Stpt Re setting bit 17 X itDtct2 Stpt Re setting bit 19 X 0 False 1 True 742 743 744 745 746 747 748 749 750 751 752 753 754 755 756 Description Posit Ref Sel Enter a value to select the position mode and corresponding reference Aux Posit Ref Supplies position reference to the position regulator when selected by Par 742 Posit Ref Sel This input is designed to be linked to a position count accumulator such as a virtual encoder or hardware accumulator PositRef EGR Out Accumulated output of the position reference Electronic Gear Ratio EGR When the position regulator is not enabled this parameter is initialized to Par 762 Mtr Posit Fdbk or to the selected position reference as determined by Par 740 Position Control bit 6 ActPosit Rst PositRef EGR Mul An integer value i
427. speed observer is bypassed when set to zero Load Estimate Displays the estimated load torque which is the side effect of the speed observer and Units Default does not include torque to accelerate or decelerate the motor if the inertia input is correct Min Max This value is provided for display purposes Motor Fdbk Sel Default Enter or write a value to select the primary motor speed feedback device Options Mtr Fdbk Alt Sel Default Selects the alternate feedback device if the feedback selected from Par 222 Motor Fdbk Options Sel fails 0 2147483648 0 0000 2200000000 0000 0 0000 2200000000 0000 0 0000 2200000000 0000 0 2147483648 0 0000 2200000000 0000 0 0000 2200000000 0000 0 0000 2200000000 0000 R S 0 0000 0 0000 1200 0000 PU 0 0000 8 0000 Encoder 0 Encoder 0 Encoder 1 Sensorless Reserved Encoder 0 Encoder 0 Encoder 1 Sensorless Reserved Motor Sim FB Opt Porto FB Opt Port1 Motor Sim FB Opt Porto FB Opt 32 bit Integer Real Real Real 32 bit Integer Real Real Real Real Real 224 226 227 230 231 232 Description TachSwitch Level Sets the detection level for the automatic tach loss switchover routine A drop in feedback spe
428. st S 8 v9 8 vt 90 zdraaoz 1 3V HOA 072 SHEM 25494 Dojeje 01 XEN g X W 2956 UIN L 3409 WAX E JequinN uonedissiq PULY a geysnipy 1861s 1010 NOY L 10109014 1 esnj esnj sduyindino 3 ie yng jueug3 101011 eng Sa ON 40 aBed 296 9 U01940 1d 1 3y HOA 072 Supplemental Information A 10 007 009 009 092 097 092 017 802 SOc 881 6611 OlL VN 007 092 092 056 099 0 06 982 092 1 5 cel 9 0922002 a 0 008 009 092 6 6 092 ele 992 0ZL 92 v9L 06 3 007 009 009 052 097 0 682 ozz 902 87 661 0 9 29022000 092 007 099 002 006 002 082 0 2 Obl GOL 9601 SZ gt 052 005 009 052 GLE 0 992 2181 0241 92 79 9 0219008 091 002 007 ost See 091 01 891 901 92 HEE 95 E 052 00v 099 002 00 002 Ole 79 20 6 941 9 072002 x 091 9 6 9 6 Gel 002 Sel 891 vol 96 269 616 9 VN 052 9 6 005 091 9 2 081 891 861 Sel 6688 99 G 9219002 E 091 00
429. st be the same data type This parameter is paired with Par 094 SL Buf Real Rx10 L Buf Real Rx10 isplays the floating point real value of the Buffered Received Data for word 10 Data ansmitted from one node to another must be the same data type This parameter is aired with Par 1093 SL Buf Int Rx10 L Buf Int Rx11 isplays the integer value of the Buffered Received Data for word 11 Data transmitted from one node to another must be the same data type This parameter is paired with Par 1096 SL Buf Real Rx11 00 co 00 0 705 co 00 lt co Values Defau Min M Defau Min M Defau Min M Defau Min M Defau Min M Defau Min M Defau Min M Defau Min M Defau Min M Defau Min M Defau Min M Defau Min M Defau Min M Defau Min M Defau Min M Defau Min M Defau Min M Defau Min M t E ax ax Programming and Parameters 0 0000 2200000000 0000 0 2147483648 0 0000 2200000000 0000 0 2147483648 0 0000 2200000000 0000 0 2147483648 0 0000 2200000000 0000 0 2147483648 0 0000 2200000000 0000 0 2147483648 0 0000 2200000000 0000 0 2147483648 0 0000 2200000000 0000 0 2147483648 0 0000 2200000000 0000 0 2147
430. status of position control algorithms e Bit 0 X IGain indicates the position integrator is at the lower limit e Bit 1 X indicates the position integrator is at the high limit e Bit 2 X Spd indicates the position regulator output at the low limit Bit 3 X Spd HLim indicates the position regulator output is at the high limit Bit 4 PtPtRRef Act TBD e Bit 5 XOffRRef Act TBD Bit 7 Regulator On indicates position regulator is active Bit 8 Posit Watch1 indicates Position Watch 1 has detected motor position equal to its setpoint from the proper direction Bit Watch2 indicates Position Watch 2 has detected motor position equal to its setpoint from the proper direction Bit 10 In Position indicates Par 769 Position Error is within the position deadband specified by parameter 782 In Posit BW Options 8506 SIS S ISIS 22 22222 s 5 2 ja 5 6 5 5 6 5 5 6 5 5 s s 16 S Jo 8 3 sss 183 1818 13 18 2 8 2 28 2 28 2418 2 9 9 W IS 6 cc c Ice os cz S Vs le lt lt x Default 0 O O 00 jo JO 0 0 jo 0 JO jo 0 0 1 0 JO JO jo o 10 Bit 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 1211 109 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Setting bit 5 XOffset ReRef permits changing the value of position off
431. t 39 PowerEE CRC fail The Cycling Ring Checksum CRC of the data stored in the Power Board EEPROM does not match the stored CRC 40 Slink Mult Oflow A SynchLink Multiplier Overflow has occurred Parameter 1034 SL Mult State displays SynchLink multiplier overflow errors 41 Ridethru Timeout The drive has been in a bus loss ridethrough condition for more than two seconds 42 DC Bus Undervolt Bus voltage has fallen below the level configured by parameter 409 Line Undervolts 1 Verify the AC Line 2 In frames 1 4 verify the precharge resistor is present With power off there should be a resistance between DC and In frames 5 amp 6 check the precharge board for errors See the precharge board LED for fault sequence 43 VoltageFdbk Loss Loss of Motor or DC Bus Voltage Feedback has occurred because of a communication failure between Motor Control and Voltage Feedback board 44 Runtime Data Rst Runtime data hours energy has been reset to zero due to a checksum error 46 Interp Out Synch Interpolator is out of synch on motion control mode 48 No Ctrl Device The controlling device HIM or controller has been disconnected while the drive was running 49 DPI Loss Port 1 DPI Port 1 has stopped communicating ASCAN port device is connected to a drive operating DPI devices at 500k Baud Verify DPI device is present in port 1 50
432. t real value of the Buffered Received Data for 1 2200000000 0000 transmitted from one node to another must be the same data type This parameter is paired with Par 1075 SL Buf Int Rx01 SL Buf Int Rx02 Default 0 Displays the integer value of the Buffered Received Data for word 2 Data transmitted Min Max 2147483648 from one node to another must be the same data type This parameter is paired with Par 1078 SL Buf Real Rx02 Read Write Data Type 32 bit Integer 0 False 1 True 32 bit Integer Real 32 bit Integer Real 32 bit Integer Real 32 bit Integer Real 32 bit Integer Real 32 bit Integer Real 32 bit Integer 1078 1079 1080 1081 1082 1083 1084 1085 1086 1087 1088 1089 1090 1091 1092 1093 1094 1095 Description SL Buf Real Rx02 Displays the floating point real value of the Buffered Received Data for word 2 Data transmitted from one node to another must be the same data type This parameter is paired with Par 1077 SL Buf Int Rx02 SL Buf Int Rx03 Displays the integer value of the Buffered Received Data for word 3 Data transmitted from one node to another must be the same data type This parameter is paired with Par 1080 SL Buf Real Rx03 SL Buf Real Rx03 Displays the floating point real value of
433. t Load Fdbk 768 PositReg P Gain 2a 759 Pt Pt Accel Time EC 763 Act Motor Poslt 760 Pt Pt Decel Time 765 Posit Actl Load 775 XReg Spd LoLim 786 Xsync Status 769 Position Error 776 XReg Spd HiLim 787 Xsync Gen Period 768 PositReg P Gain 318 Posit Spd Output 317 SL System Time 770 PositReg Integ 788 Xsync In 1 772 XReg Integ LoLim 789 Xsync Out 1 773 XReg Integ 790 Xsync In 2 774 XReg Integ Out 791 Xsync Out 2 771 PositReg Droop 792 Xsync Out 2 Dly 775 XReg Spd LoLim 793 Xsync In 3 776 XReg Spd HiLim 794 Xsync Out 3 318 Posit Spd Output Posit Indexer 796 Posit Index Ctrl 797 Posit Index Step 798 PositIndexPreset 799 PositlndexOutput 3 10 Programming and Parameters Scal Spd Fdbk Scale Motor Fdbk Sel Virtual Edge Rev Spd Obs Trq Gain Spd Observer BW Load Estimate Motor Spd Fdbk Est Speed Fdbk Motor Spd Est Virtual Edge Rev MtrSpd Est Posit MtrSpd Simulated MtrSpd Sim Posit Encdr Confip 00 Error PPR Encdr0 Spd Fdbk Position Regis Cnfg Port Regis Ctrl Port0 Regis Stat Regis Ltch 242 241 240 246 247 248 245 Encdr1 Error PPR Encdr1 Spd Fdbk Encdr1 Position Port Regis Cnfg Regis Ctrl Regis Stat Port Regis Ltch Encdr1 Config Fdbk Option ID FB Opt0 Posit Programming and Parameters 3 11 Fault Alm Config
434. t Phase Selection Frames 5 amp 60 1 9 Cooling Fan Voltage sisma aca ga E daa 1 9 Selecting Verifying Fan Voltage Frames 5 amp 6 1 9 Dynamic Brake Resistor 1 14 Using Input Output Contactors 1 15 Using PowerFlex 7005 Drives with Regenerative Power Units 1 15 Regenerative Unit to Drive 1 16 Disconnecting MOVs and Common Mode Capacitors 1 16 VO Waitin yc eee ee Piha En SS Eh eg e 1 19 Wiring the Main Control Board I O 1 20 Auxiliary Power Supply sepes eed Mee ehr 1 20 Hard Enable eese Ce uad Baie vena err nn 1 21 Main Control Board I O Configuration 1 32 Connecting SynchLink 1 33 EED PfodU ct 2 cii ses Buena Een Rc ES 1 33 CE Conformity sce ob Sahar Oia ete elect 1 35 Low Voltage Directive 73 23 1 35 EMC Directive 89 336 1 35 General Notes fala ed iti
435. ta in floating point format ion format in floating point format e same data in integer format ion format in integer format Paired ays the same data in floating point format ion format in floating point format e same data in integer format ion format in integer format Paired ays the same data in floating point format ion format in floating point format e same data in integer format ion format in integer format Paired ays the same data in floating point format ion format in floating point format e same data in integer format ion format in integer format Paired ays the same data in floating point format ion format in floating point format e same data in integer format ion format in integer format Paired ays the same data in floating point format ion format in floating point format e same data in integer format ion format in integer format Paired ays the same data in floating point format ion format in floating point format e same data in integer format ion format in integer format Paired ays the same data in floating point format ion format in floating point format e same data in integer format ion format in integer format Paired ays the same data in floating point format ion format in floating point format e same data in integer format ion format in integer format Paired ays the same data in floating point format ion format in floating point format
436. teger data transfer Options S wis fa 5 8 B 9 9 O O O O o o o DIN IN r IN IN I m e lt Default 0 0 0 0 False Bit 15 14 13 12 11109 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 1 Data Out A1 Int Default 0 V v 32 bit Link A Word 1 Integer Parameter number whose value will be written to a Min Max 42147483648 Integer communications device data table Data Out A1 Real Default 0 0000 v Real Link A Word 1 Real or Floating Point Parameter number whose value will be written to Min Max 2200000000 0000 a communications device data table Data Out A2 Int Default 0 V v 32 bit Link A Word 2 Integer Parameter number whose value will be written to a Min Max 2147483648 Integer communications device data table Data Out A2 Real Default 0 0000 v Link A Word 2 Real or Floating Point Parameter number whose value will be written to Min Max 2200000000 0000 communications device data table Data Out B1 Int Default 0 V v 32 bit Link B Word 1 Integer Parameter number whose value will be written to a Min Max 2147483648 Integer communications device data table Data Out B1 Real Default 0 0000 v Real Link Word 1 Real or Floating Point Parameter number whose value will be written to Min Max 2200000000 0000 communications device data table Data Out B2 Int Defa
437. ter number whose value will be written to Min Max 2200000000 0000 communications device data table Data Out D2 Int Default 0 Link D Word 2 Integer Parameter number whose value will be written to a Min Max 2147483648 communications device data table Comm Scale x 1 Data Out D2 Real Default 0 0000 Link D Word 2 Real or Floating Point Parameter number whose value will be written to Min Max 2200000000 0000 communications device data table Position Control Set bits to enable various position control functions e Setting bit 1 Speed Out En enables position regulator output at Par 318 Posit Spd Output Setting bit 2 Integ En enables integrator operation Resetting it resets the integrator Setting bit 3 Integ Hold holds the integrator in the present state Setting bit 4 X Offset Pol reverses polarity of offset parameters re referenced value or the latched value upon enable if re reference was not performed four parameters are set to a value of the position reference selected by Par 743 Aux Posit Ref Setting bit 7 AbsoluteMode puts the position regulator in Absolute mode Posit Fdbk minus Par 757 Abs Posit Offset upon drive enable Setting bit 10 Pt Pt ReRef enables setting or changing Par 758 Pt Pt Posit Ref without changing actual position Setting bit 16 X Watch1 En enables position Watch 1 Resetting it clears Par 741 Position Status bit 8 Posit Watch Setting bit 17 X
438. ternal strobes The strobe signal used to trigger the latch is configurable by the Par P254 Opt 0 Regis Cnfg Opt 0 Regis Cnfg Configures the registration latch for port 0 of the feedback option card Bits RL Trig Edg0 and 4 RL Trig Edg1 select which trigger edges signal the position see Table 254A Trigger Source Settings e Bits 5 RL Dir Rev and 6 RL Dir Fwd set the direction of position capture see Table 254B Direction Settings Table 254A Trigger Source Settings Bit 4 3 Bits 8 RL Filt bito 11 RL Filt bit3 configure a digital filter for the registration trigger signal This filter can be used to reject spurious noise The filter works by waiting a programmed time before deciding that the signal is valid This waiting imposes a mandatory delay in the registration signal The filter delay is programmable in increments of 100 nanoseconds from 0 or no delay up to 700 nanoseconds Options gt 8 2 21212 t lt 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 s ss ss Er IE 5 5 5 E IE 5 5 5 es EIS oe Ice cc ce loc Ice Ic Ice rs ors loc Default 0 0 0 0 0 jo 0 lo lo 10 o 1 0 0 0 jt 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 Bit 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 1
439. the Auto Output function TrendBuffPointer Selects the trend buffer element to be displayed in the Trend Output Parameters when the trend function is inactive not collecting data samples A zero value points to the element that corresponds to the trigger event Negative values point to pre trigger data Positive values point to post trigger data When the Auto Output function is running this parameter will automatically sequence through it s full range at a rate set by Par 1253 Trend Rate Trend Out Int Displays the output for Trend Buffer 1 if the buffer is using integer data This will equal the value of the element in Trend Buffer 1 specified by Par 1283 TrendBuffPointer Trend Out Real Displays the output for Trend Buffer 1 if the buffer is using real data This will equal the value of the element in Trend Buffer 1 specified by Par 1283 TrendBuffPointer Trend Out2 Int Displays the output for Trend Buffer 2 if the buffer is using integer data This will equal the value of the element in Trend Buffer 2 specified by Par 1283 TrendBuffPointer Trend Out2 Real Displays the output for Trend Buffer 2 if the buffer is using real data This will equal the value of the element in Trend Buffer 2 specified by Par 1283 TrendBuffPointer Trend Out3 Int Displays the output for Trend Buffer 3 if the buffer is using integer data This will equal the value of the element in Trend Buffer 3 specified by Par 1283 TrendBuffPointer
440. the I O Cassette The green yellow jumper is Mode located on the back of chassis in the area shown see Capacitors Figure 1 6 Disconnect insulate and secure the wire to guard against unintentional contact with chassis or components MOV s Note location of green yellow jumper wire in Figure Input Filter 1 6 Disconnect insulate and secure the wire guard Capacitors against unintentional contact with chassis or components Installation Wiring 1 17 Frames Jumper Component Jumper Location No 6 Wire Common Remove the wire guard from the Power Terminal Please Mode Block Disconnect the three green yellow wires from refer to Capacitors two PE terminals shown in Figure 1 4 Insulate Power MOV s and secure the wires to guard against unintentional Input Filter contact with chassis or components Capacitors on page 1 42 ATTENTION The disconnecting MOV must be used on A grounded system 1 18 Installation Wiring Figure 1 6 Typical Jumper Locations Frame 1 Control Assembly and I O Cassette Removed Frames 3 amp 4 0000 a J J 7 00 DC UTI VT WIS AUI S2 Tee PE e e E
441. the time all other precharge conditions have been met and the time the drive leaves the precharge state Can be used to control the sequence of precharge completion in a drive system The maximum value of this parameter is calculated as follows Par 472 PreCharge Delay Par 410 PreChrg TimeOut 1 0 second Freq Reg FF Gain Provides feed forward gain to the Frequency Regulator which estimates motor speed when sensorless feedback is selected Higher gains make operation at low speeds smoother However higher gains may make operation at high speeds less stable Values Default Min Max Default Min Max Default Min Max Default Min Max Default n Max Default Min Max D efault Min Max D efault Min Max D efault Min Max Units Default Min Max Units Default Min Max Default Min Max Comm Scale Default Min Max D efault Min Max oO efault n Max Units Default Min Max Default Min Max iw efault n Max Units Default Min Max Default Min Max Units Default Min Max Default Min Max 0 0 8192 7971 0 32767 5793 0 32767 246 32767 246 32767 0 32767 0 32767 150 0 32767 350 0 32767 300 100 10000 50 0 100 35 0 32767 x1 100 0 32767 250 0 32767 350 0 32767 RPM 1750 0 13999 6 0 32767 0 32767 0 0 100 1000 0 32
442. ther Par 814 AnlgOut1 Integer or 815 Anlg Out Real at the beginning of the function 813 Out2 Offset Default 0 0000 Real Provides an offset Analog Output 2 before the scaling and limit blocks in the Analog 2200000000 0000 Output 2 function This parameter is summed with either Par 819 AnlgOut2 Integer or 820 Anlg Out2 Real at the beginning of the function 3 76 814 815 816 817 818 819 820 821 822 823 824 825 826 827 828 829 830 831 Programming and Parameters lt Read Write Data Type lt Rea Rea Rea Rea Rea Rea Rea Rea Rea Link to a Read Write parameter and enter a value of 13 in Par 838 DigIn1 Sel to activate function igin1 Debounce ets the value of the debounce filter for Digital Input 1 The filter requires the input signal 2 be stable for the specified time period Input transitions within the filter time setting will ignored igIn2 Data ets the value of Par 832 DigIn2 User Data except for the bit controlled by bit 2 Digln 2 j Par 824 Local I O Status igIn2 Bit 010112 the bit in Par 832 DigIn2 User Data which is controlled by bit controlled by bit 2 Den 2 of Par 824 Local Status Units Default Min Max Default Min Max Default Min Max 2 8 Description Values AnigOut Integer Default 0 Link this
443. tion format in floating point format Paired with Par 648 Integer Out08 which displays the same data in integer format Integer Out09 isplays output word 09 of the controller communication format in integer format Paired ith Par 651 Real 04109 which displays the same data in floating point format Real Out09 Displays output word 09 of the controller communication format in floating point format Paired with Par 650 Integer Out09 which displays the same data in integer format Integer Out10 Displays output word 10 of the controller communication format in integer format Paired with Par 653 Real Out10 which displays the same data in floating point format Real Out10 Displays output word 10 of the controller communication format in floating point format Paired with Par 652 Integer Out10 which displays the same data in integer format Integer Out11 Displays output word 11 of the controller communication format in integer format Paired with Par 655 Real Out11 which displays the same data in floating point format Real Out11 Displays output word 11 of the controller communication format in floating point format Paired with Par 654 Integer Out1 1 which displays the same data in integer format Integer Out12 Displays output word 12 of the controller communication format in integer format Paired ith Par 657 Real Out12 which displays the same data in floating point format Real Out12 Displays output word 12 o
444. to run e Setting bit 1 Step causes Par 799 PositIndexOutput to change by the amount in Par 797 Posit Index Step if bit 0 Enable is on e Setting bit 2 Reverse causes Par 799 PositIndexOutput to decrement by the value in Par 797 Posit Index Step instead of increment if bit 0 Enable is on e Setting bit 3 Preset forces the value in Par 798 PositIndexPreset into Par 799 PositIndexOutput if bit 0 Enable is set Bit 3 Preset overrides bits 1 Step and 2 Reverse Orts BEE 8 BE g B B 8 9 S 8 oo 9 oo oo oo 5 m m c m Defaut o o o o fo fo fo fo Bit 15 14 13 12 1109 8 7 6 54 2 1 0 ue 797 Index Step Default 0 V v 32 bit Specifies the amount added to or subtracted from Par 799 PositIndexOutput on the Min Max 2147483648 Integer rising edge of Par 796 Posit Index Ctrl bit 1 Step Note that this value can be positive and negative 798 PositlndexPreset Default 0 V v 32 bit Specifies the value to be moved into Par 799 PositIndexOutput when Par 796 Posit Min Max 2147483648 Integer Index Ctrl bits 0 Enable and 3 Preset are on 799 PositlndexOutput Default 0 32 bit Displays the output of the Position Index function Min Max 2147483648 Integer 800 Anlg Ini Data Default 0 0000 Rea Displays the value of Analog Input 1 T
445. tor of the load Electronic Gear Ratio function It is multiplied by Par 764 Posit Load Fdbk and divided by Par 767 Posit FB EGR Div to reflect the load pulse count to the motor effectively removing the gear box ratio The accumulated position values of Par 763 Act Motor and Par 765 Posit Load will be equal if the ratio is set properly There may be some difference due to lost motion in the gear train but there should not be an accumulated difference It is often necessary to count gear teeth as gear box manufacturers often approximate exact ratios with decimal numbers Enter a negative value in the numerator to account for reversed motor rotation Posit FB EGR Div This is a 32 bit integer that forms the denominator of the load Electronic Gear Ratio function Values Default Min Max Default Min Max Units Default Min Max Units Default Min Max Units Default Min Max Default Min Max Default Min Max Default Min Max Default Mi Max Default Min Max Default Min Max 0 2147483648 0 2147483648 Sec 10 0000 0 1000 6553 5000 Sec 10 0000 0 1000 6553 5000 R S 25 0000 0 0000 500 0000 0 2147483648 0 2147483648 0 2147483648 0 2147483648 1 1000000 1 1 2000000 lt Linkable Read Write Data Type 32 bit Integer 32 bit Integer Real Real Real 32 bit Integer 32
446. torage of real data by the operator This value will be retained through a power cycle User Data Real 05 General purpose parameter available for storage of real data by the operator This value will be retained through a power cycle User Data Real 06 General purpose parameter available for storage of real data by the operator This value will be retained through a power cycle Switch Control Set bits to control the two software SPDT switches Value Default Default Default Defau Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Programming and Parameters 0 0000 2200000000 0000 0 0000 2200000000 0000 0 0000 2200000000 0000 0 0000 2200000000 0000 Linkable Read Write 3 95 p Data Type 5 Real Real e Bit 1 SW Int 1 On controls the integer switch Setting bit 1 moves the value from Par 1371 SW Int 1 NO into Par 1373 SW Int 1 Output Resetting this bit moves the value of Par 1372 SW Int 1 NC into Par 1373 SW Int 1 Output Bit 2 SW Real 1 On controls the real switch Setting bit 2 moves the value from Par 1374 SW Real 1 NO into Par 1376 SW Real 1 Output Resetting this bit moves the value of Par 1375 SW Real 1 NC into Par 1376 SW Real 1 Output Options 6 le o o o oO Je 2 9 2 9 9 8
447. trip threshold current for the motor overload PT function The value depends on the motor speed and is calculated from the minimum current Par 337 Mtr 12T Curr Min the minimum speed Par 338 Mtr I2T Spd Min and the motor service factor Par 336 Service Factor OL OpnLp CurrLim Displays the current limit set by the Open Loop Inverter Overload OL function This function sets this current limit based on stator current feedback and the current ratings of the drive continuous and short term three second rating Typically the drive will have a sixty second rating of 110 of continuous current and a three second rating at 150 of the continuous current Under normal operating conditions the open loop function sets this current limit to the short term three second rating If the function detects an overload it lowers the limit to the continuous level After a period of time typically one to three minutes the function returns the limit to the short term rating OL ClsLp CurrLim Displays the current limit set by the Closed Loop Inverter Overload OL function This function will set a current limit level based on the values in Par 358 Iq Ref Limited Par 313 Heatsink Temp and the thermal characteristics of the drive Under normal operating conditions the function typically sets the limit at 250 of the continuous drive rating If the function determines that the power device junction temperature is approaching maximum it will redu
448. ts for these installations Refer to Appendix A for recommended fuses circuit breakers ATTENTION PowerFlex 700 does not provide input power short circuit protection Specifications for the recommended fuse or circuit breaker to provide drive input power protection against short circuits are provided in Appendix A 1 6 Installation Wiring Power Wiring Power Cable Types Acceptable for 200 600 Volt Installations and local codes outline provisions for safely installing electrical equipment Installation must comply with specifications regarding wire types conductor sizes branch circuit protection and disconnect devices Failure to do so may result in personal injury and or equipment damage ATTENTION National Codes and standards NEC BSI etc A variety of cable types are acceptable for drive installations For many installations unshielded cable is adequate provided it can be separated from sensitive circuits As an approximate guide allow a spacing of 0 3 meters 1 foot for every 10 meters 32 8 feet of length In all cases long parallel runs must be avoided Do not use cable with an insulation thickness less than or equal to 15 mils 0 4 mm 0 015 in Use copper wire only Wire gauge requirements and recommendations are based on 75 C Do not reduce wire gauge when using higher temperature wire Unshielded THHN THWN or similar wire is acceptable for drive installation in dry environments provi
449. tting Default 0 0000 scaling and filtering Min Max 2200000000 0000 Comm Scale x 1 807 Anlg In2 Volts Units Volt Rea Displays sum of the Par 809 Anlg In2 Offset and the analog to digital conversion of Default 0 0000 Analog Input 1 The display range is 10V If switch SW1 1 is closed set for 1 0V the Min Max 10 0000 value is scaled and displayed as 10V 808 In2 Scale Units V v Scales the range of Analog Input 2 to the range of Par 806 In2 Data Par 807 Anlg Default 0 0000 In2 Volts is multiplied by this number to produce the input to the lead lag filter function Min Max 2200000000 0000 809 In2 Offset m Units Volt Rea Applies an offset to Analog Input 2 The output of the analog to digital conversion is Default 0 0000 summed with this number to produce Par 807 Anlg In2 Volts Min Max 20 0000 810 AI2Filt Gain Default 1 0000 v Rea Provides the lead term for the Analog Input 2 filter A values greater than 1 will result in a Min Max 5 0000 lead function and a value less than 1 will result in a lag function 811 Anlg In2 Filt BW Units R S V v Sets the frequency for the Analog Input 2 filter Default 0 0000 Min Max 0 0000 3760 0000 812 Anlg Out Offset Default 0 0000 v Provides an offset for Analog Output 1 before the scaling and limit blocks the Analog Min Max 2200000000 0000 Output 1 function This parameter is summed with ei
450. ublication 20D UM001 since the last release Manual Updates Change See Page URL for Rockwell Automation Technical Support added Preface 2 Catalog Number Explanation updated Preface 5 The following parameters were updated 3 1 3 100 153 Control Options 266 Reslvr0 Config 472 PreCharge Delay 510 FOC Mode Config 672 GndFIt Cur 673 GndFIt Specifications Table and Recommended Protection Devices Tables updated gt gt gt gt Added new Appendix PowerFlex 7005 Permanent Magnet Motor Specifications soc 2 Notes Summary of Changes Preface Table of Contents Important User Information 1 2 Updates tcl 1 1 Overview Who Should Use This Manual P 1 What Is Not In This 1 P 1 Recommended P 2 Conventions oie ernannten da ee m 3 Drve Erame SIZes iue 3 Generali Precautions na CALI ees 4 Class 1 LED Products lare lee ess ste HO 4 Catalog Number Explanation 5 ii Table of Contents Chapter 1 Chapter 2 Installation Wiring Chapt r Objectives
451. ue to be entered as an exponent Param Allows entry of a parameter number for viewing editing HIM Overview D 3 Removing Installing the HIM can be removed or installed while the drive is powered Step 5 Example Displays To remove the HIM 1 Press ALT and then Enter Remove The Remove HIM configuration screen appears Remove Intrfc 2 Press Enter to confirm that you want to remove Press ENLEE 50 the HIM Disconnect Intfc 3 Remove the HIM from the drive Port 1 Control To install HIM 1 Insert into drive or connect cable D 4 HIM Overview Notes Appendix E PowerFlex 700S Stegmann Hi Resolution Encoder Feedback Option Chapter Objectives For Information See Page Specifications 1 Wiring the Stegmann Hi Resolution Feedback Option Card to an Encoder 2 Specifications Stegmann Hi Resolution Feedback Option Card Specifications Consideration Description Encoder Voltage Supply 11 5V dc 130 mA Hi Resolution Feedback Sine Cosine 1V P P Offset 2 5 Maximum Cable Length 90m 295 ft Maximum Frequency 12 5 us cycle Encoder Speed 4687 5 RPM for encoders with 1024 sine cycles per revolution 9375 RPM for encoders with 512 sine cycles per revolution RS 485 Interface The Hi Resolution Feedback Option card obtains the following information via the Hiperface RS 485 interface shortly after power up e Address
452. uf Real Tx25 1212 Spd Fdbk TP Data 79 SL Buf Real Tx26 1214 Spd Fdbk TP RPM 78 SL Buf Real Tx27 1216 Spd Fdbk TP Sel 77 SL Buf Real Tx28 1218 Spd Gain TP Data 99 SL Buf Real Tx29 1220 Spd Gain TP Sel 98 SL Clr Events 1049 Spd Obs Trq Gain 227 SL Comm TP Data 1227 Spd Observer BW 220 SL Comm TP Sel 1226 Spd Ref Bypass 37 SL CommLoss Cnfg 384 Spd Ref TP Data 52 SL CommLoss Data 383 Spd Ref TP RPM 51 SL CRC Err Accum 1230 Spd Ref TP Sel 50 SL CRC Err Limit 1234 Spd Divide 11 SL CRC Error 1231 Spd Ref2 Multi 13 SL Dir Int Rx0 1054 Spd Reg BW 90 SL Dir Int Rx1 1056 Spd Reg Damping 91 SL Dir Int Rx2 1058 Spd Reg Droop 86 SL Dir Int Rx3 1060 Spd Reg Gain 82 SL Dir Int 0 1141 Spd Reg Neg Lim 103 SL Dir Int Tx1 1143 Spd Reg P Gain 81 SL Dir Int Tx2 1145 Spd Reg Out 302 SL Dir Int Tx3 1147 Spd Reg Pos Lim 102 SL Dir Real Rx0 1055 Spd Reg TP Data 109 SL Dir Real Rx1 1057 Spd Reg TP Sel 108 SL Dir Real Rx2 1059 Spd Trim1 SpdRef 47 SL Dir Real Rx3 1061 Spd Torq ModeSel 110 SL Dir Real 0 1142 SpdRef Filt BW 36 SL Dir Real Tx1 1144 SpdRef Filt Gain 35 SL Dir Real Tx2 1146 SpdReg AntiBckup 84 SL Dir Real Tx3 1148 SpdReg Integ Out 101 SL Error History 1228 SpdReg P Gain Mx 92 SL Error Status 1229 SpdTrim 3 Scale 24 SL Mult A In 1030 SpdTrim2 Filt BW 26 SL Mult B In 1031 Speed Comp 55 SL Mult Base 1032 Speed Error 100 SL Mult Out 1033 Speed Ref 1 10 SL Mult State 1034 Speed Ref 2 12 SL MultErr Cnfg 390 Speed Ref 4 14 SL Node Cnfg 1000
453. ult Min Max Units Default Min Max Comm Scale Default Min Max Programming and Parameters RPM 0 00000 14112 00000 Par 4 Motor NP RPM 1 0 RPM 0 0000 14112 0000 Par 4 Motor NP RPM 1 0 RPM 0 0000 14112 0000 Par 4 Motor NP RPM 1 0 RPM 0 0000 14112 0000 Par 4 Motor NP RPM 1 0 1 0000 1000 0000 1 0000 15 0000 RIS 200 0000 0 0000 1000 0000 RPM 2205 0000 14112 0000 0 0000 Par 4 Motor NP RPM 1 0 RPM 2205 0000 0 0000 141 12 0000 Par 4 Motor NP RPM 1 0 Sec 10 0000 0 0100 6553 5000 Sec 10 0000 0 0100 6553 5000 Sec 0 5000 0 0000 4 0000 1 0000 5 0000 R S 0 0000 0 0000 500 0000 RPM 0 0000 14112 0000 Par 4 Motor NP RPM 1 0 1 0000 1000 0000 x1 Linkable Read Write 2 Data Type 3 17 Rea Rea Rea Rea Rea Rea Rea Rea Rea Rea Rea Rea Rea Rea 3 18 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 50 51 52 53 55 56 57 58 Programming and Parameters Name Description Selected Spd Ref Displays the speed command before the speed reference limit block Limited Spd Ref splays the speed command after the limit block limited by Par 30 Rev Speed Limit and Par 31 Fwd Speed Limit g Ramped Spd Ref Disp Ir the potis command after the linear ramp block modified by Par 32 Accel Time and
454. ult 0 V v 32 bit Link B Word 2 Integer Parameter number whose value will be written to a Min Max 2147483648 Integer communications device data table Data Out B2 Real Default 0 0000 v Link Word 2 Real or Floating Point Parameter number whose value will be written to Min Max 2200000000 0000 a communications device data table Data Out C1 Int Default 0 V v 32 bit Link C Word 1 Integer Parameter number whose value will be written to a Min Max 2147483648 Integer communications device data table 3 70 733 734 735 736 737 738 739 740 741 Programming and Parameters Name Description Values Data Out C1 Real Default 0 0000 Link C Word 1 Real or Floating Point Parameter number whose value will be written to Min Max 2200000000 0000 communications device data table Data Out C2 Int Default 0 Link C Word 2 Integer Parameter number whose value will be written to a Min Max 2147483648 communications device data table Data Out C2 Real Default 0 0000 Link C Word 2 Real or Floating Point Parameter number whose value will be written to Min Max 2200000000 0000 communications device data table Data Out D1 Int Default 0 Link D Word 1 Integer Parameter number whose value will be written to a Min Max 2147483648 communications device data table Data Out D1 Real Default 0 0000 Link D Word 1 Real or Floating Point Parame
455. ut and output updates Default 0 5000 Min Max 0 5000 1000 00001 1254 Trend TrigA Int Default 0 V v 32 bit Provides the integer input for the A trigger function This integer is converted to a real 2147483648 Integer number and summed with Par 1255 Trend TrigA Real The result is compared with the Trigger B sum If the A sum exceeds the B sum then a trend trigger will occur 1255 Trend TrigA Real Default 0 0000 V v Provides the real input for the A trigger function This real number is summed with Par 2200000000 0000 1254 Trend TrigA Int The result is compared with the Trigger B sum If the A sum exceeds the B sum then a trend trigger will occur 1256 Trend TrigB Int Default 0 V v 32 bit Provides the integer input for the B trigger function This integer is converted to areal 2147483648 Integer number and summed with Par 1257 Trend TrigB Real The result is compared with the Trigger A sum If the A sum exceeds the B sum then a trend trigger will occur 1257 Trend TrigB Real Default 0 0000 V Provides the real input for the B trigger function This real number is summed with Par 2200000000 0000 1257 Trend TrigB Real The result is compared with the Trigger A sum If the A sum exceeds the B sum then a trend trigger will occur 1258 Trend Trig Data Default 00000000000000000000000000000000 32 bit This is the log
456. ut word 02 of the contro Paired with Par 636 Integer Out02 which displays the same data in integer format Integer Out03 isplays output word 03 of the contro Par 639 Real Out03 which displays the same data in floating point format eal Out03 isplays output word 03 of the contro Paired with Par 638 Integer Out03 which displays the same data in integer format Integer Out04 isplays output word 04 of the contro Par 641 Real Out04 which displays the same data in floating point format eal Out04 isplays output word 04 of the contro Paired with Par 640 Integer Out04 which displays the same data in integer format Integer Out05 isplays output word 05 of the contro Par 643 Real Out05 which displays the same data in floating point format eal Out05 isplays output word 05 of the contro Paired with Par 642 Integer Out05 which displays the same data in integer format Integer 106 splays output word 06 of the contro ith Par 645 Real Out06 which displays the same data in floating point format Displays input word 11 of the controller communication format in floating point format hich displays the same data in integer format ler communication format in integer format Paired ler communication format in floating point format ler communication format in integer format Paired ler communication format in floating point format ler communication format in integer format Paired ler communicat
457. ve DPI Baud Rate Sets the baud rate for attached drive peripherals Reset the drive for the change to take effect Logic Mask Determines which adapters can control the d Options Undefined Undefined Undefined Undefined 5 is gt S Default rive lt gt gt Undefined gt DriveLogix lt gt Reserved Int DPI Conn Reserved afo ao Bit 5 Start Mask Controls which adapters can issue start commands Options Undefined Undefined Undefined Undefined Undefined Undefined Default lt gt Aux DPI Conn gt Ext DPI Conn HIM gt lt Undefined Undefined 5 7 DriveLogix alo Bit Jog Mask Controls which adapters can issue jog comm 5 Options Undefined Undefined Undefined Undefined Undefined Undefined Default 9 Reserved TInt DPI Conn Reserved 5 2 7 S Reserved Aux DPI Conn gt Ext DPI Conn HIM gt ITerminal gt Ext DPI Conn lt gt DriveLogix Reserved DPI Conn o o Bit DPI Conn
458. version Min Max 10 0000 Anlg Out2 Scale Units hv Scales the range of the source parameter to the range of Analog Output 2 Par 819 Default 0 0000 AnlgOut2 Integer or Par 820 Anlg Out2 Real is multiplied by this number after the limit Min Max 2200000000 0000 function Anig Out2 Zero Units Volt Applies an offset to the scaled value of the Analog Output 2 function This parameter is Default 0 0000 summed with the output of the scaling block This sum produces Par 821 Anlg Out2 Min Max 20 0000 Volts Typically this value corresponds to OV for Analog Output 2 Local I O Status Displays the status of the local 1 0 Options S gt 5 5 5 SIS e 5 Ss 5 5 8 2929 9999 Jo 5 5 5 5 5 5 5555 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5555 5 lt lt lt 5 883 88 s 8 5 Jo 58883 3 elie lt lt ia je c A Default 0 O O 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 jO 0 0 JO jO 0 0 O 0 0 0 0 0 0 o 0 jo oj j Bit 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 1211 109 8 76543210 En In Debounce Units mSec Sets the value of the debounce filter for the Enable input The filter requires the input Default 8 0000 0 0000 signal to be stable for the specified time period Input transitions within the filter time Min Max 15 5000 setting will be ignored Digin1 Data
459. ves control Diagrams algorithms For Information See Page Overview B 2 Speed Control Reference 3 Speed Control Regulator B 4 Process Control B 5 Position Control Interpolated Direct B 6 Position Control Point to Point B 7 Position Control Auxiliary Control B 8 Torque Control Torque B 9 Torque Control Current B 10 Speed Position Feedback 11 Inputs amp Outputs Discrete B 12 Inputs amp Outputs Analog B 13 Inverter Overload IT B 14 User Functions B 15 Control Logic B 16 Trend B 17 Control Block Diagrams B 2 uoieuuojul EUONIPPe z moy y g 6d 22 ayeulpso0g Id ilg Cou 5 4g pee ureo
460. viCnfg Active signal from a digital input that is configured as a positive hard overtravel input 0 Ignore configures the drive to continue running as normal when this event occurs e 1 Alarm configures the drive to continue running and set the appropriate alarm bit when this event occurs 2 FitCoastStop configures the drive to perform a coast stop and set the appropriate fault bit in response this event e 3 Fit RampStop configures the drive to perform a ramp stop and set the appropriate fault bit in response this event e 4 FitCurLimStp configures the drive to perform a current limit stop and set the appropriate fault bit in response this event Values 15 Default Min Max Default Min Max Default Min Max Default Min Max Default Min Max Default Min Max Default Min Max Default Min Max Default Options Default Options ServoAxisCnfg ServoAxisCnfg ServoAxisUnwd Marker Dist HomeEvent X Watch Posit Home Posit SrvoMRP Ofst SrvoAct Ofst PositRegis 1 PositRegis 2 FdbkAxisCnfg FdbkAxisUnwd FdbkMRP Ofst FdbkAct Ofst TimeEvntStat CST Lower 0 42147483648 0 42147483648 0 32768 0 42147483648 0 32768 0 42147483648 0 32768 0 0 65535 Alarm Ignore
461. width of a 2nd order Butterworth low pass filter which reduces quantization noise The units are rad sec A value of 0 will disable the filter The value should be greater than 5 times the value of Par 90 Spd Reg BW Default Min Max Units Default Min Max Default Min Max 20 0000 0 0000 600 0000 Sec 50 0000 0 0000 100000 0000 0 0000 0 0000 0 5000 Over Shoot Units Default Min Max Units Default Min Max Units Default Min Max Units Default Min Max Under Shoot 0 0000 0 0000 300 0000 PU 0 0000 0 0000 0 2500 PU 0 0000 8 0000 RIS 200 0000 0 0000 2000 0000 Read Write Linkable Real Real Real Real Real Real Real 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 Description Spd Re Skis the ath of the speed regulator in rad sec Bandwidth is also referred to as the crossover frequency Small signal time response is approximately 1 BW and is the time to reach 63 of set point A change to this parameter will cause an automatic update of Pars 81 Spd Reg P Gain and 82 Spd Reg Gain To disable the automatic gain calculation set this parameter to a value of zero Adjustments to Par 474 Freq Reg We BW and Par 475 Freq Reg Wr BW may be necessary when using sensorless feedback Spd Req Damp ping Ses the damping factor of the d
462. x 2200000000 0000 drive is stopped cannot be used as Datalink inputs Entering a parameter of this type will Disable the link Refer to the manual that came with your communications option for datalink information 717 718 719 720 721 722 723 724 725 726 727 728 729 730 731 732 Programming and Parameters 3 69 2 o 585 Description Values Data In C2 Int Default 0 32 bit Link C Word 2 Integer Parameter number whose value will be written from a Min Max 2147483648 Integer communications device data table Parameters that can only be changed while the drive is stopped cannot be used as Datalink inputs Entering a parameter of this type will Disable the link Refer to the manual that came with your communications option for datalink information Data In C2 Real Default 0 0000 Real Link Word 2 Real or Floating Point Parameters that can only be changed while the 2200000000 0000 drive is stopped cannot be used as Datalink inputs Entering a parameter of this type will Disable the link Refer to the manual that came with your communications option for datalink information Data In 01 Int Default 0 32 bit Link D Word 1 Integer Parameter number whose value will be written from a Min Max 2147483648 Integer communications device data table Parameters that can only be changed while the drive is stopped cannot b
463. x nits efault Units Default Min Max Min Max D in Max Programming and Parameters 8 0000 0 0000 200 0000 Sec 8 0000 0 0000 4000 0000 PU 0 1000 0 0000 8 0000 PU 0 1000 8 0000 0 0000 PU 0 0000 8 0000 PU 0 1000 0 0000 8 0000 PU 0 1000 8 0000 0 0000 Zero Zero Error LPF Output P Gain Term Reg Output On Intg Lim PU 0 0000 8 0000 Sec 1 0000 0 0100 20 0000 0 0000 0 0000 1 0000 PU 0 2500 0 0000 8 0000 PU 0 0500 0 0000 8 0000 0 0000 8 0000 PU 8 0000 0 0000 8 0000 PU 8 0000 8 0000 0 0000 lt Linkable Read Write ZU lt On Out Limit Extern Hold Hold Status Enbl Status Time Axis En 3 29 Data Type eal Real Real Real Real Real Real Real Real Real Real Real Real 3 30 Programming and Parameters No 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 Name Description PeakDtct Ctrl In Sets the configuration of the two peak level detectors When set in Set mode bit 0 Peak 1 Set and 4 Peak 2 Set are level detectors that causes their output bit to match their preset bit value Par 214 PeakDtct1 Preset and Par 218 PeakDtct2 Preset respectively Linkable When set
464. xamples Figure E 2 1326 CECU XXL XXX cable Hi Res Feedback Option Board ENCODER POWER COMMON 12 mmm un A POWER POWER 11 DILE x x P gt B POWER COMMON REFSIN 10 gt REFSIN 4SIN 9 XX i gt 8 REFCOS 8 gt gt REFCOS 4008 7 Bu i XX i BU __ 008 SHIELD 6 IC BK 5 DATA RS 485 SHIELD 5 Dem i GN gt gt DATA RS 485 NC 4 gt SHIELD NC 1 gt J OVERALL SHIELD DATA RS 485 2 0 DATA RS 485 1 GN H xX 4 PowerFlex 7005 Stegmann Hi Resolution Encoder Feedback Option Connection Examples Figure 460V MP Series Motor with 2090 CDNFDMP SXX or 2090 XXNFMP SXX cable 1326AB BXXXX M2L M2KXL S2L and S2KXL motor with 2090 XXNFMP SXX cable Hi Res Feedback Option Board ENCODER POWER COMMON 12 WLVOR BK 458 11 OR BKWH 5 B REFSIN REFSIN 10 BANH SOX RD C 4008 4SIN 9 ER WERD REFCOS REFCOS 8 WERD GN E DATA RS 485 008 7 Dem RD XX WHIGN _ F DATA RS 485 SHIELD 6 POWER SHIELD 5
465. ype for word 6 indicated in Par 1160 Tx Buf Data Type is SL Buf Real Tx06 Provides floating point rea integer data for Direct Transmit word 6 if the data type for word 6 indicated in Par 1160 Tx Buf Data Type is real SL Buf Int Tx07 Provides integer data for Direct Transmit word 7 if the data type for word 7 indicated in Par 1160 Tx Buf Data Type is SL Buf Real Tx07 Provides floating point real integer data for Direct Transmit word 7 if the data type for word 7 indicated in Par 1160 Tx Buf Data Type is real SL Buf Int Tx08 Provides integer data for Direct Transmit word 8 if the data type for word 8 indicated in Par 1160 Tx Buf Data Type is SL Buf Real Tx08 Provides floating point real integer data for Direct Transmit word 8 if the data type for word 8 indicated in Par 1160 Tx Buf Data Type is real SL Buf Int Tx09 Provides integer data for Direct Transmit word 9 if the data type for word 9 indicated in Par 1160 Tx Buf Data Type is SL Buf Real Tx09 Provides floating point real integer data for Direct Transmit word 9 if the data type for word 9 indicated in Par 1160 Tx Buf Data Type is real SL Buf Int Tx10 Provides integer data for Direct Transmit word 10 if the data type for word 10 indicated in Par 1160 Tx Buf Data Type is integer SL Buf Real Tx10 Provides floating point real data for Direct Transmit word 10 if the data type for word

User Manual High Performance AC Drive

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents